march 5, 2013 agenda packet

744
City Council Agenda Page 1 of 6 March 5, 2013 NOTICE OF A PUBLIC MEETING AN AGENDA OF A REGULAR MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS 9:00 A.M. - Tuesday, March 5, 2013 McNease Convention Center, South Meeting Room 500 Rio Concho Drive THE MCNEASE CONVENTION CENTER IS ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. ACCESSIBLE ENTRIES AND SPECIALLY MARKED PARKING SPACES ARE AVAILABLE AT BOTH MAIN ENTRANCES AT SURBER DRIVE AND RIO CONCHO DRIVE. IF ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE IS NEEDED TO OBSERVE OR COMMENT, PLEASE NOTIFY THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK, ROOM 210, CITY HALL, 657-4405, AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE MEETING. City Council meetings are broadcast on Channel 17-Government Access at 10:30 A.M. and 7:00 P.M. every day for two weeks beginning on the Thursday after each meeting. As a courtesy to those in attendance, please place your cell phone on “Silent” or “Vibrate” Thank You! I. OPEN SESSION (9:00 A.M.) A. Call to Order B. Prayer and Pledge "Honor the Texas flag; I pledge allegiance to thee, Texas, one state under God, one and indivisible.” C. Proclamation American Red Cross Month, March 2013, to be accepted by Janet Karcher, Executive Director for the American Red Cross, Central Texas Region, and Dr. Doyle Carter, Board Chair D. Recognitions Veronica Sanchez, City of San Angelo Human Resources Manager, for being named HR Professional of the Year by the Concho Valley Society for Human Resources Management Rex Rogers, for winning the contest suggesting the name for the City’s government access channel SATV E. Public Comment The Council takes public comment on all items in the Regular Agenda. Public input on a Regular Agenda item will be taken at its appropriate discussion. Public input on an item not on the Agenda or Consent Agenda may be identified and requested for consideration by the Council at this time. The Council may request an item to be placed on a future agenda, or for a Consent Agenda item, to be moved to the Regular Agenda for public comment. II. CONSENT AGENDA 1. Consideration of approving the February 21, 2013 City Council Special meeting minutes 2. Consideration of awarding bid and authorizing the City Manager or his designee to execute any necessary related documents: (submitted by Vehicle Maintenance Supt. Patrick Frerick) a. VM-03-13 : Two ambulance chassis, Caldwell Country via Buyboard Contract #358-10 , $53,736.00 3. Consideration of rejecting all proposals received for FD-03-12 Records Management Software System (submitted by Fire Chief Brian Dunn)

Upload: city-of-san-angelo-texas

Post on 14-May-2015

820 views

Category:

Documents


17 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council Agenda Page 1 of 6 March 5, 2013

NOTICE OF A PUBLIC MEETING

AN AGENDA OF A REGULAR MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

9:00 A.M. - Tuesday, March 5, 2013 McNease Convention Center, South Meeting Room

500 Rio Concho Drive THE MCNEASE CONVENTION CENTER IS ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. ACCESSIBLE ENTRIES AND SPECIALLY MARKED PARKING SPACES ARE AVAILABLE AT BOTH MAIN ENTRANCES AT SURBER DRIVE AND RIO CONCHO DRIVE. IF ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE IS NEEDED TO OBSERVE OR COMMENT, PLEASE NOTIFY THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK, ROOM 210, CITY HALL, 657-4405, AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE MEETING. City Council meetings are broadcast on Channel 17-Government Access at 10:30 A.M. and 7:00 P.M. every day for two weeks beginning on the Thursday after each meeting.

As a courtesy to those in attendance, please place your cell phone on “Silent” or “Vibrate” Thank You!

I. OPEN SESSION (9:00 A.M.)

A. Call to Order

B. Prayer and Pledge

"Honor the Texas flag; I pledge allegiance to thee, Texas, one state under God, one and indivisible.”

C. Proclamation

American Red Cross Month, March 2013, to be accepted by Janet Karcher, Executive Director for the American Red Cross, Central Texas Region, and Dr. Doyle Carter, Board Chair

D. Recognitions

Veronica Sanchez, City of San Angelo Human Resources Manager, for being named HR Professional of the Year by the Concho Valley Society for Human Resources Management

Rex Rogers, for winning the contest suggesting the name for the City’s government access channel SATV

E. Public Comment

The Council takes public comment on all items in the Regular Agenda. Public input on a Regular Agenda item will be taken at its appropriate discussion. Public input on an item not on the Agenda or Consent Agenda may be identified and requested for consideration by the Council at this time. The Council may request an item to be placed on a future agenda, or for a Consent Agenda item, to be moved to the Regular Agenda for public comment.

II. CONSENT AGENDA 1. Consideration of approving the February 21, 2013 City Council Special meeting minutes 2. Consideration of awarding bid and authorizing the City Manager or his designee to execute any

necessary related documents: (submitted by Vehicle Maintenance Supt. Patrick Frerick) a. VM-03-13: Two ambulance chassis, Caldwell Country via Buyboard Contract #358-10 , $53,736.00

3. Consideration of rejecting all proposals received for FD-03-12 Records Management Software System (submitted by Fire Chief Brian Dunn)

Page 2: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council Agenda Page 2 of 6 March 5, 2013

4. Consideration of authorizing the sale of the property at 6402 Lincoln Park Road West, Lot 21, Group Lincoln Park (Parker) for the appraised value of $25,793.00 and authorizing the Mayor, City Manager, or Water Utilities Director to execute all necessary legal documents pertaining to the sale of subject properties, subject to completion of all curative requirements

5. Consideration of adopting a Resolution of the City of San Angelo authorizing the mayor to execute a tax-resale (quitclaim) deed conveying all right, title and interest of the City of San Angelo, and all other taxing units interested in the tax foreclosure judgment:

a. 321 E 24th Street, (Galilee), Lot 20, Block 1, Colonial Heights, $1,675.00, Suit No.B-06-0043-T b. 210 W Avenue N, (Garcia-Leake), Lot 10, Block 116, Fort Concho, $1,500.00, Suit No.B-07-0013-T c. 204 Paint Rock Road, (Pearcy), Lot 8, Block A, Glenmore Annex, $3,500.00, Suit No.B-06-0123-T d. 725 W 16th Street, (Perez), Lot 9, Block 11, Mineola, $750.00, Suit No.B-4722-B e. 833 W 16th Street, (Perez), Lot 3, Block 12, Mineola, $750.00, Suit No.TAX93-0109-B f. 2506 Coleman Street, (Salinas), Lot 12, Block 39, Hatcher, $2,079.00, Suit No.B-06-0119-T g. 701 W 15th Street, (Smith-Blair), Lot 1, Block 4, Mineola Annex, $750.00, Suit No.TAX90-0151B h. 703 W 15th Street, (Smith-Blair), Lot 2, Block 4, Mineola Annex, $750.00, Suit No.TAX90-0197B i. 707 W 15th Street, (Smith-Blair), Lot 4, Block 4, Mineola Annex, $750.00, Suit No.TAX89-0557B j. 507 N Farr Street, (William), Lot 16, Block 9, Miles, $11,000.00, Suit No.B-03-0099-T

6. Consideration of adopting a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a first amended lease agreement to renew and amend original lease agreement between City of San Angelo and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board for lease of office space at Workforce Solutions of the Concho Valley at 202 Henry O. Flipper, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas (submitted by Ft. Concho Manager Bob Bluthardt)

7. Consideration of adopting a Resolution ratifying the application and contract for, and accepting, additional FY2013 Texas Department of State Health Services, Regional and Local Services System (RLSS) Grant funds in the amount of $22,402.00, to address public health environmental and food safety issues (submitted by Health Director Sandra Villarreal)

8. Consideration of approving the annual recertification for Galilee Community Development Corporation as a Community Housing Development Organization (CHDO) (submitted by Neighborhood and Family Services Director Bob Salas)

9. Consideration of adopting a Resolution ratifying and authorizing the City of San Angelo Public Safety Communications Center to no longer receive primary 9-1-1 calls made from residential land line phones physically located inside Goodfellow Air Force Base (submitted by Police Chief Tim Vasquez)

10. Second Hearing and consideration of adopting an Ordinance annexing property within the San Angelo’s existing city limits and related matters: (submitted by Planning Manager AJ Fawver)

AN ORDINANCE ANNEXING INTO THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TOM GREEN COUNTY, TEXAS, ON PETITION OF PROPERTY OWNERS, TERRITORY GENERALLY DESCRIBED AS 8.995 ACRES LOCATED WEST/SOUTHWEST OF THE CITY AT ABOUT NORTHWEST OF MILLS PASS DRIVE, EAST OF COMMUNITY OF FAITH SUBDIVISION AND SOUTHWEST OF SAM’S CLUB ADDITION, ADJACENT AND CONTIGUOUS TO THE PRESENT CORPORATE LIMITS OF THE CITY, OUT OF THE DEAF AND DUMB ASYLUMS LANDS SURVEY NO. 2, ABSTRACT NO. 8211, TOM GREEN COUNTY; DESCRIBING THE TERRITORY ANNEXED; FINDING THAT ALL NECESSARY AND REQUIRED LEGAL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED; PROVIDING FOR AMENDMENT OF THE OF THE BOUNDARIES AND OFFICIAL MAP OF THE CITY; APPROVING A SERVICE PLAN THEREFORE; SUBJECTING THE PROPERTY SITUATED THEREIN TO BEAR ITS PRO RATA PART OF TAXES LEVIED; PROVIDING RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES AS WELL AS DUTIES

Page 3: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council Agenda Page 3 of 6 March 5, 2013

AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF INHABITANTS OF SAID TERRITORY; DIRECTING THE FILING OF THE ORDINANCE IN THE MANNER REQUIRED BY LAW; DIRECTING NOTICE TO SERVICE PROVIDERS; DIRECTING PRECLEARANCE; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; DECLARING COMPLIANCE WITH OPEN MEETINGS ACT; AND, PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE

III. REGULAR AGENDA:

F. EXECUTIVE/CLOSED SESSION

Executive Session under the provision of Government Code, Title 5. Open Government; Ethics, Subtitle A. Open Government, Chapter 551. Open Meetings, Subchapter D. Exceptions to Requirement that Meetings be Open, Section 551.071 to consult with attorney on pending or contemplated litigation; or a settlement offer regarding Personal Injury Claim #A012255

Executive Session under the provision of Government Code, Title 5. Open Government; Ethics, Subtitle A. Open Government, Chapter 551. Open Meetings, Subchapter D. Exceptions to Requirement that Meetings be Open, Section 551.072 to deliberate the purchase, exchange, lease, or value of real property

Executive Session under the provision of Government Code, Title 5. Open Government; Ethics, Subtitle A. Open Government, Chapter 551. Open Meetings, Subchapter D. Exceptions to Requirement that Meetings be Open, Section 551.087 to discuss an offer of financial or other incentive to a company or companies with whom the City of San Angelo is conducting economic development negotiations and which the City of San Angelo seeks to have, locate, stay or expand in San Angelo

G. PUBLIC HEARING AND COMMENT

11. Update and presentation on the Upper Colorado River Authority Storm Water Master Plan

(Presentation by City Engineer Clinton Bailey, Stephen Brown, UCRA Management Consultant, and Chuck Brown, UCRA Director of Operations)

12. Acceptance of the FY 2012 Actuarial Report submitted by Jason Martin of Towers Watson: approval of their recommendation and authorizing funding for the self-insurance fund consisting of the Workers’ Compensation Fund in the amount of $2,675,000 and the Property Casualty Fund in the amount of $1,973,000.00

(Presentation by Risk Manager John Seaton)

13. Consideration of adopting a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a revocable license agreement for awning, in substantially the attached form, as shown in Exhibit “B” between the City of San Angelo, Texas and Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC and Janie Rodriguez D/B/A Noco Salon for constructing and maintaining an awning at 212 South Irving Street and such other instruments as may be necessary or convenient for carrying out such purposes; and, finding a public purpose and benefit therein

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

14. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

PD 13-01: West Company/Granger Macdonald

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: an unaddressed 9.8 acre property out of approximately 75 acres currently described as Section 3, Arden Acres, which is located adjacent to and directly west of the

Page 4: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council Agenda Page 4 of 6 March 5, 2013

intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road. The property specifically occupies a proposed Second Replat of Arden Acres, Section Three, Block 3, Tract 3 in western San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a combination of Single-Family Residential (RS-1) and General Commercial (CH) to Planned Development (PD) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

15. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-02: Debbie Clark

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Two-Family Residential (RS-2) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

16. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-03: Tom Green County

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

17. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-04: Abel Fernandez

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 1006 East 14th Street, located approximately 170 feet from the northeast intersection at East 14th Street and Wade Street. This property specifically occupies the Exall Addition, Block 9, Lot 8 Exc. West 88.7’, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

Page 5: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council Agenda Page 5 of 6 March 5, 2013

18. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing of an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-06: City of San Angelo Development Corporation

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the intersection of Gateway Drive and FM 380; more specially occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1 and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in northeast San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Light Manufacturing (ML) to Heavy Manufacturing (MH) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

19. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-07: City of San Angelo Planning

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end of Twin Mountain Drive. This property specifically occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey 0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B of The Homestead, in southwest San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Planned Development (PD) to a Single Family Residential (RS-1) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

(Presentation by Interim Director of Development Services AJ Fawver)

20. Discussion of the 2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan preparation, procedures, and submissions

(Presentation by Budget Manager Morgan Trainer)

21. Discussion of revisions to the hotel occupancy tax allocations specifically reviewing the proposed Convention & Visitors Bureau contract and any action in connection thereto

(Presentation by Assistant City Manager/Chief Financial Officer Michael Dane)

22. First Public Hearing and consideration of introducing an Ordinance amending established boundaries of Single Member District 1

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS AMENDING THE ESTABLISHED BOUNDARIES OF SINGLE MEMBER DISTRICT NUMBER 1 FOR THE PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING NEWLY ANNEXED AREAS INTO SAID DISTRICT, PROVIDING FOR PRECLEARANCE AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY ACTIONS; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE

(Presentation by City Clerk Alicia Ramirez)

H. FOLLOW UP AND ADMINISTRATIVE ISSUES

23. Consideration of and possible action on matters discussed in Executive/Closed Session, if needed

Page 6: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council Agenda Page 6 of 6 March 5, 2013

24. Consideration of approving various Board nominations by Council and designated Councilmembers:

a. Animal Shelter Advisory Committee: Ryan Smith (SMD6) to a 1st full term January 2015 b. Civic Events Board: Tim Condon (SMD2) to an unexpired term October 2013 c. Development Corporation: John Bariou to a 2nd term February 2015

25. Announcements and consideration of Future Agenda Items

26. Adjournment

Given by order of the City Council and posted in accordance with Title 5, Texas Government Code, Chapter 551, Wednesday, February 27, 2013, at 5:00 P.M.

/s/________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Page 7: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

P R O C L A M A T I O N WHEREAS, March is American Red Cross Month - a special time to recognize and thank our

heroes – those who volunteer, take life-saving courses or provide financial donations to support an organization whose mission is to help those in need; and

WHEREAS, We would like to remember those who help all of us here in San Angelo by giving

their time to help their neighbor, and thank our heroes – our volunteers, class takers and financial supporters who help us assist those in need; and

WHEREAS, In San Angelo, the Red Cross works tirelessly through its volunteers and employees

to help when disaster strikes providing the comfort of a helping hand. It provides 24-hour support to members of the military, veterans and their families, and provides training in CPR, aquatics safety, and first aid; and

WHEREAS, Across the country, the American Red Cross responds to nearly 70,000 disasters a

year. It provides some 400,000 services to military members, veterans and civilians and trains more than seven million people in first aid, water safety and other life-saving skills every year; and

WHEREAS, Our community depends on the American Red Cross, which relies on donations of

time and money to fulfill its humanitarian mission. Despite these challenging economic times, the American Red Cross continues to offer help and comfort to those in need.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Alvin New, Mayor of the City of San Angelo, Texas, on behalf of the City Council, do hereby proclaim the month of March 2013, as “AMERICAN RED CROSS MONTH” and encourage all Americans to support this organization and its noble humanitarian mission.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the City to be affixed this 5th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO ___________________________

ALVIN NEW, MAYOR

Page 8: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY COUNCIL MINUTE RECORD The City of San Angelo Page 1 Tuesday, February 21, 2013 Vol. 104

OPEN SESSION BE IT REMEMBERED City Council convened in a regular meeting at 11:24 A.M., Tuesday, February 21, 2013, in the San Angelo McNease Convention Center, 500 Rio Concho Drive, San Angelo, Texas. All duly authorized members of the Council, to-wit:

Mayor, Alvin New Councilmember Paul Alexander Councilmember Dwain Morrison Councilmember Johnny Silvas Single Member District #4 - Vacant Councilmember Kendall Hirschfeld Councilmember Charlotte Farmer

were present and acting, thus constituting a quorum. Whereupon, the following business was transacted:

An invocation was given by Councilmember Alexander and pledge was led by Councilmember Hirschfeld.

PUBLIC COMMENT

No one came forward to comment publicly.

CONSENT AGENDA

APPROVAL OF THE FEBRUARY 5, 2013 AND FEBRUARY 11, 2013 CITY COUNCIL REGULAR AND SPECIAL MEETING MINUTES, RESPECTIVELY

AWARD OF BID WU-04-13 FOR CAUSTIC SODA TO DPC INDUSTRIES (SWEETWATER, TX) IN THE AMOUNT OF $68,800.00 FOR SOLUTION WHICH IS 25% CAUSTIC SODA AND TO K.A. STEEL CHEMICAL, INC. (LEMONT, IL) IN THE AMOUNT OF $174,000.00 FOR SOLUTION WHICH IS 50% CAUSTIC SODA AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE ANY NECESSARY RELATED DOCUMENTS

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE TAX-RESALE (QUITCLAIM) DEEDS CONVEYING ALL RIGHT, TITLE AND INTEREST OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, AND ALL OTHER TAXING UNITS INTERESTED IN THE TAX FORECLOSURE JUDGMENT:

629 E 19th Street, (Hagelstein), Lots 14-16, Block 4, Marx & Blum, $36,000.00, A-10-0117-TAX Next to 24 W Avenue C, (Sawyer), Lot 8, Block 76, Fort Concho, $1,750.00, Suit No. TAX89-0281B 23 W 13th Street, (Jones), Lot 6, Block 60, Miles Addition, $750.00, Suit No.TAX89-0282B Next to 114 Lowrie Avenue, (Torres), E 50’ of South ½ of Lot 14, Block 10, J.E. Douglas Addition, $1,500.00, Suit No. B2220-B

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE EXECUTION OF A MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING WITH GOODFELLOW AIR FORCE BASE READINESS AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT FLIGHT PROVIDING FOR EMERGENCY AND MUTUAL AID ASSISTANCE IN PREPARATION FOR AND RESPONSE TO DISASTER OR CIVIL EMERGENCIES

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE SAN ANGELO POLICE DEPARTMENT TO APPLY FOR THE EDWARD BYRNE MEMORIAL JUSTICE ASSISTANCE GRANT PROGRAM (JAG)

Page 9: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Page 2 Minutes Vol. 104 February 21, 2013 AUTHORIZATION FOR THE SAN ANGELO FIRE DEPARTMENT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 2013 MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY ASSOCIATION (MDA) FILL THE BOOT CAMPAIGN

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION DESIGNATING POLLING PLACES WITHIN THE ELECTION PRECINCTS WITHIN THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS FOR ELECTIONS ORDERED; PROVIDING FOR PRE-CLEARANCE AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY ACTIONS; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE

ADOPTION OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT FOR JOINT ELECTION TO HOLD A JOINT ELECTION ON MAY 11, 2013 WITH TOM GREEN COUNTY, VERIBEST INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT, WALL INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT, GRAPE CREEK INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT, AND SAN ANGELO INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

Motion, to approve the Consent Agenda, as presented, was made by Councilmember Hirschfeld and seconded by Councilmember Morrison. Motion carried unanimously.

REGULAR AGENDA: PUBLIC HEARING AND COMMENT

RECESS

At 11:30 A.M., Mayor New called a recess.

RECONVENE

At 11:32 A.M., Council reconvened, and the following business was transacted:

EXECUTIVE/CLOSED SESSION

At 11:32 A.M., Council convened in Executive Session under the provision of Government Code, Title 5. Open Government; Ethics, Subtitle A. Open Government, Chapter 551. Open Meetings, Subchapter D. Exceptions to Requirement that Meetings be Open, Section 551.072 to deliberate the purchase, exchange, lease, or value of real property; and, Section 551.071 to consult with attorney on pending or contemplated litigation; or a settlement offer regarding Personal Injury Claim #A012255.

OPEN SESSION (continued)

At 12:05 P.M. City Council concluded the Executive/Closed Session whereupon the following business was transacted:

RECESS

At 12:05P.M., Mayor New called a recess.

RECONVENE

At 12:41 P.M., Council reconvened, and the following business was transacted:

PUBLIC HEARING AND COMMENT

POSTPONEMENT OF THE DEMONSTRATION AND CONSIDERATION OF THE NEPTUNE N SIGHT IQ SOFTWARE WHICH WOULD ALLOW CITIZENS THE ABILITY TO ACCESS THEIR UTILITY DATA COLLECTED FROM THE CITY’S AUTOMATIC METER READING SYSTEM

Mayor New announced the item will be postponed to a future meeting. City Council concurred.

POSTPONEMENT OF THE UPDATE AND PRESENTATION ON THE UPPER COLORADO RIVER AUTHORITY STORM WATER MASTER PLAN

Page 10: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Minutes Page 3 February 21, 2013 Vol. 104 Mayor New announced the item will be postponed to a future meeting. City Council concurred.

PRESENTATION OF THE 4TH QUARTER REPORT FOR THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL AND CONVENTION & VISITORS BUREAU (CVB)

Vice President for Economic Development John Dugan Miller and CVB Vice President Pamela and presented background information.

General discussion was held on economic growth due to the influx of oil industry prospects, impact to local businesses, and hotel room occupancy.

AUTHORIZATION OF THE PAYROLL DEDUCTION FOR POLICE OFFICER DUTY RIFLES

Assistant Police Chief Jeff Fant presented background information.

Motion, to approve the payroll deduction, as presented, was made by Councilmember Hirschfeld and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously.

APPROVAL OF A LICENSE AGREEMENT WITH THE PEOPLE/PLANT CONNECTION FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATION OF A COMMUNITY GARDEN AT RIO VISTA PARK

Parks and Recreation Director Carl White and Susan M. Stanfield, President of the People/Plant Connection presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the permanent supplemental record.

Motion, to approve the agreement, as presented was made by Councilmember Silvas and seconded by Councilmember Hirschfeld. Motion carried unanimously.

DISCUSSION OF THE 2013-2018 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN PREPARATION, PROCEDURES, SUBMISSIONS, AND PUBLIC FORUMS

Budget Manager Morgan Trainer presented background information. A copy of the presentation is part of the permanent supplemental record.

Assistant City Manager/Chief Financial Officer Michael Dane suggested identifying projects and which will then translate into an action plan. City Manager Daniel Valenzuela stated Council will have the opportunity to identify these projects during the strategic planning workshop.

FIRST PUBLIC HEARING AND RECONSIDERATION OF INTRODUCING AN ORDINANCE ORDERING THE GENERAL ELECTION AND SPECIAL ELECTION FOR MAY 11, 2013:

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, ORDERING THAT A GENERAL ELECTION BE HELD IN SAID CITY ON THE 11TH DAY OF MAY, 2013, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ELECTING MUNICIPAL OFFICERS; AND ORDERING THAT A SPECIAL ELECTION BE HELD IN SAID CITY ON THE 11TH DAY OF MAY, 2013, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ELECTING MUNICIPAL OFFICERS TO FILL VACANCIES FOR UNEXPIRED TERMS; AUTHORIZING A JOINT ELECTION WITH TOM GREEN COUNTY, GRAPE CREEK INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT (ISD), SAN ANGELO ISD, WALL ISD AND VERIBEST ISD; ORDERING PUBLICATION; MAKING PROVISIONS FOR THE CONDUCT OF THE ELECTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS INCIDENT AND RELATED TO THE PURPOSE OF THIS ORDINANCE; MAKING TENTATIVE PROVISIONS FOR A RUNOFF ELECTION, IF NECESSARY; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE (UNA ORDENANZA DEL CONSEJO DE LA CIUDAD DE SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, CONVOCANDO UNA ELECCIÓN GENERAL PARA LA ELECCIÓN DE OFICIALES MUNICIPALES QUE SE CELEBRARÁ EL 11 DE MAYO DE 2013; Y CONVOCANDO UNA ELECCIÓN SPECIAL QUE SE CELEBRARÁ EL 11 DE MAYO DE 2013 PARA LA ELECCIÓN DE OFICIALES MUNICIPALES PARA OCUPAR UNOS POSICIONES VACANTES POR TÉRMINOS NO COMPLETADO; AUTORIZAR ELECCIÓN CONJUNTA CON TOM GREEN COUNTY, GRAPE CREEK DISTRITO ESCOLAR INDEPENDIENTE (DEI), SAN ANGELO DEI, WALL DEI, AND VERIBEST DEI; ORDENANDO

Page 11: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Page 4 Minutes Vol. 104 February 21, 2013 PUBLICACIÓN, HACIENDO PROVISIONES PARA LA CONDUCTA DE DICHAS ELECCIONES Y OTRAS PROVISIONES RELACIONADAS AL MOTIVO DE ESTA ORDENANZA; HACIENDO TENTATIVO PROVISIONES PARA LA CONDUCTA DE SEGUNDA VOTACIÓN, (ELECCIÓN DE DESEMPATE); PREVIENDO POR DIVISIBILIDAD; Y PREVIENDO UNA FECHA DE VIGENCIA)

Presentation by City Clerk Alicia Ramirez presented background information.

Motion, to introduce the Ordinance, as presented, was made by Councilmember Hirschfeld and seconded by Councilmember Alexander. Motion carried unanimously.

General discussion was held on the polling locations, reassignment of the precinct locations, and the impact of the changes to the voters.

FOLLOW UP AND ADMINISTRATIVE ISSUES

CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS DISCUSSED IN EXECUTIVE/CLOSED SESSION

No action was taken on matters discussed in Executive/Closed Session.

APPROVAL OF VARIOUS BOARD NOMINATIONS BY COUNCIL AND DESIGNATED COUNCILMEMBERS:

Development Corporation: 2nd terms through February 2015: Tony Villarreal (SMD1), Pedro Ramirez (SMD3), Chris Cornell (SMD5), Scott Tankersley (SMD6), and Randy Brooks (Mayor); and Larry Teague (SMD2) to a 8th term February 2015 Planning Commission: Ryan Smith (SMD3) to a 1st term January 2016

Motion, to approve various board nominations by Council and designated Councilmembers, was made by Councilmember Morrison and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONSIDERATION OF FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS

City Manager Daniel Valenzuela distributed the proposed March 5, 2013 Agenda and solicited Council comments and suggestions.

ADJOURNMENT

Motion, to adjourn, was made by Councilmember Morrison and seconded by Councilmember Silvas. Motion carried unanimously.

The meeting adjourned at 1:26 P.M.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO ___________________________________ Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST: _______________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk In accordance with Chapter 2, Article 2.300, of the Official Code of the City of San Angelo, the minutes of this meeting consist of the preceding Minute Record and the Supplemental Minute Record. Details on Council meetings may be obtained from the City Clerk’s Office or a video of the entire meeting may be purchased from the Public Information Officer at 481-2727. (Portions of the Supplemental Minute Record video tape recording may be distorted due to equipment malfunction or other uncontrollable factors.)

Page 12: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

C:\Users\bryan.kendrick\Desktop\03-05-13\02a PUR VM-03-13 - Ambulance Chassis.doc

Memo

Date: February 18, 2013

To: Councilmembers From: Patrick Frerich, Vehicle Maintenance Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Contact: Patrick Frerich, Vehicle Maintenance - 657-4329 Caption: Consent

Consideration of awarding Buyboard quote VM-03-13 for two ambulance chassis ($53,736.00), and authorizing the City Manager or designee to execute any necessary related documents.

Summary: A Buyboard quote was solicited and received from Caldwell Chevrolet for two (2) one-ton chassis for the use of ambulance vehicles.

History: The City has established a replacement cycle for ambulance chassis of two per year. Existing City-owned ambulance boxes are removed, cleaned, updated, and remounted on the new chassis. The box remount services will be performed by another company and will be presented to Council for approval at a later date. Financial Impact: The City will purchase two (2) one-ton chassis from Caldwell Country ($53,736.00) off Buyboard contract #358-10 from capital account 501-9100-800-07-42. Related Vision Item: NA Other information/Recommendation: Staff recommends awarding the bid to Caldwell Chevrolet (Caldwell, TX) and Frazer, LTD (Houston, TX). Attachments: None Reviewed by: Brian Dunn, Fire Chief

City of San Angelo

Page 13: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: 02/07/2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Scott Farris Assistant Fire Chief

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013

Contact: Scott Farris, Fire Department, 657-4355

Caption: Consent Agenda

Consideration for rejection of all proposals received for FD-03-12 Records Management System.

Summary: Proposals were solicited from Six (6) vendors to provide the San Angelo Fire Department with a Records management system for both fire and EMS data. Three (3) vendors responded with proposals. After reviewing the proposals and negotiating with the vendors we find that the Three (3) vendors we received proposals from are unable to provide the services for both the fire and EMS data we have requested. We would request that the present proposals be rejected and we will conduct further research into vendors that will meet our needs.

History: Our current records management system was purchased in 2001. Since the purchase, the system has been sold to three different vendors and we are using a system that we will not be able to keep maintenance on and will soon be obsolete.

Financial Impact: $0 Financial impact

Other Information/ Recommendation:

Staff recommends rejection of the three solicited proposals. The SAFD would like to move forward to meet future needs for our reporting and data management systems. Our requirements for reporting to the state level as well as billing, Vehicle management, Hydrant inspections, & interdepartmental data collection would not be met with any of the three proposals we received. We recommend staying within our current software system and entertaining research with other vendors to meet our needs. We will conduct a future RFP at a later date after collecting data from vendors that may meet our requirements for both Fire and EMS records management..

Attachments: Software\RFP FD-03-12.docx, Software\EF Recovery Prop.pdf, Software\EmergencyTech Prop.pdf, Software\HPFront Cover.pdf, Software\HPTable of Contents.pdf, Software\HPSan Angelo1.pdf, Software\HPRFP Quote 9_12.pdf, Software\HPExecutive Summary.pdf, Software\HPAddendum_1(16).pdf, Software\Records Management Committee Recommendations.docx,

Publication: None

Reviewed by Director:

Brian Dunn, Fire Chief, 2/18/2013

Page 14: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 15: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Request for Proposal City of San Angelo

Fire Department

Records Management System

RFP No.: FD-03-12

City of San Angelo P.O. Box 1751

San Angelo, Texas 76902

RFP SUBMITTAL DEADLINE September 24, 2011, 2:00 P.M. Local Time

Page 16: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 17: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 1

DISQUALIFICATION ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 CONFIDENTIALITY ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY ................................................................................................................................................ 1 DIGITAL FORMAT ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 ADDENDA ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 AWARD OF CONTRACT .................................................................................................................................................... 1 ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSAL CONTENT ................................................................................................................................ 2 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY ................................................................................................................................. 2 PROPOSAL TERM ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 POINTS OF CONTACT ...................................................................................................................................................... 2

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................. 3

DEADLINE AND DELIVERY LOCATION ..................................................................................................................... 7

DEADLINE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7 COPIES......................................................................................................................................................................... 7 SEALED CONTAINER ADDRESSING ...................................................................................................................................... 7 DELIVERY ADDRESSES ..................................................................................................................................................... 7

SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED ............................................................................................................................ 9

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 9 SUMMARY OF CURRENT OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................................ 9 SCOPE OF SERVICES ........................................................................................................................................................ 9 TERM OF CONTRACT ..................................................................................................................................................... 10

PROPOSAL FORMAT............................................................................................................................................. 11

PROPOSAL FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................................................................. 11

SELECTION PROCESS ............................................................................................................................................ 13

SUBMISSION FORMS............................................................................................................................................ 15

LETTER OF INTEREST ..................................................................................................................................................... 17 ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 19 DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS.......................................................................................................................... 21 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION .................................................................................................................. 25 LIST OF REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................................... 27 RECORD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUESTIONNAIRE ............................................................................................................. 29

Page 18: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 19: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 1

INTRODUCTION City of San Angelo seeks a provider for Records Management System for Fire and EMS information.

Disqualification Disqualification may occur for any of the following reasons:

• The respondent is involved in any litigation against the City of San Angelo;

• The respondent is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract with

the City;

• The respondent is debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in State or Federal assistance programs.

Confidentiality All proposals submitted shall remain confidential. After award, proposals will be made available for public inspection. The City shall not be responsible for the confidentiality of any trade secrets or other information contained or disclosed in the proposal unless clearly identified as such.

Document Availability Proposals documents are available and may be examined or obtained without charge in the Purchasing Department, Suite 314, City Hall, San Angelo, Texas. The Request for Proposal is also available at http://www.sanangelotexas.us. The proposal documents may be found by following the links.

o City Departments o Purchasing o Bidding Information o Bid Opportunities>RFP: FD-03-12

Digital Format If Bidder obtained the bid specifications in digital format in order to prepare a proposal, the bid must be submitted in hard copy according to the instructions contained in this bid package. If, in its bid response, Bidders makes any changes whatsoever to the published bid specifications, the bid specification as published shall control. Furthermore, if an alteration of any kind to the bid specification is discovered after the contract is executed and is or is not being performed; the contract is subject to immediate cancellation without recourse. Addenda Should bid documents or specifications be revised prior to the deadline for submittals, the City’s Purchasing Division will issue an addendum addressing the nature of the change. Respondents must review all addendums and complete, sign and include the Addendum Acknowledgement form with their bid. Addenda will be posted on the City’s website as they are issued. Bidder is responsible for contacting the City or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a bid. Award of Contract The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities or irregularities in the RFP process. The City is an equal opportunity employer

Page 20: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 2

The City will select the most highly qualified respondent(s) of the requested services based on demonstrated competence and qualifications and then attempt to negotiate with respondent(s) a contract(s) at a fair and reasonable price.

Acceptance of Proposal Content Before submitting a proposal, each Respondent shall make all investigations and examinations necessary to ascertain all conditions and requirements affecting the performance of the contract and to verify any representations made by the City upon which the proposal will rely. If the Respondent receives an offer because of its proposal, failure to have made such investigation and examinations will in no way relieve the Respondent from its obligation to comply in every detail with all provisions and requirements. Equal Employment Opportunity Attention of Respondents to the requirement for ensuring that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability. Proposal Term Proposal shall be in effect for at least 180 days from the submission date.

Points of Contact Roger Banks, Division Manager Purchasing Department City of San Angelo P.O. Box 1751 San Angelo Texas, 76902-1751 Email: [email protected] Telephone: (325) 657-4220

Kevin Lassiter, Assistant Fire Chief San Angelo Fire Department City of San Angelo 306 W. 1st San Angelo, TX 76903 Email: [email protected] Phone: (325) 657-4355

Page 21: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 3

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The following insurance requirements are an example of the City’s typical insurance requirements. The final requirements will be completed during the negotiations process. For more specific information, please contact John Seaton, Risk Manager at (325) 657-4359. 1 INDEMNIFICATION.

1.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD CITY, ITS COUNCILMEMBERS, BOARD AND COMMISSION MEMBERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS, GUESTS, INVITEES, CONSULTANTS AND EMPLOYEES FREE AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, PROCEEDINGS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, PENALTIES, FINES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES ASSERTED BY ANY PERSON OR PERSONS, INCLUDING AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF CONTRACTOR OR CITY, BY REASON OF DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONS, OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF, THE VIOLATION OF ANY LAW OR REGULATION OR IN ANY MANNER ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY ACT OF COMMISSION, OMISSION, NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF CONTRACTOR, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, OR THE JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF CONTRACTOR AND ANY OTHER ENTITY, AS A CONSEQUENCE OF ITS EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT OR SUSTAINED IN OR UPON THE PREMISES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANYTHING CLAIMED TO BE DONE OR ADMITTED TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR HEREUNDER. THIS INDEMNIFICATION SHALL SURVIVE THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT AS LONG AS ANY LIABILITY COULD BE ASSERTED. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND OR HOLD HARMLESS ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY FOR THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

1.3 PROSPECTIVE APPLICATION. ANY AND ALL INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE DISCHARGE OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OWED BY THE PARTIES TO EACH OTHER HEREUNDER AND SHALL APPLY PROSPECTIVELY NOT ONLY DURING THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT BUT THEREAFTER SO LONG AS ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIABILITY FOR CLOSURE AND POST CLOSURE COSTS) COULD BE ASSERTED IN REGARD TO ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMING UNDER THIS CONTRACT.

1.4 RETROACTIVE APPLICATION. THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL

EXTEND NOT ONLY TO CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS OCCURRING DURING THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT BUT RETROACTIVELY TO CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS WHICH MAY HAVE OCCURRED DURING THE TERM OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR.

2 Insurance.

2.1 General Conditions. The following conditions shall apply to all insurance policies obtained by Contractor for the purpose of complying with this Contract.

2.1.1 Satisfactory Companies. Coverage shall be maintained with insurers and under

forms of policies satisfactory to City and with insurers licensed to do business in Texas.

2.1.2 Named Insured. All insurance policies required herein shall be drawn in the name

of Contractor, with City, its council members, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees named as additional insureds, except on Workers’ Compensation coverage.

Page 22: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 4

2.1.3 Waiver of Subrogation. Contractor shall require its insurance carrier(s), with

respect to all insurance policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its councilmembers, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees.

2.1.4 Certificates of Insurance. At or before the time of execution of this Contract,

Contractor shall furnish City’s Risk Manager with certificates of insurance as evidence that all of the policies required herein are in full force and effect and provide the required coverages and limits of insurance. All certificates of insurance shall clearly state that all applicable requirements have been satisfied. The certificates shall provide that any company issuing an insurance policy shall provide to City not less than thirty (30) days advance notice in writing of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in the policy of insurance. In addition, Contractor and insurance company shall immediately provide written notice to City’s Risk Manager upon receipt of notice of cancellation of any insurance policy, or of a decision to terminate or alter any insurance policy. Copies of required endorsements will be attached to the certificates to confirm the required coverages are in effect. Certificates of insurance and notices of cancellations, terminations or alterations shall be furnished to City’s Risk Manager at City Hall, 72 West College or P.O. Box 1751, San Angelo, Texas 76903.

2.1.6 SubContractors’ Insurance. Contractor shall cause each SubContractor and Sub-subContractor of Contractor to purchase and maintain insurance of the types and in the amounts specified below. Contractor shall require SubContractors and Sub-subContractors to furnish copies of certificates of insurance to Lessor’s Risk Manager evidencing coverage for each SubContractor and Sub-subContractor.

2.2 Types and Amounts of Insurance Required. Contractor shall obtain and continuously maintain in

effect at all times during the term hereof, at Contractor’s sole expense, insurance coverages as follows with limits not less than those set forth below:

2.2.1 Commercial General Liability. This policy shall be a occurrence-type policy and shall protect the Contractor and additional insureds against all claims arising from bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person (other than the Contractor’s employees) and damage to property of the City or others arising out of the act or omission of the Contractor or its agents and employees. This policy shall also include protection against claims for the contractual liability assumed by Contractor under the paragraph of this Contract entitled “Indemnification,” including completed operations, products liability, contractual coverage, broad form property coverage, explosion, collapse, underground, premises/operations, and independent contractors (to remain in force for two years after final payment). Policy limits may but higher than but no less than:

$ 2,000,000 General Aggregate $ 1,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000 Products- Completed Operations $ 1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury

Page 23: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 5

2.2.3 Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability. If Contractor hires any employees, Contractor shall maintain Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance, which shall protect the Contractor against all claims under applicable state workers’ compensation laws and employer’s liability. Coverage shall not be less than:

Statutory Amount Workers’ Compensation $ 100,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Each Accident $ 100,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease– Each Employee $ 500,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease - Policy Limit

The foregoing requirement will not be applicable if, and so long as, Contractor qualifies as a self-insurer under the rules and regulations of the commission or agency administering the workers’ compensation program in Texas and furnishes evidence of such qualification to Lessor in accordance with the notice provisions of this Contract. If Contractor uses contract labor, Contractor shall require its contractor to maintain the above referenced coverage and furnish copies of certificates of insurance as required herein.

2.2.5 Professional Liability. This insurance shall include contractual liability in its

coverage, and the coverage under this policy shall survive the term of this Contract as long as any liability could be asserted. Policy limits shall be no less than:

$1,000,000

“CITY” can also be known as “Lessor” “CONTRACTOR” can also be known as “Contractor” or “Professional” “CONTRACT” can also be known as “Agreement” or “Contract” “PREMISES” can also be known as “Contracted Premises”

Page 24: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 6

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 25: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 7

DEADLINE AND DELIVERY LOCATION Deadline Sealed submittals must be received and time stamped by September 24, 2012, 2:00 P.M., Local Time. The clock located in Purchasing will be the official time.

Faxed or electronically transmitted RFP submittals will not be accepted

It is the sole responsibility of the respondent to ensure that the sealed RFP submittal arrives at the above location by specified deadline regardless of method chosen by the respondent for delivery.

Copies Please submit One (1) original, five (5) copies and one (1) copy in PDF format on CD or USB flash drive of all proposal documents, including questionnaire. Sealed Container Addressing

• Lower Left Hand Corner: “RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System”

• Top Left Hand Corner: Enter your company name and address.

Delivery Addresses

USPS: Purchasing Department

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System City of San Angelo 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Texas 76903

Delivery Services (FedEx, UPS, etc): Purchasing Department,

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System City of San Angelo

72 West College Avenue, Suite 314 San Angelo, Texas 76903

Please ensure the delivery envelope/container is marked, “RFP Enclosed”.

Page 26: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 8

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 27: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 9

SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED

General Specifications

1. The contractor shall provide a records management system that is compatible with NFIRS, TXFIRS, Medicare, Medicaid, and other State and National reporting agencies. Ongoing maintenance fees for the system should include updates that keep all aspects of the system up-to-date with current requirements for the above agencies.

2. The provided records management system must include Fire Incident reporting, EMS Incident reporting, Patient Side Care reporting, Electronic NEMSIS Billing extracts, Interface with ZOLL medical devices, Human Resources, equipment tracking and certification management.

3. Optimally the records management system should include Occupancy Management, Pre-Fire Plan Management and viewer, Vehicle Maintenance, Hydrant Tracking, Employee Scheduling, Training Records Documentation, Overtime System, Employee Time Record and data conversion from existing system to new records management system. If the records management system does not include these elements a separate “stand alone” program must be offered and the price included with the submitted bid.

The provided solution should include:

1. All necessary software for the records management system, including: licenses for the contractor’s software, installations of Windows Server operating systems, installations of Microsoft SQL, any other third party or contractor provided interfaces or software required for the records management system to integrate and receive information from the currently used Intergraph CAD system.

2. All necessary server hardware, including the necessary servers and mounting hardware for a 2 post rack mount system.

3. On-Site installation of all software and instruction on software installation and maintenance. 4. On-Site “Train the Trainer” instruction. 5. Business hours technical support with 24 hour emergency support available. Ability to provide on-site

technical support with 24 hour notice

Summary of Current Operations

The San Angelo Fire Department provides fire protection for the community of San Angelo and is the only ambulance service provider in Tom Green County. The department averages a total of 12,000 runs per year (Approx. 10,000 EMS Runs and 2,000 Fire Runs). Our current records management system stores all run information as well as occupancy information, fire training records, personnel information, training, vehicle and equipment information, and hydrants. Scope of Services In order to fully understand the services of the provider, please complete the Report Management System Questionnaire and submit it with your proposal. The form is located in the Submission Forms section of this RFB.

Page 28: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 10

Term of Contract

Please submit a copy of your standard contract. This contract will be evaluated with the following considerations in mind. This Sales Contract will include the initial purchase and annual maintenance including software upgrades with the price guaranteed for 5 years and additional 5 year terms to be negotiated. The first twelve months of the contract will be a trial period during which the records management system will be monitored to insure all components are working satisfactorily. The City has the option to cancel the contract after the six (6) month trial period if the contractor has not performed to the City’s satisfaction. The successful bidder will be awarded a contract on an exclusive basis subject to the right of both the City and the contractor to terminate the contract upon thirty (30) days written notice at the address of both the City of San Angelo and the contractor set forth in the contract. The contract shall not be assignable. Cancellation This contract may be canceled by the City upon completion of the twelve (12) month trial period or after the twelve month trial period by written notice thirty (30) days prior to termination. Right to Reject Bid Proposal The City reserves the right to reject any or all bid proposals and to disregard typographical, mathematical or obvious errors. The City will not pay cost incurred by any bidders in the preparation of bid proposals.

Page 29: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 11

PROPOSAL FORMAT Proposals shall be submitted in the following format with each element requested and/or form furnished as specified to facilitate evaluation of the proposals. The detailed requirements in this RFP are mandatory. Proposers are required to submit a complete RFP that satisfies all requirements. Each RFP is required to address, with a written response, each requirement in all sections of the RFP and in the same format and sequence as the details presented herein. To facilitate evaluation, all submittals must be submitted in the uniform format. All submittals must follow the prescribed format and shall include completed forms which are attached to this RFP. Failure to follow the required format or complete the required forms may result in submittals being rejected and removed from consideration. City of San Angelo will not participate in any cost the Respondent may incur in the preparation and submission of a proposal. The City will not be liable in any manner with regard to this RFP and the Respondent’s response to it.

FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THE REQUIRED FORMAT MAY BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF PROPOSAL.

Proposal Format Instructions Proposal should be submitted in a three-ring binder or report cover and tabbed. Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered): Please submit One (1) original, five (5) copies and one (1) copy in PDF format on CD or USB flash drive of all proposal documents, including questionnaire Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered):

Tab 1 Table of Contents Tab 2 Executive Summary (no longer than 2 pages, No smaller than Ariel 9-point font) Tab 3 Completed RFP Letter Of Interest and IRS W-9 Form Tab 4 Completed Conflict Of Interest form (if applicable) and Completed Debarment and

Suspension Certificate Tab 5 List of References Tab 6 Example of your standard contract Tab 7 Pricing Options Tab 8 Report Management System Questionnaire

Page 30: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 12

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 31: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 13

SELECTION PROCESS

All submittals shall be evaluated by a selection committee and those applicants selected for the short list may be invited to attend an interview, at the applicants own expense.

A. The selection committee will consist of the following individuals:

1. Kevin Lassiter, Assistant Chief of Operations, SAFD 2. Scott Farris, Assistant Chief of Administration, SAFD 3. Roger Banks, Purchasing Manager, COSA 4. Peter Haidinger, System Analyst, SAFD 5. Geneva Rodriguez, Administrative Assistant, SAFD

B. The selection committee will evaluate all proposals that are submitted. Selection ratings will be based on 100-point scale. Ranking will be as reflected below:

• Overall Cost ....................................................................................... 30% • Conformance to Specifications ......................................................... 45% • Experience/References ..................................................................... 25%

Total ........ 100%

C. Respondents are advised that the City reserves the right to evaluate and rank the proposals without input from the respondents. Therefore, proposals should be complete as initially submitted. However, if you are selected for an interview, you will be expected to present not only your proposal, but also your approach.

D. City staff shall make a recommendation to City Council of the selection of the most qualified

respondent to enter into contract negotiations with the City.

E. The selected respondent shall enter into negotiations with the City for the services to be performed.

F. If satisfactory negotiations cannot be concluded, the City reserves the right to negotiate with

the next highest-ranking respondent.

G. When services and fees are agreed upon, the selected respondent shall be offered a contract subject to City Council approval.

H. Should negotiations be unsuccessful, the City may enter into negotiations with the next,

highest ranked respondent until an agreement for services and fees are reached. The City retains the right to end the process at any time.

I. This RFP does not commit the City to pay for any direct and/or indirect costs incurred in the

preparation and presentation of a response. All finalist(s) shall pay their own costs incurred in preparing for, traveling to and attending the interviews. The City reserves the right to accept or reject all or part of proposals.

Page 32: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 14

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 33: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 15

SUBMISSION FORMS

• RFP Letter Of Interest

• Addendum Acknowledgement • Conflict Of Interest form • Debarment and Suspension Certificate

• List of References

• Pricing Options

• Report Management System Questionnaire

Page 34: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 16

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 35: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 17

Letter of Interest The undersigned firm submits the following information in response to Request for Proposal (as amended by Addenda), issued by the City of San Angelo, Texas (“City”).

• Respondent is responsible for calling the Purchasing Division or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a proposal.

• Respondent also understands that the City is not bound to select any proposals for the final pre-qualified

list and may reject any RFP submittal that the City receives.

• Respondent further understands that all costs and expenses incurred by it in preparing this RFP and participating in this process will be borne solely by the respondent, and that the RFP submittal materials will become the property of the City and will not be returned.

• Respondent agrees that the City will not be responsible for any errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or

incomplete statements in this RFP and accepts all terms of the RFP submittal process by signing this letter of interest and making the RFP submittal.

• The respondent certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor

its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal or State departments or agencies.

• Respondent agrees that any offer submitted because of this RFP shall be binding on the Respondent for

120 calendar days following the specified opening date. Any proposal for which the respondent specifies a shorter acceptance period may be rejected.

This RFP shall be governed by and construed in all respects according to the laws of the State of Texas.

Company

Authorized Signature

Printed Name & Title

Address

City, State Zip Code Date

Page 36: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 18

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 37: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 19

Addendum Acknowledgement Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda to the Contract documents.

Addendum No. 1 dated

Received

Addendum No. 2 dated

Received

Addendum No. 3 dated

Received

Addendum No. 4 dated

Received

Addendum No. 5 dated

Received

Addendum No. 6 dated

Received

Company Name Signature Printed Name ________________________________ Title

________________________________ Address ________________________________ City, State Zip Code

THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH THE BID

Page 38: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 20

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 39: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 21

k NOTICE TO VENDORS

Disclosure of Certain Relationships

Effective January 1, 2006, Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code requires that any vendor or

person considering doing business with a local governmental entity make certain disclosures concerning any affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with the local governmental entity. The provisions of Chapter 176 and the Form CIQ questionnaire that you must complete to comply with this law, are available at the Texas Ethics Commission website at http://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whasnew/confliict forms.htm.

A current list of City of San Angelo and City of San Angelo Development Corporations officers is available

in the office of the City of San Angelo City Clerk’s office located in Room 201 of City Hall or on the City’s website at http://sanangelotexas.org. If you are considering doing business with the City of San Angelo or the City of San Angelo Development Corporation and have an affiliation or business relationship that requires you to submit a completed Form CIQ, it must be filed with the records administrator (City Clerk) of the City of San Angelo no later than the seventh (7th) business day after the date you become aware of facts that require the form to be filed. See Section 176.006, Texas Local Government Code. It is a Class C misdemeanor to violate this provision.

By Submitting a response to a City of San Angelo or City of San Angelo Development Corporation

Request for Proposals, Request for Bids, or Request for Qualifications or by conducting business with either of those two entities, you are representing that you are in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code.

Roger S. Banks Division Manager

Page 40: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 22

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 41: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DEPARTMENT P.O. Box 1751, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Tel: (325) 657-4220 or 657-4212

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 23

Page 42: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 24

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 43: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 25

Debarment and Suspension Certification (1) The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its

principals:

(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for disbarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;

(b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;

(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and

(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default.

(2) Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this

certification, such prospective primary participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.

Company

Signature

Printed Name & Title

Address

City, State Zip Code Date

Page 44: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 26

Debarment and Suspension Certification INSTRUCTIONS

1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective participant is providing the certification set out

below.

2. The inability of a person to provide the certification required below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person from participation in this transaction.

3. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the City of San Angelo determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause.

4. The prospective participant shall provide immediate written notice to the City of San Angelo to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous because of changed circumstances.

5. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549(13 CFR Part 145). You may contact the City of San Angelo for assistance in obtaining a copy of these regulations.

6. The prospective participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the City of San Angelo.

7. The prospective participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment and Suspension" provided by the City of San Angelo, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.

8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the ineligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.

9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the City of San Angelo, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause.

Page 45: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 27

List of References List at least three (3) references of similar scope and size giving company name, contact information, and term.

REFERENCE ONE Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE TWO Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE THREE Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE FOUR Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

Page 46: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 28

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 47: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 29 C:\Users\bryan.kendrick\Desktop\03-05-13\03a RFP FD-03-12.docx

Record Management System Questionnaire

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

General

Support multi-jurisdictional functions allowing individual agencies, departments, groups or individuals to share data while also protecting agency specific or confidential data.

Modules integrated to maximize information sharing and reduce duplication of effort.

Individual workstations: Use a graphical user interface (GUI) Support command-line, point-and-click, and function key entry of commands and/or data

Support insert and delete modes in field data entry Support cut and paste modes in field data entry Ability to reduce data entry redundancy by populating all duplicate fields with a single entry

Allow user to move windows anywhere on screen(s)

Allow user to minimize and maximize windows Ability to restrict any/all RMS windows from being closed, as determined by system administrator

Support use of numeric keypad for number entry

Support relational database management technology to eliminate duplicate entry, duplicate storage and operational inefficiencies.

Print any text information on any screen to a printer Print any text information in any window to a printer

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a networked printer

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a workstation attached printer

Include date, hour, and minutes in most time stamps

Include date, time, and user ID stamp for all data entries

Use standard database format for storing date, so that dates can be manipulated as dates

Use standard database format for storing time, so that times can be manipulated as times

Search all tables/files using any or all fields

Search all tables/files using exact match and wild card

Page 48: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 30

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Supports National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS 5)

Provide pick lists for data entry (e.g. pull-down menus)

Use a relational database for all data and code table storage

Display real-time date and time constantly on screen

Include jurisdictional indicator in incident and report number

Relational database should be SQL compliant

Ability for system administrator to relabel/hide/modify fields on screens

Ability to auto fill fields during data entry using existing information such as names, addresses, phone numbers, from a master names index.

Ability to provide basic word processing features like those in MS Word for writing narratives. Include description of items such as:

Spell-checking Medical dictionary Word wrap Copy, cut and paste

Allow for a training system to be set up to allow non-production use of the system. This would be used to train personnel in the use of the system and to try out modifications and enhancements before they go into production.

The system should include online help and tutorials Ability to add attachments of any type (EKG/plans/documents or images)

System has the capability to establish an "auto-export" to defined entities such as billing, State, Federal, etc.

User friendly interface for the rapid export of data to patient billing systems via multiple formats. (i.e. CSV, XML, TLV)

Allow user to adjust window and font size Security

Require a minimum of user name and password to log user onto system

Allow each user to have individual security profile Allow system administrator to assign new password Does not display password as a visible field anywhere in system without System Administrator rights

Support assigning security access by module Within module, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

Page 49: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 31

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Restrict access to the operating system of the server(s)

Restrict access to the operating system of the workstation

Support ability of system administrator to remotely log-off users from any device

Support assigning security access by certain fields Within a field, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

Advance and flexible data security - HIPAA compliant (Field level access of data base)

Restrict access to individual database tables by security (including access from report writer)

Online Storage

Complete RMS records will be available online for a minimum of 7 years

Performance

Operate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week except when system down time is necessary for upgrades and routine maintenance.

Response time for typical FRMS commands (excluding ad hoc inquiries or large reports) must average 2 seconds or less

Audit

Support an audit log of each transaction performed, including date, time, and user ID of person performing transaction

Allow system administrator to review selected transactions

Documentation

Provide user level, system administrator functional & system technical manuals in hardcopy and electronic form

System Training

Perform onsite end user module training for train the trainers, system administrator training & major release/update training for end user and system administrator

Perform onsite end user module training direct to some users

Training/Test System

Support a full training mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files)

Page 50: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 32

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Support a full test mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) and independent of the training mode

Support a full training and test server which is independent of the live, operational server (including independent code tables and files)

Backup and Purge

Support purging of records in all files/tables based on date

Support archiving of records in all files/tables based on date, prior to purge

Write all archived records to alternative medium Allow backup/purge to occur without affecting RMS operation (i.e., RMS to remain "up" during backups)

Code Tables

All RMS codes and descriptions can be entered, modified, or deleted by system administrator at any time except for NFIRS and NHTSA codes

Allow system administrator full security access to all relational tables

Fire/EMS RMS Reporting Create ad-hoc reports

Provide ability to export the entire RMS database to a separate database, in a variety of standard file formats

Provide ability to export user-selected portions of the RMS database to a separate file, in a variety of standard file formats

Provides a variety of "canned" reports Must have the ability to build charts and graphs

Ability for general user to easily create any report without using third party reporting programs. (ie Crystal Reports)

User friendly interface for report creation. Ability to print specific portions of a report without printing the entire report.

Basic Fire/EMS Incident Reporting Support entry of NFIRS 5.0 required data

Ability to support NFIRS "plus one" type coding (3-character NFIRS code plus 4th character for local use)

Display code description anytime code is displayed on screen and allow access via either

Automatically create incident and populate fields with data transferred from CAD

Page 51: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 33

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Data transferred from CAD should include, at minimum:

Location of incident Incident number Call type code and expanded description Name of caller Address of caller Telephone number of caller Call source (e.g., E911, 7-digit) Area designators Call box # Map page reference Date and time of call pick up (off-hook) Date and time of call entry Date and time of each unit's dispatch Date and time of each unit's enroute to scene Date and time of each unit's arrival on scene Date and time of each unit's available-on-radio Date and time of each unit's available-in-quarters Date and time of incident closure Incident priority Incident number (system generated)

Cross-reference incident number(s), if multi-jurisdictional response

Report (aka, run) number (optional, system generated)

Disposition All units assigned to incident All personnel assigned to each unit at the incident Support manual entry of incident information

Ability for rapid medical data entry via a large touch screen interface.

Allow the entry of unlimited length text in comments type fields

Support word wrap in narrative fields Support spell check in narrative fields Support cut and paste ability in narrative fields

Support ability to enter previously created narrative templates

Support ability to automatically generate narratives based upon incident type

Record report information in RMS for all units assigned to an incident, with individual date/time stamps for all status changes

Ability to update RMS with any new CAD information received

Page 52: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 34

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow company officer to enter incident report for their unit as soon as it clears the incident, even if the incident is not closed

Support ability to store partially completed report(s), complete another transaction, and return to the interrupted report(s) for completion

Allow review of all partially completed reports

Allow modification of the previously entered incident information:

Location Type

Automatically perform edit checks of field data (NFIRS Rules)

Support ability to supplement a report (by the same or different company)

Ability to record multiple exposures as supplements to original incident

Ability for supervisor to review and approve report Ability to enter mutual aid reports and record outside jurisdictional unit(s) ID and involvement

Ability to generate and print public information report for an incident

Ability to generate standard queries and reports based upon various categories and criteria (not just NFIRS codes)

Ability to correlate builing/business names with addresses.

Basic EMS Specific Incident Reporting Ability to chart advanced EMS patient procedures.

Ability to have automatic narrative generation from data entry fields

Ability to generate personal narrative templates Ability to Staff generate narrative templates. Ability to have extensive QA/QI tools.

Ability to provide retrospective report review work flow feature

Ability to have database query tools Ability to have automatic bill calculation.

Ability to provide real-time error checking and user feedback

Ability to establish a benchmark time that defines arrival to patient with the press of a button. System will then use that time as the starting time for procedures, vitals, etc.

Page 53: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 35

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to enter information via drop down boxes and combo boxes that have an “auto scroll” feature for rapid entry. (i.e. Medication input for Metoprolol user types “met” and the box scrolls to entries that start with “Met.”)

Ability to enter data fields with pre-filled data such as states and zip codes.

Includes FDA medication database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Includes medication allergy database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Includes medical dictionary in patient reporting narrative.

Ability for individual custom patient narrative template that prompts the user for information.

Patient narrative imports data gathered on scene.

Ability to populate patient information such as address medical history, allergies, and medications from previous patient contact reports.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify EMS report forms.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify the information contained within drop down boxes, combo boxes, and other input fields.

Address Verification If no address conflict exists, automatically enter the location into the data entry form

If address conflict exists, display choices to the operator and allow selection of the correct address

Complexes with a single address but multiple tenants (malls, apartment buildings) should be able to be verified by either the complex's address or the tenant's address

Display the following information for address verification, as appropriate:

Exact location or intersection High and low cross street Common place/business name Fire station area Call box # Map page City code Indicators for additional location information (e.g., hazard, pre-plan, occupant, prior history)

Allow override and entry of non-verified address Ability to have construction management features

Page 54: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 36

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to have transaction logging Fire prevention/ inspection Ability to support any adopted fire code

Support entry of exact addresses, to the apartment level

Support entry of unlimited auxiliary contact information for each location (i.e., landlord name, address, telephone, management company name, address, telephone, etc.)

Allow recording of occupancy classification Allow recording of initial fire department conditions for new business approval

Ability to record type of equipment installed in a location, by manufacturer, make, model, and install date

Ability to record unlimited number of "special circumstances" regarding a location (i.e., Building Inspection information, unique characteristics, etc.)

Support entry of unlimited number of violations

Support "check box" style of data entry for violation codes

Display plain English description for violation codes in addition to code

Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry

Allow designation of inspection responsibility by station area for each address

Allow scheduling of follow-up inspections

Allow designation of re-inspection frequency based on type of business (e.g., regular inspections are every two years; self-inspections are every four years; fire permits every year)

Support ability to create reinspection schedules on a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly basis

Support ability to print out inspection schedules for individual inspectors, company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Support ability to generate form letters documenting specific violations with date of scheduled reinspection

Support ability to view online and print out history of prior violations for any address

Allow inspection record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Record the name and ID of the inspector and the date and time for each inspection performed

Page 55: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 37

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

System should come pre-loaded with all violation code tables providing for any copyright laws or regulations.

Support ability to record results of violation re-inspection

Support ability to record penalties for non-compliance Support ability to print out complete inspection report Record name and operator ID of anyone making changes to inspection record

Support ability to perform inspections in the field and upload results to main system

Ability to associate a scanned image (i.e., "pre-fire plan") to a location

Ability to build and update pre-fire plans based on building information provided

Ability to have occupancy hazard risk assessment

Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses.

Ability to update building real property data in a mobile environment by product implementation

Ability of rapid data entry with drop down menus.

Ability for user to create highly custom narratives with user prompts.

Ability to create professional mobile pre-plans Fire investigation Support ability to track fire investigation

Allow designation of an incident as a potential arson, with ability to record additional fields of associated information

Investigation data could include: Investigator name and ID PD investigator assigned PD case number Date case begun Date case closed Suspect information (unlimited) Witness information (unlimited) Property owner Evidence taken (unlimited) Who collected evidence Characteristics of fire/MO Cause of fire Status of case Narrative Ability to attach graphic file(s) to an investigation record (e.g., fire scene diagram)

Page 56: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 38

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to attach any Windows-compliant file(s) to an investigation record

Allow case status to be updated with ongoing activities and notes

Ability to automatically supplement initial NFIRS report with investigation results

Support ability to view and print entire case report Support ability to view and print summary of all investigations in progress

Hazardous materials management

Include a hazardous materials database as part of the FRMS, for use in identifying materials contacted and recommended remedial action, all of which should be a part of the Pre-Fire-Plan for an address or location

Hazardous material information should include: Chemical (by name, code, category) Consequences of chemical Resource list for mitigation SOPs Allow recording of types and locations of hazardous materials stored at addresses within the city

Hazardous material information for location should include:

Warnings Chemicals at location

Ability to record hazardous material spill information, including:

Location Incident number (if any - not required) Date of spill Dept. of Envir. Protection number Type of spill Chemical spilled (unlimited) Equipment Inventory

Support various types of equipment management, with type controlling the number and type of fields which are displayed to the operator (e.g., breathing apparatus, hoses, ladders, etc.)

Inventory data should include: Equipment Class Equipment Sub-Class Item description Inventory ID number Unit ID Serial number Make/Model number

Page 57: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 39

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

VIN number Date of purchase Date brought in to service Scheduled retirement date Supplier name, address, telephone Cost Manufacturer name, address, telephone Expiration date Location Status Comments Hose data would include: Purchase date Date brought in to service Length Size Test pressure Hose location, by station or apparatus Test results, including date and time of test Next scheduled test Name and ID of individual performing test Breathing apparatus data should include: Location, by station, apparatus, and operator Serial number Cylinder check Regulator function Diaphragm function Face piece and tube status Name and ID of individual performing test Date and time of test Next scheduled test date Test results Hazmat monitoring equipment data should include: Serial number Type of instrument Date entered into service Date of last calibration Date of last maintenance Maintenance action taken Name and ID of individual performing action Next scheduled maintenance date Hazmat suits data should include: ID number Type of suit Date entered into service

Page 58: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 40

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Date of last test Test results Maintenance action taken Name and ID of individual performing test Next scheduled test date Support the ability to track inventory of all vehicles in fleet, inventory data should include:

Description Inventory ID number Vehicle type VIN License number Purchase date Manufacturer Model number Serial number Warranty expiration Warranty description Location Special requirements Date of service Service record (including maintenance/repair performed, mechanic, time spent out of service, etc.)

Mileage at time of service Engine hours at time of service Date of next scheduled service

Equipment carried (cross referenced from equipment inventory)

Ability to provide results of annual pump test Ability to provide location of the equipment by current assignment to a unit, station or personnel

Allow default test frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Allow default maintenance type and frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Hydrant Inventory Supports hydrant information which integrates with other modules such as Pre-Plans and Inspections

Support ability to record disposal by user, date, and reason disposed of (e.g., broken, burned, etc.)

Allow default test frequencies to be created

Support ability to print out test schedules for individual company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Page 59: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 41

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Support ability to print out complete test report Hydrant data would include: Hydrant ID Number (Alpha/Numeric) Fire District Sector/Zone Department/Agency Street address with geo-verification City, State, Zip Cross Street Additional Address Information Manufacturer Model Year Date installed ISO Type Valve Size Barrel Size Barrel Length Hydrant/Main/Valve data fields Water Main ID Main Diameter Main Type Pressure Zone Hydrant Lead Size Hydrant Valve Size Lead Valve Distance Outlets Distance to Curb

Ability for Hydrant Inspections to including the following data fields:

Date of Inspection Time of Inspection Name of personnel performing the inspection Service preformed Repairs done or needed Notes field Other service preformed or requested Ability to track a history of flows for a hydrant Ability to add attachments of any type Ability to maintain Hydrant Flow tests performed including the following data fields:

Date of Flow Time of Flow Name of personnel performing the test

Page 60: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 42

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Pitot Outlet Diameter with drop down list of choices Discharge Coeff. Correcting Factor Calculated Flow in GPM Calculated Flow in GPM at 20, 10, and 0 psi. Training Support ability to track training for all personnel Training data to be tracked would include: Fire courses College/vocational degrees Certifications, including expiration dates Seminars Continuing education BLS/ALS courses Name of entity providing training Support the ability to have an unlimited number of each category of training above

Track training by date, time, locations and hours spent

Support ability to create course curriculum, including date, time, class size, and location of classes

Support ability to create class code and class descriptions

Support ability to designate class as mandatory or not by type of class

Support ability to designate class as certified or not by type of class

Ability to assign a unique identifier for each certified class

Support the ability to allow for station company to enter its own categories of mandatory training

Support ability to enter class roster for each scheduled class

Support ability to record class attendance and issue grades for an entire class

Automatically post record of attendance into individual's training record

Automatically post training results into individual's personnel record without requiring user re-entry

Ability to record attendance and grade for individuals from outside jurisdictions (for both certified and non-certified classes

Ability to print a number of training reports indicating course attendance, average grades, course cancellations, hours spent, types of courses, etc.

Page 61: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 43

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to print report of total training hours completed by individuals or groups, for user defined time intervals (i.e., month, quarter, year-to-date, etc.)

Ability to set mandatory number of training hours by category (e.g., suppression related)

Ability to print report of which individuals have not completed the mandatory training hours certifications

Ability to view and print individual training record for a specified period of time

Ability to require certain types of training for individuals based upon job requirements (e.g., required certifications)

Support ability to print list of certificates due to expire within specified period of time

Ability for system to print a report for the training officer of certificates due to expire within an upcoming user specified period of time

Personnel Support ability to track all personnel information for Fire Department staff (both paid and volunteer)

Personnel data should include: Staff member ID (employee ID) Name Agency Rank/job title Current assignment - location Current assignment - shift Temporary assignment and expiration date Date hired Seniority ranking Gender Race Ethnicity Physical descriptors Promotion/reclassification date Probation end date Last evaluation date Next evaluation date

Performance evaluation results (should retain results for all reviews, with date and time stamps and name and ID of supervisor)

Education (prior to beginning at Fire Department, plus updates from Training records)

Certifications (cross referenced from Training records)

Certification(s) expiration date

Page 62: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 44

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Licenses License(s) expiration date Special skills Home address Home telephone Other contact numbers Emergency contact information Issued equipment (unlimited) Career/promotion history Qualifications for "acting" status

Accidents/injuries, including date and time, status, narrative

Disability indicator, including status and expiration date

Medical examination information (record of when, type, and expiration)(e.g., breathing apparatus medical, driver's license medical)

Support the ability to track an unlimited number and type of certifications per person

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of skills per person

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of licenses per person

Support the ability to restrict the types of data available for display by security

Support the ability to print complete employee history record

Ability to have FLSA compliant time accounting and payroll

Ability to have flexible work schedule capabilities

Ability to scheduling and time accounting for staff and line employees

Ability to have customized employee performance evaluations

Ability to have a integrated payroll system Interfaces/ Subsystems CAD

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, every 5 minutes, at minimum

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, in real time

Support the ability to upload premise/location information from the fire RMS into CAD, including the following:

Page 63: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 45 Y:\12-RFX\Fire Dept\FD0312 Records Mgt Sys\FD0312 092212.docx

- emergency contact information - hazardous materials information - Knox box/key/combination information - premise inspection information - pre-fire plan information Support the ability to upload personnel skills information from the fire RMS into CAD

Scheduling/rostering software

Support the ability to schedule personnel to shift and unit

Maintains a daily roster that includes a user-defined table of types of leave and track FEMA/USAR/UASI overtime.

Ability to automatically remove someone from the daily schedule when they are on leave (vacation, injury, etc.)

Restrict the ability to double schedule any individual

Ability to notify supervisors of personnel shortages at a station.

Support the ability to view and print the schedule for a specified period of time

Ability to track personnel trades and automatically remove traded-off employee from equipment assignment

State NFIRS Upload Ability to extract the State required NFIRS data and submit electronically in the required format

Mobile Application Ability to support tablet-based field data collection Allow users to swap patient data on scene wirelessly. (i.e. Engine company established patient care, now the medic is transporting and needs the info)

Ability to allow the mobile computing with the full suite of modules while disconnected from the network

Ability to integrate with CAD to provide in field reporting with NFIRS and EMS ePCRs

Ability to apply Geo-Verification of addresses while in the disconnected mode.

Ability of synchronization of the mobile and the server. Ability to disconnect the mobile before the synchronization has been completed

Page 64: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Proposal to:

The City of San Angelo, Texas

forFire Department Records Management System

RFP: FD-03-12

Presented by

Page 65: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2

Page 66: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

3

Contact Information

Company Name: EF Recovery Primary Contact: Ed Grubbs, CEO Toll Free: 877.213.9047 ext. 300 Fax: 253.853.1301 Email: [email protected] This Proposal is binding for 180 days after submission deadline. Signature:

Ed Grubbs, CEO EF Recovery Principal Vendor Location: 10421 Burnham Drive N.W., Bldg. One P.O. Box 2029 Gig Harbor, WA. 98335 Secondary: 476 S. Earlham St. P.O. Box 12032 Orange, Ca. 92859 Number of Employees: 25 employees, 10+ Sales Representatives Years in Business: 6

Page 67: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

4

Table of Contents

Table of Contents………………………………….. Tab 1 Executive Summary……………………………….. Tab 2 Letter of Interest & W9.……………………………. Tab 3 Debarment & Suspension Certificate…………….. Tab 4 References………………………………………….. Tab 5 Example of Standard Contract………………….... Tab 6 Pricing Options……………………………………… Tab 7 Questionnaire……………………………………….. Tab 8

Page 68: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

5

Executive Summary

To the Committee: Mr. Lassiter, Mr. Farris, Mr. Banks, Mr. Haidinger and Ms. Rodriguez We appreciate the opportunity to submit this proposal for your Fire Department Records Management System. We would like to clarify that our Proposal is for a hosted solution fully managed by EF Recovery. EF Recovery has partnered with ZOLL to deliver and support their hosted RescueNet FireRMS, Fire Mobile and ePCR solutions. Our personnel are experts at providing hosted solutions and in addition to our in-house knowledge of the RescueNet Suite of products, we have immediate access to the knowledge base within ZOLL. On behalf of the staff and management of EF Recovery, we would like to thank you for the opportunity to provide services that have such an important impact on your citizens. While we take pride in helping municipalities maintain the community’s expected levels of service in times of declining budgets, helping you sustain the optimum level of public safety is our primary goal. We offer the City of San Angelo: Software As A Service (SaaS) and Superior System Maintenance RescueNet FireRMS, Fire Mobile and ePCR are SaaS hosted offerings to organizations that do not wish to maintain an Enterprise version in-house. With hosted RescueNet FireRMS, Fire Mobile and ePCR, EF Recovery through its partnership with ZOLL, provides the IT infrastructure and support as well as the routine maintenance, database backup and software upgrades of these systems so that our customers can focus on meeting their every day needs without the IT headaches and expense. Customers are able to go live quickly and with minimal upfront capital investment while we do the technical work. From the information you provide, we will pre-configure your database to reduce the time and expense of a typical startup. Data is maintained in our Tier II Data Center, and is backed up near real-time to a secure facility.

Partnership with EF Recovery (EFR) brings a combination of experience, dedication, creative energy and integrity to the table. EF Recovery, established in 2006, is headquartered in Gig Harbor, Washington with a satellite office in Orange County, California. The company was formed to assist fire departments and municipalities in maintaining the community’s expected levels of service, especially in a time of declining budgets. EFR is a leader in fire department billing solutions and in hosted solutions (we host the entire ZOLL RescueNet Suite of products.) EFR has earned endorsements from a variety of state firefighter associations, and the Washington State Fire Chief’s Association. Ours is the finest technology available and we are the only company with the ability to bring this solution to our clients in a format that not only significantly simplifies its use, but also makes it extremely cost effective. Unlike any other company, we will help you coordinate the consolidation of your ePCR and FireRMS and Fire Mobile programs, resulting in significant savings in both operational costs and man hours. We will be there for you consistently and continuously.

Data Center Overview EF Recovery maintains a TIER 2 DATA CENTER at its corporate headquarters in Gig Harbor, Washington. As a Tier 2 facility EF Recovery provides the following systems and practices:

Access & Security • All physical access to the facility is controlled via an electronic access system which requires

going through several locked doors. EF Recovery exceeds HIPAA 5010 requirements. • All access and its purpose is recorded in a log and reviewed for appropriateness. • Personnel accessing the facility are trained IT professionals and we require a minimum of two

staff at any time when physically accessing the servers. • Vendors are always accompanied by EF Recovery employees during any work done in the Data

Center.

Page 69: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

6

• Additional security is maintained via alarm system and CCTV video cameras. • A fire clean suppression system protects data in the event of a fire. The system conforms to

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 72.

System Security • All data in and out passes through a WatchGuard Fire box. The WatchGuard provides state full

packet inspection which removes any potential threat before it enters the facility. • Network administration, system maintenance, server support and other access is controlled and

monitored through Microsoft’s Data Center security application. • Passwords are changed every 30 days and must meet DOD class 5 standards for passwords.

Architecture • EF Recovery maintains a storage network (SAN) based on EMC software and storage devices.

RAID arrays are self healing and fully redundant. All SAN data is de-duplicated and backed-up to a secure offsite facility.

• All switching on both LAN and SAN is redundant. • All of the physical servers run XEN server virtual environment. This allows administrators to move

servers around in the event of a physical server failure or to perform maintenance. • The facility has backup power generators in the event of a power failure. • There are two fiber routes out of the facility each with separate providers.

Key Personnel At EF Recovery, we are serious when we say that customer service is #1. We have assembled a first rate staff to address all of your concerns during implementation. But we don’t stop there. We will provide professional, responsible support to you and your staff for as long as we are your partners. We know that both accountability and availability of our staff are key to your success. You will have the contact information for your entire team from first to last so that you can always reach someone you know. Our team approach was developed to insure excellent communications between our clients and their designated team. This eliminates the frustration associated with the impersonal “runaround” that is often experienced in business today. Your EFR team will consist of the following well qualified individuals plus additional staff as needed. Ed Grubbs, Chief Executive Officer Ed has over 40 years of business management experience and is a company founder and Executive Board Member. He will be coordinating our entire team’s effort to create a productive and valuable partnership with your City and to ensure your complete satisfaction. As stated above, both accountability and availability are important components to the success of our program. Ed will be there to address your questions, training issues or concerns as they arise. Robert Philpott, Chief Technology Officer Robert brings 28 years of experience in software design and systems architecture to your organization. He will be involved in the implementation of your program and will direct all ongoing IT support. Designated IT Technician Your Designated IT Technician will be appointed on acceptance of our Proposal and will be involved in implementation and directly responsible for ongoing IT support.

Customer Service Technician A senior CST will be assigned to you on acceptance of our Proposal and will be available to assist your personnel with any questions that might arise on a daily basis. EFR’s remote support allows our technician to immediately see what an individual is having an issue with and correct it. It’s as if they were sitting right next to each other. EF Recovery provides Help Desk support from your designated applications specialist five days a week from 8am PST to 5pm PST. Emergency support is available outside of these hours on a call back basis. Technical support and system changes are available during normal business hours.

Page 70: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 71: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 72: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 73: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 74: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
City of Santa Fe Fire Department
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
200 Murales Rd Santa Fe, NM 87504
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Brian Caldwell, MSO
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
505-955-3123 [email protected]
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Hosted FireRMS, ePCR, EMS billing
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
FireRMS January 2011 ePCR & EMS billing August 2010
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
South Pierce Fire & Rescue
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
5403 340th Street East Eatonville, WA 98328
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Sam Yount, Asst. Chief/MSO
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
253-377-1963
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Hosted ePCR, FireRMS & EMS billing
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
April 2010
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Happy Camp Volunteer Ambulance
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
26th 4th Avenue Happy Camp, CA
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Frank Henderson
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
530-493-2643
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Hosted ePCR
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
December 2010
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
, EMS Manager
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Eunice Fire Department
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
1107 J Eunice, New Mexico
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Ronnie Savell, Fire Chief
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
575-394-3258
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
Hosted ePCR
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
LGrubbs
Typewritten Text
September 2011
Page 75: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

APPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions 1. TERM. This Agreement will begin on the Effective Date and continue for a period of three (3) years. Thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional 1 year terms, unless either party provides the other party written notice of its intent not to renew at least 120 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term.

2. SERVICES. This Agreement is a services agreement and is not intended to provide licenses or other rights in or to any software, hardware, technology or systems used by or on behalf of EF Recovery to provide the Services (the “System”). Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Customer’s payment of all applicable Fees, EF Recovery will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide access to the Services to Customer in accordance with the specifications for the Services published by EF Recovery. Upon request by Customer, EF Recovery may agree to provide additional services to Customer in connection with the Services. All additional services will be provided at EF Recovery’s then-current rates for those services, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties and will be considered part of the “Services” for purposes of this Agreement.

3. ACCESS AND SECURITY. Customer may access the Services solely for Customer’s own internal business purposes. Customer agrees to notify EF Recovery immediately of any actual or suspected unauthorized use of the Services. Customer agrees not to provide access to the Services other than to Customer’s own employees and contractors. Customer may not sublicense, distribute, sell, use for service bureau use, lease, rent, loan, or otherwise transfer Customer’s right to access the Services to any third party. Customer will ensure the security and confidentiality of all passwords and other identifiers for use in accessing the Services (“Identifiers”). Customer will be responsible for all transactions and other activities conducted through the Services using any Identifiers furnished to or generated by Customer, and any such transactions will be deemed to have been completed by Customer. Customer agrees to maintain a current list of all persons authorized to access and use the Services on behalf of Customer and to notify EF Recovery of changes to such list. In no event will EF Recovery be liable for the foregoing obligations or the failure by Customer to fulfill such obligations.

4. LIMITATIONS. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Customer’s payment of all applicable Fees, Customer may access and use the Services as set forth in this Agreement for Customer’s own internal business purposes. Customer will not and will not permit any third party to: (a) use the Services or System in any unlawful manner or in any other manner that could damage, disable, overburden or impair the Services; (b) use automated scripts to collect information from, or otherwise interact with, the Services; (c) use the Services to intimidate or harass any persons or entities; (d) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to derive the source code or method of operation of the System or Services; (e) remove, bypass or circumvent any electronic protection measures on the System or Services; (f) remove, alter, or obscure any copyright or other proprietary rights notices included on the System or Services; or (g) upload to the Services, or otherwise provide to EF Recovery any code or device capable of or intended to interrupt, harm or damage the Services or the operation of the Services.

5. ADDITIONAL CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS. Customer will cooperate with EF Recovery with all reasonable requests of EF Recovery for data, information, materials, and assistance to assist EF Recovery in the performance of the Services. Customer will designate a contact person (and one or more backup contact persons) to be primarily responsible for coordination of the Services with EF Recovery.

6. CONTENT. Except for any data, information or other content (“Content”) included on or made accessible through the Services by EF Recovery (“EF Recovery Content”), Customer will be solely responsible for all Content provided by or on behalf of Customer through the Services (“Customer Content”). Customer grants to EF Recovery all rights and licenses in and to such Content necessary for EF Recovery to provide the Services. Customer will not provide Content that: (a) is libelous, defamatory, obscene, abusive, pornographic, or threatening; (b) infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any intellectual property rights or rights of publicity or privacy; (c) contains any viruses or programming routines intended to damage, surreptitiously intercept or expropriate the Services, System or any data or information; (d) violates any law, rule or regulation, or suggests, encourages or intends to incite any conduct that is illegal in any way or that advocates illegal activity; or (e) is materially false, misleading or inaccurate. EF Recovery may take remedial action if Content violates this Section 6, however, EF Recovery has no obligation, and takes no responsibility, to review Content for accuracy or potential liability. EF Recovery will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain back-up copies of Customer data during the term of this Agreement. EF Recovery's obligation will not extend beyond the term of this Agreement.

7. FEE SCHEDULE

Page 2 of 5

Customer Initials: __________

Page 76: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EF Recovery APPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT

8. TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION. Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure such material breach within 15 days after receiving written notice thereof from the non-breaching party. EF Recovery may suspend the Services (or any portion thereof) upon notice to Customer in the case of any breach or threatened breach by Customer. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: (1) EF Recovery may cease all Services; (2) all Fees owed to EF Recovery under this Agreement before such termination or expiration will be immediately due and payable; and (3) upon payment of all such Fees, and upon the request of Customer, EF Recovery will provide Customer with a single copy of all Customer Content included by Customer in any trip report existing on the System as of the effective date of expiration or termination in PDF format (copies in non-PDF format will be made available upon the request of Customer at EF Recovery's then-current rates). Sections 7, 9, 10.2, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

9. OWNERSHIP. EF Recovery will retain all right, title and interest in and to the Services, System and EF Recovery Content, any updates, upgrades, enhancements, modifications, improvements and translations thereto or thereof, and all worldwide intellectual property and proprietary rights therein and relating thereto, including, without limitation, all patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks and any other intellectual property, proprietary, and sui generis rights (“IPR”). As between EF Recovery and Customer.

10. MINIMUM SERVICE LEVEL AND DISCLAIMER.

10.1 "Minimum Service Level" Subject to the terms of this Agreement, EF Recovery will make the Services available for access by Customer as described in this Agreement an average of 99.5% of the time (the “Minimum Service Level”). If during any 30 day period, EF Recovery fails to meet the Minimum Service Level, then Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy will be the right to terminate the Agreement if the failure is not corrected within 15 days following notice of the failure by Customer. The following items are excluded from the computation of Minimum Service Level: (a) downtimes caused by scheduled maintenance; (b) Customer-caused outages or disruptions; (c) failures of interconnections to or from, and connectivity within, the Internet; (d) failures due to third party services, software or systems; and (e) other events, actions or failures otherwise disclaimed or excluded under this Agreement.

10.2 "Telephone Support"

(a) Emergency Support. EF Recovery will provide telephone support to the Designated Interface during the Emergency Support Hours to address Errors that prevent Customer from using the Supported Programs for a purpose for which the user has an immediate need (e.g., Failure to complete a PCR constitutes such an error, while failure to connect to the server to upload data is not such an error, as there is a work around, printing the PCR locally.).

(b) Technical Support. EF Recovery will provide telephone support to the Designated Interface during the Business Hours to address all other Errors relating to software. Such telephone support will include the following:

(i) Clarification of functions and features of the Supported Program; (ii) Clarification of the Documentation; (iii) Guidance in operation of the Supported Program; (iv) Assistance in identifying and verifying the causes of suspected Errors in the Supported Program; and

(v) Advice on bypassing identified Errors in the Supported Program, if reasonably possible. EF Recovery shall use commercially

reasonable efforts to provide a Resolution to the Supported Program. EF Recovery will acknowledge each Customer report of an Error by written

acknowledgment, in electronic form, setting forth a Service Request number (SR#) for use by Customer and EF Recovery in all correspondence relating

to such Error to track the Error until it is resolved.

10.3 "Disclaimer" EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED AND MADE AVAILABLE “AS IS” AND ON AN “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS. EF RECOVERY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES (WRITTEN OR ORAL) UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. EF RECOVERY WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY INTERRUPTIONS OR DISRUPTIONS IN ACCESS TO THE SERVICES OR THE SYSTEM, OR THE FLOW OF DATA TO OR FROM THE SYSTEM AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE INTERNET OR ANY THIRD PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER. EF RECOVERY DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE ACCESS TO THE SERVICES OR SYSTEM WILL BE PROVIDED ERROR-FREE, UNINTERRUPTED, SECURE, OR VIRUS-FREE. EF RECOVERY WILL NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, OR TIMELINESS OF CONTENT STORED ON THE SERVICES OR SYSTEM OR PROVIDED THROUGH THE SERVICES OR FOR ANY DECISION MADE OR ACTION TAKEN BY CUSTOMER IN RELIANCE UPON ANY SUCH CONTENT.

11. INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS. EF Recovery will defend at its own expense any action against Customer brought by a third party claiming that the Service infringes any third party U.S. patents or registered copyrights issued as of the Effective Date, or misappropriates any third party trade secrets, and EF Recovery will pay those costs and damages finally awarded against Customer in any such action that are specifically attributable to such claim or those costs and damages agreed to in a monetary settlement of such action. The foregoing obligations are conditioned on Customer: (1) notifying EF Recovery promptly in writing of such action; (2) giving EF Recovery sole control of the defense thereof and any related settlement negotiations; and (3) cooperating and, at EF Recovery's request and expense, assisting in such defense. If the Service becomes, or in EF Recovery’s opinion is likely to become, the subject of a claim covered by this Section 11, EF Recovery may, at its option and expense, either: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the

Page 3 of 5

Customer Initials: __________

Page 77: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EF Recovery APPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT

Service; (b) replace or modify the Service so that it becomes non-infringing; or (c) terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part, as appropriate, and refund Customer any Fees paid by Customer in advance for the Service under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, EF Recovery will have no obligation under this Section 11 or otherwise with respect to any infringement claim based upon: (i) any use of the Service not in accordance with this Agreement; (ii) any use of the Service in combination with products, equipment, software, or data not supplied by EF Recovery if such infringement would have been avoided but for the combination with other products, equipment, software or data; (iii) any use of any release of the Service other than the most current release made commercially available by EF Recovery; or (iv) any modification of the Service by any person other than EF Recovery or its authorized agents or subcontractors. This Section 11 states EF Recovery’s entire liability and the Customer’s exclusive remedy for any claims of infringement.

12. INDEMNIFICATION. Customer will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless EF Recovery, and its subsidiaries, affiliates and subcontractors, and their owners, officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “EF Recovery Indemnitees”) from and against any and all direct and indirect losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from or arising out of any: (1) use of the System; (2) actual or alleged breach by Customer of any provision of this Agreement; (3) negligence or willful misconduct of Customer; or (4) damage to property or injury to or death of any person directly or indirectly caused by Customer or Customer’s use of the System. EF Recovery will provide Customer with notice of any such claim or allegation, and EF Recovery has the right to participate in the defense of any such claim at its expense.

13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT: (A) WILL EF RECOVERY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNTS ACTUALLY PAID TO EF RECOVERY BY CUSTOMER IN THE 12 MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE DATE THE CLAIM AROSE. IN NO EVENT WILL EF RECOVERY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, DIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT (HOWEVER ARISING, INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INTERRUPTED COMMUNICATIONS, LOST DATA, OR LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, AND DAMAGES THAT RESULT FROM INCONVENIENCE, DELAY OR LOSS OF USE OF ANY CONTENT OR OF THE SERVICES, EVEN IF EF RECOVERY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY HEREIN.

14. CONFIDENTIALITY.

14.1 "Confidential Information" Each party (the “Disclosing Party”) may from time to time disclose to the other party (the “Recipient”) certain information regarding the business of the Disclosing Party and its suppliers, including technical, marketing, financial, employee, planning, and other confidential or proprietary information that is marked or identified as confidential, or disclosed under circumstances that would lead a reasonable person to believe such information is confidential (“Confidential Information”). The Services and System, including without limitation any routines, subroutines, directories, tools, programs, or any other technology included therein, shall be considered EF Recovery’s Confidential Information. The Recipient will not use any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for any purpose not expressly permitted by this Agreement, and will disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party only to the employees or contractors of the Recipient who have a need to know such Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement and who are under a duty of confidentiality no less restrictive than the Recipient’s duty hereunder. The Recipient will protect the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information from unauthorized use, access, or disclosure in the same manner as the Recipient protects its own confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature and with no less than reasonable care.

14.2 "Exceptions" The Recipient’s obligations under this Section 14 with respect to any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party will terminate if such information: (a) was already known to the Recipient at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party; (b) was disclosed to the Recipient by a third party who had the right to make such disclosure without any confidentiality restrictions; (c) is, or through no fault of the Recipient has become, generally available to the public; or (d) was independently developed by the Recipient without access to, or use of, the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information. In addition, the Recipient will be allowed to disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent that such disclosure is: (i) approved in writing by the Disclosing Party; (ii) necessary for the Recipient to enforce its rights under this Agreement in connection with a legal proceeding; or (iii) required by law or by the order of a court of similar judicial or administrative body; provided that the Recipient notifies the Disclosing Party of such required disclosure promptly and in writing and cooperates with the Disclosing Party, at the Disclosing Party’s request and expense, in any lawful action to contest or limit the scope of such required disclosure.

14.3 "Authority to Disclose Confidential Information." Prior to making any disclosure to EF Recovery of private patient information, Customer represents that it has obtained, in accordance with federal, state and local laws relating to the privacy of patient health information, including but not limited to the Health Insurance and Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and regulations, and guidelines related thereto, a properly executed, written authorization from each of its patients or the patients' authorized representatives documenting the patients' express written consent to enable the disclosure by Customer to EF Recovery of protected health information.

15. DATA PRIVACY. EF Recovery agrees to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (PL 104-191) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“HIPAA”) in the performance of the Services. If, due to the nature of the Services, the parties determine that EF Recovery is acting as Customer’s business associate under HIPAA or is otherwise required to enter into a business associate agreement under HIPAA, EF Recovery agrees to enter into a HIPAA business associate agreement in a form acceptable to both parties. EF Recovery agrees not to use or further disclose any Protected Health Information (as such term is defined in HIPAA) in violation of HIPAA or of this Agreement, provided that EF Recovery may collect, extract, compile, synthesize, and analyze non-personally identifiable data or information resulting from the use and operation of the Services under this Agreement in an aggregated form without directly identifying Customer or any other individual or entity as the source thereof. To the extent any such data or information is collected or generated by EF Recovery, the data and information will be solely owned by EF Recovery and may be used by EF Recovery for any lawful business purpose without a duty of accounting to Customer.

Page 4 of 5

Customer Initials: __________

Page 78: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EF Recovery

APPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT

16. ADDITIONAL TERMS.

16.1 "Relationship" EF Recovery and Customer are acting solely as independent contractors, and neither party is an agent or partner of the other. Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to constitute a partnership, joint venture, or employer/employee relationship between the parties. Neither party will hold itself out as having any authority to enter into any contract or create any obligation or liability on behalf of or binding upon the other party.

16.2 "Subcontractors" Customer acknowledges and agrees that some or all of EF Recovery’s obligations hereunder may be provided by one or more third party service providers selected from time to time by EF Recovery.

16.3 "Notices" Communications and notices required or permitted under this Agreement will be deemed delivered when hand-delivered to the receiving person, or when mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, in first class U.S. mail, to the addresses specified on the initial page of this Agreement, or when faxed to the fax number or electronically transmitted to the Internet address specified, with hard copy mailed within 3 days thereafter in the manner set forth above. Any party may change its address for purposes of this notice provision by giving notice in the manner prescribed above.

16.4 "Force Majeure" EF Recovery will not be liable to Customer or otherwise under this Agreement for delays or failures in performance under this Agreement due in any way to any failure by Customer to perform its obligations under this Agreement in a timely manner or otherwise comply with the terms of this Agreement or to causes beyond EF Recovery’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, labor disputes, acts of God, shortages, telecommunications failures or errors, actions or inactions of suppliers or service providers, fire, earthquake, flood, or other similar events.

16.5 "Governing Law and Venue" This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington without reference to its choice of laws rules. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. Any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement will be brought solely in the state and federal courts in Tacoma, Washington, and each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court in any such action or proceeding.

16.6 "Assignment" EF Recovery may assign or transfer this Agreement, provided that EF Recovery’s successor agrees to assume all of EF Recovery’s obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement. Customer may not assign or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (including any license granted hereunder), or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement, to any third party without EF Recovery’s prior consent. Any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of EF Recovery's and Customer's permitted successors and assigns.

16.7 "Waivers; Severability" All waivers must be in writing. Any waiver or failure to enforce any provision of the Agreement on one occasion will not be deemed a waiver of any other provision or of such provision on any other occasion. If any provision of the Agreement is unenforceable, such provision will be changed and interpreted to accomplish the objectives of such provision to the greatest extent possible under applicable law and the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

Page 5 of 5 Customer Initials: __________

Page 79: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 80: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 Record Management System Questionnaire 

  Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

General   

Support multi-jurisdictional functions allowing individual agencies, departments, groups or individuals to share data while also protecting agency specific or confidential data.

Yes   

Modules integrated to maximize information sharing and reduce duplication of effort.

Yes   

Individual workstations:    Use a graphical user interface (GUI) Yes   Support command-line, point-and-click, and function key entry of

commands and/or data No  FireRMS uses 

a standard 

Windows GUI 

for the user to 

enter data. 

There are 

several quick 

key entry 

combinations.

Support insert and delete modes in field data entry Yes   Support cut and paste modes in field data entry Yes   Ability to reduce data entry redundancy by populating all duplicate

fields with a single entry Yes   

 

Allow user to move windows anywhere on screen(s) Yes   

Allow user to minimize and maximize windows Yes   

Ability to restrict any/all RMS windows from being closed, as determined by system administrator

No   

Support use of numeric keypad for number entry Yes  

Support relational database management technology to eliminate duplicate entry, duplicate storage and operational inefficiencies.

Yes   

Print any text information on any screen to a printer Yes   Print any text information in any window to a printer Yes   

 

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a networked printer Yes   

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a workstation attached printer

Yes   

 

Include date, hour, and minutes in most time stamps Yes   

Page 81: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System  

 

Include date, time, and user ID stamp for all data entries Yes  User ID can be 

tracked 

through SQL 

Auditing which 

is provided at 

no additional 

cost. 

Use standard database format for storing date, so that dates can be manipulated as dates

Yes   

Use standard database format for storing time, so that times can be manipulated as times

Yes   

Search all tables/files using any or all fields Yes    

Search all tables/files using exact match and wild card Yes   

 

 RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System   

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

 

Supports National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS 5) Yes   

Provide pick lists for data entry (e.g. pull-down menus) Yes    

Use a relational database for all data and code table storage Yes   

Display real-time date and time constantly on screen Yes    

Include jurisdictional indicator in incident and report number Yes   

Relational database should be SQL compliant Yes    

Ability for system administrator to relabel/hide/modify fields on screens Yes   

 

Ability to auto fill fields during data entry using existing information such as names, addresses, phone numbers, from a master names index.

Yes   

 

Ability to provide basic word processing features like those in MS Word for writing narratives. Include description of items such as:

Yes   

Spell-checking Yes   Medical dictionary Yes Word wrap Yes   Copy, cut and paste Yes   

 

Allow for a training system to be set up to allow non-production use of the system. This would be used to train personnel in the use of the system and to try out modifications and enhancements before they go into production.

Yes   

The system should include online help and tutorials Yes   

Page 82: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

Ability to add attachments of any type (EKG/plans/documents or images)

Yes   

 

System has the capability to establish an "auto-export" to defined entities such as billing, State, Federal, etc.

No   

 

User friendly interface for the rapid export of data to patient billing systems via multiple formats. (i.e. CSV, XML, TLV)

Yes  Can be 

accomplished 

using any 

standard 

reporting 

application 

like Crystal, 

Excel or 

Access. 

Allow user to adjust window and font size No   

Security     

Require a minimum of user name and password to log user onto system Yes   

Allow each user to have individual security profile Yes   Allow system administrator to assign new password Yes   Does not display password as a visible field anywhere in system without System Administrator rights

Yes   

Support assigning security access by module Yes   Within module, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

Yes   

Page 83: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

 

Restrict access to the operating system of the server(s) No  This would be 

controlled by 

the city IT 

department 

and domain 

rights. 

 

Restrict access to the operating system of the workstation No  This would be 

controlled by 

the city IT 

department 

and domain 

rights. 

Support ability of system administrator to remotely log-off users from any device

No  This would be 

controlled by 

the city IT 

department 

and domain 

rights. 

Support assigning security access by certain fields Yes   Within a field, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

Yes   

Advance and flexible data security - HIPAA compliant (Field level access of data base)

Yes   

Restrict access to individual database tables by security (including access from report writer)

No   

Online Storage     

Complete RMS records will be available online for a minimum of 7 years Yes   

Performance     

Operate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week except when system down time is necessary for upgrades and routine maintenance.

Yes   

 

Response time for typical FRMS commands (excluding ad hoc inquiries or large reports) must average 2 seconds or less

Yes   

Audit     

Support an audit log of each transaction performed, including date, time, and user ID of person performing transaction

Yes   

 

Allow system administrator to review selected transactions Yes   

Documentation    

Page 84: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

Provide user level, system administrator functional & system technical manuals in hardcopy and electronic form

Yes   

System Training     

Perform onsite end user module training for train the trainers, system administrator training & major release/update training for end user and system administrator

Yes   

 

Perform onsite end user module training direct to some users Yes   

Training/Test System     

Support a full training mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files)

Yes   

Page 85: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 86: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Support a full test mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) and independent of the training mode

Yes   

 

Support a full training and test server which is independent of the live, operational server (including independent code tables and files)

Yes   

Backup and Purge   

Support purging of records in all files/tables based on date Yes  FireRMS 

allows the 

purging of 

Incident, 

Roster, 

Training and 

Other Entries.Support archiving of records in all files/tables based on date, prior to purge

Yes  FireRMS 

allows the 

archiving of 

Incident, 

Roster, 

Training and 

Other Entries.

Write all archived records to alternative medium Yes   Allow backup/purge to occur without affecting RMS operation (i.e., RMS to remain "up" during backups)

Yes   

Code Tables   

All RMS codes and descriptions can be entered, modified, or deleted by system administrator at any time except for NFIRS and NHTSA codes

Yes   

 

Allow system administrator full security access to all relational tables Yes   

Fire/EMS RMS Reporting  Create ad-hoc reports Yes   

 

Provide ability to export the entire RMS database to a separate database, in a variety of standard file formats

Yes  This is a 

function of MS 

SQL Server. 

 

Provide ability to export user-selected portions of the RMS database to a separate file, in a variety of standard file formats

Yes  This is a 

function of MS 

SQL Server. 

Provides a variety of "canned" reports Yes   

Page 87: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

Must have the ability to build charts and graphs Yes  This can be 

accomplished 

using any 

standard third 

party 

application 

like Crystal or 

Excel. Also, 

Vinelight 

Business 

Analytics 

offers a 

Dashboard 

Analytics tool 

for FireRMS. 

See 

www.vinelight

.com.  

 

Ability for general user to easily create any report without using third party reporting programs. (ie Crystal Reports)

No   

User friendly interface for report creation. No   Ability to print specific portions of a report without printing the entire report.

Yes   

Basic Fire/EMS Incident Reporting  Support entry of NFIRS 5.0 required data Yes   

 

Ability to support NFIRS "plus one" type coding (3-character NFIRS code plus 4th character for local use)

Yes   

Display code description anytime code is displayed on screen and allow access via either

Yes   

Automatically create incident and populate fields with data transferred from CAD

Yes   

Page 88: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

 

Data transferred from CAD should include, at minimum: Yes   

Location of incident Yes   Incident number Yes   Call type code and expanded description Yes   Name of caller Yes   Address of caller Yes   Telephone number of caller Yes   Call source (e.g., E911, 7-digit) Yes   Area designators Yes   Call box # Yes   Map page reference Yes   Date and time of call pick up (off-hook) Yes   Date and time of call entry Yes   Date and time of each unit's dispatch Yes   Date and time of each unit's enroute to scene Yes   Date and time of each unit's arrival on scene Yes   Date and time of each unit's available-on-radio Yes   Date and time of each unit's available-in-quarters Yes   Date and time of incident closure Yes   Incident priority Yes   Incident number (system generated) Yes   

 

Cross-reference incident number(s), if multi-jurisdictional response Yes   

 

Report (aka, run) number (optional, system generated) Yes   

Disposition Yes   All units assigned to incident Yes   All personnel assigned to each unit at the incident Yes   

Support manual entry of incident information Yes    

Ability for rapid medical data entry via a large touch screen interface. Yes   

 

Allow the entry of unlimited length text in comments type fields Yes   

Support word wrap in narrative fields Yes   Support spell check in narrative fields Yes   Support cut and paste ability in narrative fields Yes   

 

Support ability to enter previously created narrative templates Yes  This function is 

available in 

EMS Module. 

Support ability to automatically generate narratives based upon incident type

Yes   

 

Record report information in RMS for all units assigned to an incident, with individual date/time stamps for all status changes

Yes   

Page 89: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

Ability to update RMS with any new CAD information received Yes   

Page 90: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

 

Allow company officer to enter incident report for their unit as soon as it clears the incident, even if the incident is not closed

Yes   

 

Support ability to store partially completed report(s), complete another transaction, and return to the interrupted report(s) for completion

Yes   

Allow review of all partially completed reports No    

Allow modification of the previously entered incident information:    

Location Yes   Type Yes   

 

Automatically perform edit checks of field data (NFIRS Rules) Yes   

Support ability to supplement a report (by the same or different company)

Yes   

 

Ability to record multiple exposures as supplements to original incident Yes   

Ability for supervisor to review and approve report Yes   Ability to enter mutual aid reports and record outside jurisdictional unit(s) ID and involvement

Yes   

 

Ability to generate and print public information report for an incident Yes   

 

Ability to generate standard queries and reports based upon various categories and criteria (not just NFIRS codes)

Yes   

 

Ability to correlate builing/business names with addresses. Yes   

Basic EMS Specific Incident Reporting  Ability to chart advanced EMS patient procedures. Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

 

Ability to have automatic narrative generation from data entry fields Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability to generate personal narrative templates Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability to Staff generate narrative templates. Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability to have extensive QA/QI tools. Yes  ZOLL ePCR has 

the tools of 

QA/QI. 

Page 91: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

Ability to provide retrospective report review work flow feature Yes  ZOLL ePCR has 

the tools of 

QA/QI. Ability to have database query tools Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability to have automatic bill calculation. Yes  ZOLL Billing 

would be 

recommended  

Ability to provide real-time error checking and user feedback Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

 

Ability to establish a benchmark time that defines arrival to patient with the press of a button. System will then use that time as the starting time for procedures, vitals, etc.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Page 92: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

 

Ability to enter information via drop down boxes and combo boxes that have an “auto scroll” feature for rapid entry. (i.e. Medication input for Metoprolol user types “met” and the box scrolls to entries that start with “Met.”)

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability to enter data fields with pre-filled data such as states and zip codes.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Includes FDA medication database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Includes medication allergy database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

 

Includes medical dictionary in patient reporting narrative. Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability for individual custom patient narrative template that prompts the user for information.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommendedPatient narrative imports data gathered on scene. Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

 

Ability to populate patient information such as address medical history, allergies, and medications from previous patient contact reports.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify EMS report forms.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

 

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify the information contained within drop down boxes, combo boxes, and other input fields.

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Address Verification  If no address conflict exists, automatically enter the location into the data entry form

Yes   

If address conflict exists, display choices to the operator and allow selection of the correct address

Yes   

Page 93: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

Complexes with a single address but multiple tenants (malls, apartment buildings) should be able to be verified by either the complex's address or the tenant's address

Yes   

 

Display the following information for address verification, as appropriate: Yes   

Exact location or intersection Yes   High and low cross street Yes   Common place/business name Yes   Fire station area Yes   Call box # Yes   Map page Yes   City code Yes   Indicators for additional location information (e.g., hazard, pre-plan,

occupant, prior history) Yes   

Allow override and entry of non-verified address Yes   Ability to have construction management features Yes   

Page 94: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Ability to have transaction logging Yes   Fire prevention/ inspection  Ability to support any adopted fire code Yes   

 

Support entry of exact addresses, to the apartment level Yes   

 

Support entry of unlimited auxiliary contact information for each location (i.e., landlord name, address, telephone, management company name, address, telephone, etc.)

Yes   

Allow recording of occupancy classification Yes   Allow recording of initial fire department conditions for new business approval

Yes   

 

Ability to record type of equipment installed in a location, by manufacturer, make, model, and install date

Yes   

Ability to record unlimited number of "special circumstances" regarding a location (i.e., Building Inspection information, unique characteristics, etc.)

Yes   

Support entry of unlimited number of violations Yes    

Support "check box" style of data entry for violation codes Yes   

 

Display plain English description for violation codes in addition to code Yes   

Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry

Yes   

Allow designation of inspection responsibility by station area for each address

Yes   

Allow scheduling of follow-up inspections Yes    

Allow designation of re-inspection frequency based on type of business (e.g., regular inspections are every two years; self-inspections are every four years; fire permits every year)

Yes   

Support ability to create reinspection schedules on a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly basis

Yes   

 

Support ability to print out inspection schedules for individual inspectors, company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Yes   

Support ability to generate form letters documenting specific violations with date of scheduled reinspection

Yes   

Support ability to view online and print out history of prior violations for any address

Yes   

Allow inspection record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Yes   

Record the name and ID of the inspector and the date and time for each inspection performed

Yes   

Page 95: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

System should come pre-loaded with all violation code tables providing for any copyright laws or regulations.

Yes   

 

Support ability to record results of violation re-inspection Yes   

Support ability to record penalties for non-compliance Yes   

Support ability to print out complete inspection report Yes   

Record name and operator ID of anyone making changes to inspection record

Yes   

Support ability to perform inspections in the field and upload results to main system

Yes   

 

Ability to associate a scanned image (i.e., "pre-fire plan") to a location Yes   

Ability to build and update pre-fire plans based on building information provided

Yes   

Ability to have occupancy hazard risk assessment Yes    

Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses. Yes   

Ability to update building real property data in a mobile environment by product implementation

Yes   

Ability of rapid data entry with drop down menus. Yes    

Ability for user to create highly custom narratives with user prompts. Yes   

Ability to create professional mobile pre-plans Yes   Fire investigation  Support ability to track fire investigation Yes   

 

Allow designation of an incident as a potential arson, with ability to record additional fields of associated information

Yes   

Investigation data could include: Yes   Investigator name and ID Yes   PD investigator assigned Yes   PD case number Yes   Date case begun Yes   Date case closed Yes   Suspect information (unlimited) Yes   Witness information (unlimited) Yes   Property owner Yes   Evidence taken (unlimited) Yes   Who collected evidence Yes   Characteristics of fire/MO Yes   Cause of fire Yes   Status of case Yes   Narrative Yes   

Ability to attach graphic file(s) to an investigation record (e.g., fire scene diagram)

Yes   

Page 96: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

 

Ability to attach any Windows-compliant file(s) to an investigation record Yes   

 

Allow case status to be updated with ongoing activities and notes Yes   

Ability to automatically supplement initial NFIRS report with investigation results

Yes   

Support ability to view and print entire case report Yes   Support ability to view and print summary of all investigations in progress

Yes   

Hazardous materials management   Include a hazardous materials database as part of the FRMS, for use in identifying materials contacted and recommended remedial action, all of which should be a part of the Pre-Fire-Plan for an address or location

Yes   

Hazardous material information should include: Yes   Chemical (by name, code, category) Yes   Consequences of chemical Yes   Resource list for mitigation Yes   SOPs Yes   

Allow recording of types and locations of hazardous materials stored at addresses within the city

Yes   

 

Hazardous material information for location should include: Yes   

Warnings Yes   Chemicals at location Yes   

 

Ability to record hazardous material spill information, including: Yes   

Location Yes   Incident number (if any - not required) Yes   Date of spill Yes   Dept. of Envir. Protection number Yes   Type of spill Yes   Chemical spilled (unlimited) Yes   

Equipment Inventory   

Support various types of equipment management, with type controlling the number and type of fields which are displayed to the operator (e.g., breathing apparatus, hoses, ladders, etc.)

Yes   

Inventory data should include: Yes   Equipment Class Yes   Equipment Sub-Class Yes   Item description Yes   Inventory ID number Yes   Unit ID Yes   Serial number Yes   Make/Model number Yes   

Page 97: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

VIN number Yes   Date of purchase Yes   Date brought in to service Yes   Scheduled retirement date Yes   Supplier name, address, telephone Yes   Cost Yes   Manufacturer name, address, telephone Yes   Expiration date Yes   Location Yes   Status Yes   Comments Yes   

Hose data would include: Yes   Purchase date Yes   Date brought in to service Yes   Length Yes   Size Yes   Test pressure Yes   Hose location, by station or apparatus Yes   Test results, including date and time of test Yes   Next scheduled test Yes   Name and ID of individual performing test Yes   

Breathing apparatus data should include: Yes   Location, by station, apparatus, and operator Yes   Serial number Yes   Cylinder check Yes   Regulator function Yes   Diaphragm function Yes   Face piece and tube status Yes   Name and ID of individual performing test Yes   Date and time of test Yes   Next scheduled test date Yes   Test results Yes   

Hazmat monitoring equipment data should include: Yes   Serial number Yes   Type of instrument Yes   Date entered into service Yes   Date of last calibration Yes   Date of last maintenance Yes   Maintenance action taken Yes   Name and ID of individual performing action Yes   Next scheduled maintenance date Yes   

Hazmat suits data should include: Yes   ID number Yes   Type of suit Yes   Date entered into service Yes   

Page 98: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Date of last test Yes   Test results Yes   Maintenance action taken Yes   Name and ID of individual performing test Yes   Next scheduled test date Yes   

Support the ability to track inventory of all vehicles in fleet, inventory data should include:

Yes   

Description Yes   Inventory ID number Yes   Vehicle type Yes   VIN Yes   License number Yes   Purchase date Yes   Manufacturer Yes   Model number Yes   Serial number Yes   Warranty expiration Yes   Warranty description Yes   Location Yes   Special requirements Yes   Date of service Yes   

Service record (including maintenance/repair performed, mechanic, time spent out of service, etc.)

Yes   

Mileage at time of service Yes   Engine hours at time of service Yes   Date of next scheduled service Yes   

 

Equipment carried (cross referenced from equipment inventory) Yes   

Ability to provide results of annual pump test Yes   Ability to provide location of the equipment by current assignment to a unit, station or personnel

Yes   

 

Allow default test frequencies to be created for each type of equipment Yes   

Allow default maintenance type and frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Yes   

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Yes   

Hydrant Inventory  Supports hydrant information which integrates with other modules such as Pre-Plans and Inspections

Yes   

Support ability to record disposal by user, date, and reason disposed of (e.g., broken, burned, etc.)

Yes   

Allow default test frequencies to be created Yes    

Support ability to print out test schedules for individual company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Yes   

Page 99: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Yes   

Support ability to print out complete test report Yes   Hydrant data would include: Yes   

Hydrant ID Number (Alpha/Numeric) Yes   Fire District Yes   Sector/Zone Yes   Department/Agency Yes   Street address with geo-verification Yes   City, State, Zip Yes   Cross Street Yes   Additional Address Information Yes   Manufacturer Yes   Model Yes   Year Yes   Date installed Yes   ISO Type Yes   Valve Size Yes   Barrel Size Yes   Barrel Length Yes   

Hydrant/Main/Valve data fields Yes   Water Main ID Yes   Main Diameter Yes   Main Type Yes   Pressure Zone Yes   Hydrant Lead Size Yes   Hydrant Valve Size Yes   Lead Valve Distance Yes   Outlets Yes   Distance to Curb Yes   

 

Ability for Hydrant Inspections to including the following data fields: Yes   

Date of Inspection Yes   Time of Inspection Yes   Name of personnel performing the inspection Yes   Service preformed Yes   Repairs done or needed Yes   Notes field Yes   Other service preformed or requested Yes   Ability to track a history of flows for a hydrant Yes   Ability to add attachments of any type Yes   

Ability to maintain Hydrant Flow tests performed including the following data fields:

Yes   

Date of Flow Yes   Time of Flow Yes   Name of personnel performing the test Yes   

Page 100: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Pitot Yes   Outlet Diameter with drop down list of choices Yes   Discharge Coeff. Yes   Correcting Factor Yes   Calculated Flow in GPM Yes   Calculated Flow in GPM at 20, 10, and 0 psi. Yes   

Training  Support ability to track training for all personnel Yes   Training data to be tracked would include: Yes   

Fire courses Yes   College/vocational degrees Yes   Certifications, including expiration dates Yes   Seminars Yes   Continuing education Yes   BLS/ALS courses Yes   Name of entity providing training Yes   

Support the ability to have an unlimited number of each category of training above

Yes   

 

Track training by date, time, locations and hours spent Yes   

Support ability to create course curriculum, including date, time, class size, and location of classes

Yes   

 

Support ability to create class code and class descriptions Yes   

 

Support ability to designate class as mandatory or not by type of class Yes   

 

Support ability to designate class as certified or not by type of class Yes   

 

Ability to assign a unique identifier for each certified class Yes   

Support the ability to allow for station company to enter its own categories of mandatory training

Yes   

 

Support ability to enter class roster for each scheduled class Yes   

Support ability to record class attendance and issue grades for an entire class

Yes   

 

Automatically post record of attendance into individual's training record Yes   

Automatically post training results into individual's personnel record without requiring user re-entry

Yes   

 

Ability to record attendance and grade for individuals from outside jurisdictions (for both certified and non-certified classes

Yes   

Ability to print a number of training reports indicating course attendance, average grades, course cancellations, hours spent, types of courses, etc.

Yes   

Page 101: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Ability to print report of total training hours completed by individuals or groups, for user defined time intervals (i.e., month, quarter, year-to-date, etc.)

Yes   

Ability to set mandatory number of training hours by category (e.g., suppression related)

Yes   

Ability to print report of which individuals have not completed the mandatory training hours certifications

Yes   

Ability to view and print individual training record for a specified period of time

Yes   

 

Ability to require certain types of training for individuals based upon job requirements (e.g., required certifications)

Yes   

Support ability to print list of certificates due to expire within specified period of time

Yes   

 

Ability for system to print a report for the training officer of certificates due to expire within an upcoming user specified period of time

Yes   

Personnel  Support ability to track all personnel information for Fire Department staff (both paid and volunteer)

Yes   

Personnel data should include: Yes   Staff member ID (employee ID) Yes   Name Yes   Agency Yes   Rank/job title Yes   Current assignment - location Yes   Current assignment - shift Yes   Temporary assignment and expiration date Yes   Date hired Yes   Seniority ranking Yes   Gender Yes   Race Yes   Ethnicity Yes   Physical descriptors Yes   Promotion/reclassification date Yes   Probation end date Yes   Last evaluation date Yes   Next evaluation date Yes   

 

Performance evaluation results (should retain results for all reviews, with date and time stamps and name and ID of supervisor)

Yes   

Education (prior to beginning at Fire Department, plus updates from Training records)

Yes   

 

Certifications (cross referenced from Training records) Yes   

Certification(s) expiration date Yes   

Page 102: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

 Report Management System Questionnaire

Your System

(Yes or No)

 Comments

Licenses Yes   License(s) expiration date Yes   Special skills Yes   Home address Yes   Home telephone Yes   Other contact numbers Yes   Emergency contact information Yes   Issued equipment (unlimited) Yes   Career/promotion history Yes   Qualifications for "acting" status Yes   

 

Accidents/injuries, including date and time, status, narrative Yes   

 

Disability indicator, including status and expiration date Yes   

 

Medical examination information (record of when, type, and expiration)(e.g., breathing apparatus medical, driver's license medical)

Yes   

Support the ability to track an unlimited number and type of certifications per person

Yes   

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of skills per person

Yes   

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of licenses per person

Yes   

Support the ability to restrict the types of data available for display by security

Yes   

 

Support the ability to print complete employee history record Yes   

 

Ability to have FLSA compliant time accounting and payroll Yes   

Ability to have flexible work schedule capabilities Yes    

Ability to scheduling and time accounting for staff and line employees Yes   

 

Ability to have customized employee performance evaluations Yes   

Ability to have a integrated payroll system Yes  Roster data is 

stored in MS 

SQL database 

can be 

extracted in 

any format 

that can be 

consumed by 

a third party 

payroll 

system. 

Page 103: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

Interfaces/ Subsystems  CAD  

 

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, every 5 minutes, at minimum

Yes   

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, in real time

Yes   

 

Support the ability to upload premise/location information from the fire RMS into CAD, including the following:

Yes   

Page 104: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System 

 

 

 

- emergency contact information Yes   - hazardous materials information Yes   - Knox box/key/combination information Yes   - premise inspection information Yes   - pre-fire plan information Yes   

Support the ability to upload personnel skills information from the fire RMS into CAD

No   

Scheduling/rostering software   

Support the ability to schedule personnel to shift and unit Yes   

 

Maintains a daily roster that includes a user-defined table of types of leave and track FEMA/USAR/UASI overtime.

Yes   

 

Ability to automatically remove someone from the daily schedule when they are on leave (vacation, injury, etc.)

Yes   

Restrict the ability to double schedule any individual No    

Ability to notify supervisors of personnel shortages at a station. Yes   

Support the ability to view and print the schedule for a specified period of time

Yes   

 

Ability to track personnel trades and automatically remove traded-off employee from equipment assignment

Yes   

State NFIRS Upload  Ability to extract the State required NFIRS data and submit electronically in the required format

Yes   

Mobile Application  Ability to support tablet-based field data collection Yes   

Allow users to swap patient data on scene wirelessly. (i.e. Engine company established patient care, now the medic is transporting and needs the info)

Yes  ZOLL ePCR 

would be 

recommended

Ability to allow the mobile computing with the full suite of modules while disconnected from the network

Yes   

Ability to integrate with CAD to provide in field reporting with NFIRS and EMS ePCRs

Yes   

Ability to apply Geo-Verification of addresses while in the disconnected mode.

Yes   

Ability of synchronization of the mobile and the server. Yes   

Ability to disconnect the mobile before the synchronization has been completed

Yes   

           

Page 105: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

 

 

 RFP: FD‐03‐12/Records Management System   

Page 106: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

8

Hosted FireRMS

ZOLL FireRMS Powered by EF Recovery

Most first responders spend minimal time in an office environment. The majority of time is spent at incidents; training, performing inspections or other daily field operations. RescueNet FireRMS has been enhanced so that it is as mobile as first responders are.

EF Recovery’s hosted FireRMS will streamline reporting, and dramatically reduce report completion time for first responders. It provides a simple solution to effectively manage your fire department personnel, records and resources. Designed with an intuitive and easy-to-use user interface, it makes the administration of daily operations simple. Flexibility and ease of customization lets you tailor your system to meet your individual needs. The modules are tightly integrated, which minimizes redundant data entry and report completion time, and reduces the cost associated with administrative services allowing you to focus on life-saving operations.

EF Recovery will provide the IT infrastructure and support, as well as the routine software maintenance of the hosted FireRMS program. This allows our client to focus on meeting their business goals. This means that the City will not have to provide any servers or traditional IT support in order to fully enjoy all the benefits of this state-of-the-art management tool. FireRMS Overview RescueNet FireRMS is an integral component of ZOLL’s RescueNet suite of products which include tools to manage all areas of emergency response. FireRMS provides the tools that cities of all sizes can use to manage day-to-day operations. FireRMS enables users to:

• Streamline NFIRS compliant incident reporting • Customize desktop data • Manage resources • Track assignments • Schedule training • Generate a roster of detailed assignments • Manage operational data • Create comprehensive reports

FireRMS features tightly integrated modules that can all be accessed from one area – the FireRMS desktop. This desktop, as the central hub of the system, manages daily activities and provides full incident reporting functionality. FireRMS includes the following standard modules:

• Daily Roster • Personnel

Page 107: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

9

• Occupancies • Hydrants • Vehicles and Equipment • Scheduling and Tracking • Reporting

There are also several fully integrated third party applications and add on components which can be discussed if desired.

RescueNet FireRMS Tools RescueNet FireRMS gives you the necessary tools to organize and manage your fire department. • Fire Reporting – Collect detailed fire data and submit NFIRS and state-compliant reports. • Incidents – Information from your CAD system automatically populates the incident report. Intuitive validation ensures that your reports are accurate and filled out completely.

• Training – Set up training for a group or a single individual. Searches can be performed on a variety of criteria such as date, person, station, shift, etc. View and print a single day’s scheduled training or an entire month of training activities. • Schedule & Tracking – Assign tasks and track the progress. This module is tightly integrated with the personnel and scheduling modules so duplicate data entry is eliminated. • Daybook – An automated to-do list lets you track items and record completion. • Occupancy – Maintain information concerning fire inspections, permits, violations, and pre-incident planning of buildings and businesses. Record information for building and businesses such as construction, floor levels, contacts, utilities, special features, HazMats, lock boxes, cautions, photos, blueprints, etc. • Personnel – Create and update personnel information, including biography, education, employment, and medical information. Attachments can be added to show photos, certifications, etc. Schedule trainings and track communication. • Roster – Create roster and schedules by individual, company, station, battalion or division. Manage personnel movement and coverage. Track regular, overtime, temporary assignments and leave time. The roster module is tightly integrated with the Incident module so personnel assigned to a dispatched vehicle are automatically populated.

Page 108: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

10

• Hydrants – Automate the hydrant scheduling and information management process. Manage inspection schedules, place hydrants in/out of service, and track flow calculators.

• Vehicles & Equipment – A comprehensive fleet and equipment management tool designed to track vehicle maintenance and equipment assigned to a particular vehicle. Notifications on scheduled maintenance are automatic. • Supplies & Inventory – Streamline supplies, inventory and ordering processes. Automatically generate a purchase order. • Customizable Fields – Add fields to fit your City’s specific needs.

Page 109: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

11

RescueNet FireRMS Mobile - In the Field Fire inspectors, EMS professionals, incident commanders and hydrant inspectors have unique requirements for collecting and accessing data in the field that are different from managing data in the station. Many cities still use paper forms for their various field-reporting tasks, and then return to the station to re-enter that same information into a records management system or other database. With RescueNet FireRMS Mobile, inspections and patient care reporting can be performed in the field. Drop down menus, touch screens and signature capture capabilities make field operations a breeze. Reports can be printed on-site and updates to occupancy information are in real time.

Some competitive systems offer a mobile application that only allows remote access to a specific module such as inspections. The RescueNet FireRMS Mobile is a client copy of RescueNet FireRMS (Enterprise Edition) operating on a Microsoft Windows® XP Tablet with a “subscriber” copy of the agency database. So the application you use in the City is the same application you use in the field with access to ALL modules as specified by security status. This provides users with unprecedented access to key information, and the ability to add to or update information anytime – anywhere. Since the mobile application is the same as the application used in the station, training on the mobile application is minimal.

Page 110: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

12

Zoll RescueNet ePCR Powered by EF Recovery

EF Recovery and Zoll have partnered to manage Zoll’s RescueNet ePCR solution. Our personnel are experts at providing hosted solutions and in addition to our in-house knowledge of the RescueNet Suite of products, we have immediate access to the ZOLL knowledge base. SOFTWARE AS A SERVICE (SaaS) Hosted RescueNet ePCR is a SaaS hosted offering of TabletPCR and WebPCR for organizations that do not wish to maintain an enterprise ePCR solution. With hosted RescueNet ePCR, EF Recovery provides the IT infrastructure and support, as well as the routine software maintenance of the ePCR system, database backups and software upgrades so that you can focus on meeting your goals for patient care, quality assurance initiatives, state reporting, etc. The system will be configured based on your crew members, vehicle lists, procedures and medications used and any other agency specific criteria you provide. Data is maintained in a Tier II Data Center, and backed up near real-time to a secure backup facility.

RescueNet ePCR provides access to TabletPCR and WebPCR with a base configuration that meets state reporting needs; utilizing best practices developed by hundreds of RescueNet ePCR users. Customers are able to go-live with RescueNet ePCR quickly and with minimal investment.

ePCR Solution Overview Through our partnership with ZOLL, EF Recovery provides the most widely used, Windows-based EMS software in the industry. RescueNet is the only suite of fully-integrated EMS software solutions that streamline operations by managing data from the time of the initial call through to the completion of the billing process. There are more than 1,400 customers worldwide using one or all of the closely integrated RescueNet components. We are confident that our recommended solution will meet the needs of the City today, as well as provide the scalability to grow in the future.

The RescueNet ePCR Suite is a complete electronic patient care reporting solution that combines the proven, easy-to-use TabletPCR product with a Web-based PCR editor (RescueNet WebPCR) and advanced document routing, for better quality improvement and assurance. It is designed to capture and allow access to all pre-hospital patient, clinical, and system information on tablet PCs and mobile computers. The RescueNet ePCR Suite simplifies data input and improves access to information. This fifth-generation solution offers dynamically configurable screens to capture patient care data, an easy-to-use touch-screen user interface, advanced reporting of all data captured in the field, a graphical, configurable workflow editor for designing custom workflows for PCR reviews, and a Web-based solution for reviewing and editing patient care reports.

RescueNet ePCR is designed for mobile and Web entry of patient care reports, all patient data, including signatures, and ECG strips are stored in the central database for quick and accurate

Page 111: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

13

retrieval when the need arises. A system administrator can customize complete call rules to enforce that certain data points are always captured on the PCR.

Once a report is completed, the customized PCR workflow routing engine easily manages the distribution of a PCR to the appropriate parties within the organization for QA/QI review or other responsibilities. RescueNet ePCR enables the City to customize the design of the PCR Workflow managing the evaluation of the PCRs based on the City’s defined criteria and appropriately routing PCRs for review. Customizable workflows increase the efficiency of the QA/QI process and eliminate the risk of loss of paper copies of PCRs.

Advanced QA/QI reports allow evaluation of key performance metrics like average response times, IV and intubations success rates, and intervention outcomes analysis.

ZOLL ePCR Components TabletPCR TabletPCR is the mobile component of RescueNet ePCR. Specifically engineered for ease of data entry, TabletPCR utilizes large buttons and locally customized captions, labels, and pick lists. TabletPCR is also specifically designed to operate in a disconnected state, so that entry of data is not dependent upon an internet connection. Once a connection has been reestablished, TabletPCR automatically synchronizes data with the server.

WebPCR The RescueNet WebPCR is the counterpart to TabletPCR that can be run over a Web browser. All the configuration items, pick-lists, captions, etc., that are defined for TabletPCR, are the same in WebPCR. Users can log into WebPCR to finish incomplete PCRs, create new PCRs, or review PCRs that have been routed to them as part of a defined PCR workflow. Once reviewed, depending on security rights, the user can route the call back to the medic for review, to a different user for QA (i.e., Medical Director) or send it on to the next phase of the workflow.

RescueNet Reporting The RescueNet Reporting Module provides reporting access to all fields in the ePCR system. This module uses the industry standard Crystal Reports to provide users with many pre-configured reports and also enables to users to develop custom reports. Also, ZOLL’s RescueNet ePCR system is built on the industry-standard Microsoft SQL database, providing the City with reliability and fast query returns.

RescueNet ePCR Workflow Editor As shown in the screenshot to the right, the graphical Workflow Editor allows administrators to design the flow of PCRs through the review process. It is designed to allow quick layout of conceptual flows to simplify the design process.

RescueNet Interfaces In addition to being able to interface with the City’s existing CAD and system and other RescueNet products like RescueNet Billing, RescueNet TabletPCR supports importing data automatically from ZOLL E- and M-

Page 112: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

14

Series devices as well as from Philips and Physio-Control devices. This functionality allows users to use the monitor to capture vitals, record ECG data, document interventions, etc., and import that data directly into the RescueNet PCR.

A Closer Look at RescueNet ePCR TabletPCR Decision Support The following screenshot shows how TabletPCR provides decision support to field personnel.

Page 113: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

15

Complete Call Rules Complete Call Rules enable the system administrator to control what information is required on the PCR to collect appropriate clinical data, ensure compliance with state reporting requirements and Medicare, and capture information necessary for billing and collection.

Users can easily navigate to the missing data element by tapping on the failed Complete Call Rule. The system will automatically navigate to the screen containing the missing element, thus saving the time it would take for the user to find the screen. The following screenshot shows how TabletPCR informs users of missing information.

Complete Call Rules are extremely flexible, enabling the administrator to define rules based on one or more fields already collected in the PCR. For example, a rule could be created that requires a user to enter at least one set of vital signs for all cardiac calls. Virtually any piece of information collected in a PCR can be used to build a Complete Call Rule.

Page 114: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

16

The Body Survey The RescueNet ePCR Body Survey enables users to document injuries and conditions to body parts on a graphical representation of the patient’s body. TabletPCR automatically selects the correct body type based on the gender and age entered in the Patient tab. Users can either link a body part to an injury or link injuries to body parts. The latter option is especially useful when documenting an injury that affects several body parts.

The Body Survey – Injury to Body

Uploading Data TabletPCR users can upload Cardiac Monitor/Defibrillator information, including waveforms and vital signs. Additionally, code markers that users enter on monitors can be mapped to specific interventions in TabletPCR. RescueNet TabletPCR supports importing data automatically from

Hosted RescueNet ePCR Software Support EF Recovery will provide the ZOLL ePCR system in a SaaS or software as a service model. This means that the City will not have to provide any servers or traditional IT support in order to fully enjoy all the benefits of this state-of-the-art electronic patient care reporting system. There are no licenses to purchase no maintenance fees - only a small per trip charge.

EF Recovery maintains a Tier II data center in Gig Harbor, Washington. In addition to industry standard practices such as a fault tolerant system and HIPAA compliance, EFR also backs up your data in near real-time to a secure backup facility. This virtually eliminates the potential for data loss even in a catastrophic scenario. EF Recovery will configure the system and conduct web based training for personnel. This includes loading all necessary information such as crew, ambulance, facilities, drugs and all needed information to provide a fully functional working system. Ongoing system changes such

Injury to Body -- Choose the type of injury and then apply it to multiple body parts.

Page 115: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

17

as workflow and custom reports can be requested and in most cases are completed within 48 hours.

EF Recovery will ensure that all required NEMSIS information is captured and all state reporting requirements are met. This includes Trauma, DNR’s, and all general reporting. EF Recovery will produce other reports as required by the state and/or federal government such as the 5010 and ICD 10 coding changes that came into effect in January 2011.

In addition to the tablet or laptops used in the field, should the City continue to use paper PCR’s, web access is also available to create a patient record from the paper PCR’s, review PCR’s (QA Process), or to access over 300 reports and other information such as password changes and user information. The ePCR Program will meet or exceed these requirements:

• Collection of pre-hospital information by field personnel into a database through use of a tablet or similar device. Additionally paper PCR’s can be input through desktop PC’s.

• Introduction of real time decision support while completing an ePCR so that all required fields are completed and clinical evaluation and management action meet standard of care parameters

• Application of a robust analytics tool so that individual organization and authorized staff can rapidly and accurately complete quality assurance reports and all data fields can be flexibly queried.

• Provision of an integration engine from EF Recovery to the City so field records from providers using other ePCR systems can be integrated into a common database with the City’s databases.

• A common hosting solution for the City’s applications. Field documentation tools will be:

• Compliant with state health and regional EMS standards, including compulsory reporting to centralized state and City databases.

• Compliant with the NEMSIS Gold standard. • Able to be modified and customized by the City so that standard specifications are met

while permitting unique identification and individual information collection that may be important to the City.

• Rapidly updateable so the standard data fields can be modified based on urgent system-wide contingencies.

• Secure from intrusion, outfitted with fail-over redundancies and compliant with best practice standards related to medical and emergency services information technology.

The system will interface with commonly available computer aided dispatch (CAD) systems and hospital electronic medical record (EMR) systems so that field units can:

• Receive and auto-populate dispatch data and utilize short cuts or smart keys to capture call interval times.

• Communicate bi-directionally with computer aided dispatch centers. • Maintain and access various reference databases. • Fax data from tablet to hospital.

Page 116: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

18

The System • Will have the ability to start and complete a patient care report online through a secure

log in. • Will have a comprehensive mobile application that will start and complete a patient care

report, with or without internet connectivity. • Can be used on standard tablet PC’s or other mobile computing devices. • Will transmit encrypted patient information from mobile to web database. • Has the ability to interface with a Computer Aided Dispatch system capable of accepting

and receiving CAD data in an XML format. • Is NEMSIS Gold compliant. • Has a complete and customizable web based data reporting tool. • Has a robust data validation tool. • Has a robust Quality Assurance tool. • Is HIPAA compliant, meeting all state and federal confidentiality, security and transaction

coding requirements. • Has the ability to print or fax a patient care report to the hospital. • Operates effectively as a mission critical application 24/7 and with a proven back

up/redundancy system. • Can complete a single patient care report over multiple sessions (start, save, exit,

restart). • Can store and forward information or provide data caching in areas of limited or no

network connectivity. • Can transmit data over hard-wired networks, wireless networks (Wi-Fi) and cellular data

networks. • Will use GIS and GPS systems for navigational purposes. • Will print reports in the field and at fixed locations. • Will use standard “off the shelf” hardware and software.

Vendor will provide:

1. Training 2. Comprehensive implementation services to assure that the system is completely

and accurately installed. 3. Appropriate down-time procedures, back up capability, training services and documentation.

Page 117: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

20

Page 118: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

21

Page 119: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

22

Page 120: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

23

The Complete Package. Efficiency Through Integration Your City Can Have It All –

EMS Billing Hosted ZOLL ePCR Hosted ZOLL FireRMS Emergency Response Billing Funded Tablets

Page 121: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................ ……1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................. 3

LETTER OF INTEREST ................................................................................. 5

CONFLICT OF INTEREST FORM & DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATE .............................................................................................. 7

LIST OF REFERENCES ............................................................................... 11

SAMPLE CONTRACT ................................................................................... 13

PRICING OPTIONS .................................................................................... 25

REPORT MANAGEMENT QUESTIONNAIRE .................................................. 31

SCOPE OF SERVICES ................................................................................. 63

ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ................................................... 67

SUGGESTED HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................... 69

VISUAL FIRE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ...................................................... 73

Page 122: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 123: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 3

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Tab 2: Executive Summary (no longer than 2 pages, No smaller than Ariel 9‐point font)

ETI Response:

Emergency Technologies, Inc. www.EmergencyTechnologies.com 8521 Six Forks Road, Raleigh, NC 27615 / (800) 485-0202

Emergency Technologies, Inc. (ETI) is a privately held software and services company focused exclusively on developing and marketing application software to Fire and EMS departments. Products that provide superior automation and eliminate any data-entry redundancy include a Fire Records Management System (FRMS), an Emergency Medical Services Patient Reporting (EMS) system and a Field-based Reporting (FBR) system used by medium and large Fire Departments and EMS Agencies. Since 1995 ETI has continued to deliver a quality FRMS. Our track record shows that we have successfully installed and are supporting over 350 departments and we understand what it takes to efficiently deploy a complex FRMS. We are an experienced Microsoft Certified Partner company that reacts quickly and effectively to our clients' needs. We value our customer input and feedback, as that has allowed ETI to continue to produce and improve practical, easy-to-use, software packages that Fire and EMS professionals have grown to trust and rely on. Our annual User Group conference provides an excellent forum in which ETI staff can listen and learn from our customers' field experience and knowledge. Customers, as well, gain valuable in-depth product knowledge through specialized training seminars. One of ETI’s many strengths is the quality of services provided to its customers. From well-documented project management, including technical specifications, training and implementation plans to operational assistance and technical support, ETI partners with its customers to deliver the complexities of a successful FRMS and EMS project implementation. ETI offers additional training in areas such as Report Writing for groups that want to maximize the power of their Visual Fire and Visual EMS systems. Meeting all aspects of a fire department’s information management needs, the Visual Fire modules are fully integrated and present a consistent user interface to speed training and maximize effectiveness. Operating on a Microsoft® Windows® platform with Microsoft SQL Server™, Visual Fire is a fast and robust 32-bit application that automates and reports on virtually every Fire and EMS Department’s operations. Set up the level of security your agency requires by indicating the types of activity allowed to each user or group and prevent unauthorized access entirely, and do so across multiple departments. With ETI’s Crystal Viewer, you can take advantage of hundreds of reports with security-controlled access to enhance your data reporting for any purpose - be it public information, inventory analysis, staff scheduling, inspection tracking or reporting to government officials. A multi-jurisdictional system that allows each agency to complete their own reports, a supervisor can easily review completed reports and either approve or send the report back to the report creator for rework. Visual Fire is integrated with CAD vendor software and address (geo) verification occurs upon entry of an address. Key modules include: NFIRS 5 Incident Reporting, EMS e-PCR, Fire Pre-Plans, Inspections, Exposure and Schedule Administration. Other modules to help you do your job include, Personnel, Training, Equipment Inventory, Permits, E-Sign, Image or other “object” attachments, Investigations and Master Indices (including Name, Address and Vendor/Businesses). Visual Fire’s modules can be used separately, but are all tightly integrated with each other. All modules share data that is linked across the system and the Visual Fire Mobile offers all the functionality in the field that is available on the Desktop. The ETI solution is designed for portability; you can start with an office LAN and easily move to mobile laptops or tablets when you’re ready to capitalize on the full power of Visual Fire in the field. The ETI Advantage: The implementation of a new FRMS is a complex undertaking. ETI has several key advantages that will help ensure a successful project and bring your Fire departments to the forefront of Fire and EMS records automation. These advantages are:

We are a software and services company dedicated exclusively to Fire and EMS solutions. Our livelihood depends upon us delivering a quality system and our track record shows that we have been successful.

Page 124: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 4

We are an experienced Microsoft Certified Partner company that uses industry-standard technology tools and therefore reacts quickly and effectively to our clients’ needs. With staff formerly with the Fire Service and others with public safety system experience, we understand what it takes to successfully deploy a complex FRMS. Our FRMS software makes a move to mobile (in the field) reporting easy. Our mobile product has the same user interface as the desktop system and can be hosted on Tablet PC’s and other portable devices. Since it uses the same interface as Desktop system, this will eliminate the expense of additional training when mobile is deployed.

Page 125: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 126: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 127: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 7

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST FORM & DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION

CERTIFICATE

Tab 4: Completed Conflict Of  Interest form (if applicable) and Completed Debarment and Suspension Certificate 

ETI Response:

Please see the forms on the next several pages.

Page 128: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 129: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 130: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 10

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Debarment and Suspension Certification INSTRUCTIONS 

 1. By  signing  and  submitting  this  proposal,  the  prospective  participant  is  providing  the  certification  set  out 

below. 

2. The  inability of a person  to provide  the  certification  required below will not necessarily  result  in denial of participation  in  this covered  transaction.   The prospective participant  shall  submit an explanation of why  it cannot  provide  the  certification  set  out  below.    The  certification  or  explanation  will  be  considered  in connection with the determination whether to enter into this transaction.  However, failure of the prospective participant  to  furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person  from participation  in  this transaction. 

3. The certification  in this clause  is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the City of San Angelo determined  to enter  into  this  transaction.    If  it  is  later determined  that  the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause. 

4. The prospective participant  shall provide  immediate written notice  to  the City of San Angelo  to which  this proposal  is  submitted  if  at  any  time  the prospective participant  learns  that  its  certification was  erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous because of changed circumstances. 

5. The  terms  "covered  transaction,"  "debarred,"  "suspended,"  "ineligible,"  "lower  tier  covered  transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used  in  this  clause,  have  the  meanings  set  out  in  the  Definitions  and  Coverage  sections  of  the  rules implementing Executive Order 12549(13 CFR Part 145).  You may contact the City of San Angelo for assistance in obtaining a copy of these regulations. 

6. The  prospective  participant  agrees  by  submitting  this  proposal  that,  should  the  proposed  transaction  be entered  into,  it  shall  not  knowingly  enter  into  any  lower  tier  covered  transaction  with  a  person  who  is debarred,  suspended,  declared  ineligible,  or  voluntarily  excluded  from  participation  in  this  covered transaction, unless authorized by the City of San Angelo. 

7. The prospective participant  further  agrees by  submitting  this proposal  that  it will  include  the  clause  titled "Certification  Regarding  Debarment  and  Suspension"  provided  by  the  City  of  San  Angelo,  without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 

8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered  transaction  that  it  is not debarred,  suspended,  ineligible, or voluntarily excluded  from  the covered transaction, unless  it  knows  that  the  certification  is erroneous.   A participant may decide  the method and frequency by which it determines the ineligibility of its principals.  Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List. 

9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to  render  in  good  faith  the  certification  required  by  this  clause.    The  knowledge  and  information  of  a participant  is not  required  to exceed  that which  is normally possessed by a prudent person  in  the ordinary course of business dealings. 

10. Except  for  transactions  authorized  under  paragraph  6  of  these  instructions,  if  a  participant  in  a  covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the City of San Angelo, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause. 

 

Page 131: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 11

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

LIST OF REFERENCES

Tab 5: List of References 

ETI Response:

Page 132: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 12

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

List of References List at least three (3) references of similar scope and size giving company name, contact information, and term.

REFERENCE ONE Government/Company Name: City of San Antonio, Bexar County, and City of Schertz, Texas Location: San Antonio, Texas Contact Person and Title: Glen Outlaw Telephone Number: [email protected] Scope of Work: Complete Fire and E-PCR system including training and project management. Contract Period: 11/2008 - present

REFERENCE TWO Government/Company Name: Loveland Colorado Fire Department Location: Loveland, Colorado Contact Person and Title: Karen Skillman Programmer/Analyst IT Department Telephone Number: (970) 962-2338 email: [email protected] Scope of Work: Complete Fire and E-PCR system including training and project management. Contract Period: 12/2008 - present

REFERENCE THREE Government/Company Name: Horry County, South Carolina Location: Myrtle Beach, South Carolina / Horry County, South Carolina Contact Person and Title: Michael Hodge NFIRS / GIS Coordinator Telephone Number: (843)915-7060 email: [email protected] Scope of Work: Complete Fire and E-PCR system including training and project management. Contract Period: 2006 - present

REFERENCE FOUR Government/Company Name: Oklahoma City (OK) Fire Department Location: Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Contact Person and Title: Brian Stanaland District Fire Chief Telephone Number: 405-297-3314 email: [email protected] Scope of Work: Complete Fire & E-PCR System including project management and training. Contract Period: 11/2006 - present

Page 133: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 13

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

SAMPLE CONTRACT

Tab 6: Example of your standard contract 

ETI Response:

Emergency Technologies Inc.

SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT This Software Maintenance and Support Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is entered into this ___ day of October, 2012 by and between Emergency Technologies, Inc., a North Carolina corporation (hereinafter referred to as "ETI"), and the XXXXX Fire Department, a local government agency (hereinafter referred to as “Customer”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, ETI and Customer entered into that certain Emergency Technologies Software License Agreement dated of even date herewith (the "Agreement") under which Customer obtained a perpetual, non-exclusive, nontransferable license to use certain computer software in object code form and related user documentation on certain terms and conditions; WHEREAS, Customer desires to receive the Support, as defined herein, from ETI and ETI desires to render the Support to Customer with respect to the Licensed Program (as hereinafter defined) on the terms and conditions set forth herein; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises hereof, and the mutual obligations herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1 Definitions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply to the respective capitalized terms: 1.1 “Coverage Time” shall mean Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern

time, excluding ETI holidays. 24x7 Support coverage is an available option. See Section 3.1 (g).

1.2 “Documentation” shall mean collectively the written materials delivered with the ETI

software describing its structure and process for use. 1.3 "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which an authorized ETI representative

accepts this Agreement as indicated by the signature and date at the end of this Agreement. 1.4 "Customer Error" shall mean an error in the functioning of the ETI software which

results from any of the following: (a) use of the ETI software in a manner that is not reasonably within ordinary use of the ETI software, as specified in the Materials for the Version of the ETI software being used by Customer; or (b) inputting of incorrect data by

Page 134: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 14

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Customer; or (c) nonstandard characteristics of Customer's hardware, network, or network configuration; or (d) interaction with other software installed on Customer's hardware; or (e) failure to follow instructions given by ETI technical staff; or (f) attempted execution of the ETI software on hardware not of the type listed in the Documentation; or (g) unauthorized software alterations (including problems, errors, or malfunctions caused or created by the operator), customizing of programs, accident, neglect, power surge or failure, lightning, operating environment not in conformance with the manufacturer’s specifications (for electric power, air quality, humidity or temperature), operating system errors, or hardware malfunction; or (h) Customer’s continued use of data that either Customer or ETI has determined to be flawed or damaged; or (i) Any problems caused by Customer adding, deleting, altering or modifying any part of the database structure in anyway.

1.5 "Enhancement" shall mean any modification or addition that, when made or added

to the ETI software materially changes or upgrades its utility, efficiency, functional capability or application.

1.6 "Error Correction" shall mean either a software modification or addition that, when

made or added to the ETI software, establishes material conformity of the ETI software to the Documentation, or a procedure or routine that, when used in the regular operation of the ETI software, eliminates the nonconformity's practical adverse effect on Customer. Without limiting the foregoing, Error Correction does not include repair or recreation of data files as a result of software malfunction. In the event that the Documentation is incorrect, it will be corrected as an Error Correction.

1.7 "Materials" shall mean collectively the ETI software, the Documentation, and other

materials related to the ETI software and provided for use in connection with the ETI software or maintenance and support services.

1.8 "Reproducible Material Error" shall mean a failure of the ETI software to operate in

substantial conformance with the Documentation. The Reproducible Material Errors must be able to be recreated by ETI under the same or similar conditions with reasonable effort on hardware of the type listed in the License Agreement. Any error constituting a Customer Error is excluded from this definition.

1.9 "ETI software" shall mean the software specified in the License Agreement,

including any Error Corrections, Enhancements, Upgrades, New Versions, or portions thereof, which Customer may obtain pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise from ETI, together with any new Software Modules provided to Customer by ETI.

1.10 “Software Module” shall mean a software component which if included in the ETI

software will contribute distinct functionality not otherwise available in the ETI software. 1.11 “System Administrator” shall mean an employee or agent of Customer who satisfies

the requirements of this Agreement’s Section 6. 1.12 “Upgrade” shall mean software program logic and documentation changes,

corrections, and improvements which maintain the operational quality of the ETI software, including without limitation Error Corrections.

1.13 "Version" shall mean a significant modification of the ETI software, generally

involving additional or significantly improved functionality. New Versions are indicated by whole integer increases in the Version number or a modified product name. Where consistent in the context of this Agreement, Version shall also mean a modification to an individual Software Module that is part of the ETI software, and which is indicated by whole integer increase in the Software Module’s Version number or a modified Software Module name. Versions are provided at the sole discretion of ETI and may require payment of an additional fee.

Section 2

Page 135: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 15

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Term of Agreement.

2.1 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall be effective from the Effective Date of this Agreement and extend for a period of one year. Thereafter, the Agreement Term shall automatically renew for successive periods of one year each unless and until terminated pursuant to Section 8 hereof. In no event, however, shall the Agreement Term extend beyond the prescribed term of the License Agreement.

Section 3 Standard Services.

3.1 Standard Services. ETI will provide at no charge beyond the annual Software

Maintenance, the following maintenance and support services in support of the ETI software:

(a) Error Corrections. Upon notification by Customer’s System Administrator, as

required by Section 5.5, that a Reproducible Material Error may exist, ETI shall use good faith, reasonable efforts to determine if such an error exists, and to notify Customer whether the problem is a Reproducible Material Error or a Customer Error. If it is a Reproducible Material Error, ETI shall respond with reasonable speed and make reasonable efforts to create an Error Correction. When possible, ETI will provide Error Corrections via scripts. If the Error Correction requires a code change ETI will provide the Correction in the next available build cycle. ETI will include the Error Correction in all subsequent Versions of the ETI software. ETI shall not be responsible for correcting Reproducible Material Errors in any Version of the ETI software other than the most recent Version.

(b) Enhancements and Upgrades. ETI may, from time to time, create

Enhancements or Upgrades to the ETI software. ETI shall consider and evaluate the development of any Enhancements requested by Customer, but ETI shall have no obligation to create any specific Enhancements. ETI may supply Customer with Enhancements and Upgrades at no additional charge. All Enhancements and Upgrades provided become part of the Materials, are governed by the Software License, and will be maintained as ETI software.

(c) Telephone Support Assistance. During Coverage Hours ETI shall accept

telephone calls from System Administrators reporting problems with the ETI software and seeking assistance in its use; ETI has no obligation to accept or respond to calls from other than a System Administrator. If ETI chooses to respond to a call from Customer’s personnel other than a System Administrator, ETI reserves the right to bill for such support in accordance with Section 5.6. ETI will make an initial response to Customer’s requests for support communicated through ETI’s service number by System Administrators by the end of the next business day. Support is provided exclusively for problems related to the operation or functionality of the Materials. ETI shall not provide support for any Version of the ETI software other than the most recent Version, except that ETI will continue to support a prior Version for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days after release of a new Version.

(d) Changes in Services. ETI reserves the right to change the scope or terms

of services provided pursuant to this Section 3 for any upcoming term of this Agreement, provided that notice must be given at least sixty (60) days before any renewal term for the changes to be effective during the renewal term.

(e) Excluded Services. ETI shall have no obligation to provide any services not

specifically listed in Section 3(a)-(c) of this Agreement. The following items are specifically not covered by this Agreement, without limitation:

(i) Any hardware failure including, but not limited to, failure caused

by wiring, multiplexers, modems, phone lines, power, or connectors, and any hardware limitations due to insufficient memory, disk storage, incorrect configuration or processing power;

Page 136: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 16

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

(ii) Any problems caused by hardware failure;

(iii) Any work required to restore or recover the operating system

and/or data files;

(iv) Any problem caused by Customer;

(v) Any configuration (including client/server configurations), maintenance, or upgrading of the operating system or network operating system including, but not limited to, backups and restorations, fixes, and patches; and any nonconformity resulting from Customer's misuse or improper use of the licensed program or combining or merging the licensed program with any hardware or software not supplied by ETI, or not authorized to be so combined or merged by ETI, shall not be considered an Error. Nor shall licensed program or data file damage resulting from unauthorized software alterations (including problems, errors, or malfunctions caused or created by the operator), customizing of programs, accident, neglect, power surge or failure, lightning, operating environment not in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications (for electric power, air quality, humidity or temperature), operating system errors, or hardware malfunction be considered an Error.

(vi) Any problem caused by Customer creating a publication or restoring a

backup of database with a publication, including but not limited to, detaching and re-attaching a database with a publication;

(vii) Any problems caused by Customer adding, deleting, altering or

modifying any part of the database structure in anyway;

(viii) Any problems caused by Customer making any data changes from any source other than through the user interface

(ix) Any problems caused by an incorrectly installed, configured, or

maintained operating system, SQL database or network operating system, or versions of such operating systems not supported by ETI; and

(x) Any problems with, or caused by any software not supported by ETI,

including, but not limited to, computer aided dispatch (CAD) systems, law enforcement records management systems, word processors, spreadsheets, communications programs, operating systems and network operating systems.

(xi) Any activity related to the process of physically conducting inspections,

taking inventory, issuing permits or other job-related functions (as distinct from the computerized aspect of such functions).

(xii) System software installations made by the Customer without authorization of ETI such as installing or upgrading the operating system, any required third-party applications or a new SQL version.

(f) Severity Levels and Response Times. ETI will classify all support items

using the definitions in Table 1. Each support item will be entered into ETI’s ticket tracking system and the user will be informed of the ticket number. The hours and days that are listed in the response time as ‘business hours’ or ‘business days’ are to be interpreted as ETI’s normal business operating workdays (Monday-Friday 8AM-5PM EST).

Page 137: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 17

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Table 1. Support Severity and Response Levels

SEVERITY LEVEL

DEFINITION RESPONSE TIME TARGET RESOLUTION TIME

EXAMPLEFIRE RMS

1 Total System Failure1. - occurs when the System is not functioning and there is no workaround; the entire Visual Fire/Visual EMS system is not functioning.

Response within one (1) business hour of acknowledgement of initial notification from ETI.

Resolve within 24 business hours of initial notification

Inability for users to gain access to any module, all modules inoperable or inaccessible.

2 Critical Failure - Critical process failure occurs when a module (e.g. NFIRS) or interface in the System is not functioning that does not prohibit continuance of basic operations in other modules and there is usually no suitable work-around. This is not applicable to intermittent and non-reproducible problems or errors.

Response within three (3) business hours of acknowledgement of initial notification from ETI.

Resolve within 3 business days of initial notification

In NFIRS module, users cannot access existing reports or create new reports.

3 Non-Critical Failure - Non-Critical part or component failure occurs when a System component is not functioning, but the System is still useable for its intended purpose, or there is a reasonable workaround.

Response within two (2) business days of acknowledgement of initial notification from ETI.

Resolve in next Supplemental Release within 180 calendar days following verification

Spell-checker fails to run.

4 Inconvenience - An inconvenience occurs when System causes a minor disruption in the way tasks are performed but does not stop workflow.

Response within one (4) business days of acknowledgement of initial notification from ETI.

Resolve in a future Supplemental Release

Error or dialogue box message such as “Resources Not Available” appears, but does not affect functionality.

5 Customer request for an enhancement to System functionality is submitted in writing.

Written response within thirty (30) business days

If accepted, a release date will be provided with a fee schedule, as appropriate.

Notes: 1. This does not apply to a situation where some workstations cannot run the FRMS due to a

network problem. This applies to a condition that effect all workstations and is due to an ETI product problem.

2. This does not apply when an interface does not function due to a problem with the other system in the interface.

(i) ETI will use the severity guidelines in the Table 1 to determine when remote support is not sufficient and ETI must come on-site to resolve the problem. For example, if there was a Severity level 1 problem and remote attempts had not been successful and were not expected to be successful within the target resolution time, then ETI would send a systems engineer on-site to address the problem. ETI would then continue to work the problem until resolved with on-site and remote resources. The costs incurred for on-site support will be paid by ETI.

(ii) If it is determined that the problem is due to a non-ETI product problem, then the cost incurred will be billable to the client. The daily rate for ETI personnel on-site is $995 per day, or then current prevailing professional services or development rate will apply, plus all travel and living expenses.

(g) 24x7 Support. If Customer has purchased the optional 24x7 support option,

Page 138: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 18

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

ETI support shall be limited to Severity Level 1 and 2 errors as defined in Table 1 above. Severity Level 1 and 2 shall be reported by an authorized and recognized System Administrator following the ETI after hours notification process. Errors other then Severity Level 1 and 2 will not be supported other than during normal Coverage Time.

Section 4

Other Services. 4.1 Other Services. ETI may furnish the following “Other Services”:

(a) Account Management. If the Customer has elected to purchase the optional

Account Management Service the Customer will have a dedicated Account Manager who will provide monthly status reports, one site visit per year, and project plans. This service is available after initial Project Management services are fulfilled and the Customer is turned over to support. Account Management services are in addition to routine support not a replacement for support. All Errors shall be reported through support. The Account Manager provides monthly updates and tracks all tickets and projects to completion.

(b) Training Classes. ETI will provide to the Customer the training classes listed in Exhibit D for attendance by Customer’s System Administrators or other personnel. In the event the training classes are presented at Customer’s facilities, Customer shall provide all furnishings and equipment required, including without limitation lecterns, writing surfaces, chairs, overhead projector and the number of computer systems indicated by ETI as necessary for training of the number of persons intended to attend any specified class. Each Customer (student) participant must have his/her own computer system to use. Class sizes are limited to a one instructor to twelve student ratio. Training classes shall be conducted during normal business hours (8AM to 5PM) on normal business days (Monday through Friday). Any class conducted outside normal business hours may be subject to additional fees. If training classes are not part of the original contract additional costs, including travel and living expenses shall be required.

(c) Installation Services. ETI will undertake installation of the ETI software on

the server, including any Upgrades, Enhancements or New Versions, in accordance with this Agreement. ETI may, at its sole discretion assist or perform the SQL server installation. If ETI provides such service, ETI shall not be responsible for continuing to maintain or diagnose or otherwise provide support for SQL or any third-party software.

To the extent that installation services are to be performed at Customer's facilities,

Customer shall provide, at no cost to ETI, office space, electrical power, telecommunications capability, network connectivity, computer printing capability, clerical and reproduction services, office supplies, parking, and other equipment, facilities or assistance as needed to perform the installation services. In addition Customer shall provide access to and use of Customer’s computer equipment and software, as is reasonably required for the performance of the installation services. Customer is responsible for keeping a backup of all data files prior to the installation which allow for the recreation of the data files in the event that those provided to ETI are lost or destroyed during the installation.

(d) Data Conversion Services. No data conversion services are within scope of

this project. If ETI undertakes or assists in conversion of Customer’s data to an electronic format compatible for use with the ETI software a separate change order or SOW would be executed with the specifications, terms and fees defined.

(e) New Versions. ETI may, from time to time, create New Versions of the ETI

software. New Versions or new Software Modules to the ETI software may be provided to Customer at ETI’s sole discretion. ETI has discretion over what will be offered as a Version or Software Module and what additional charge will be made

Page 139: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 19

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

for each Version or Software Module. Versions and Software Modules may in and of themselves require Customer training prior to use. If training is required, then training, including travel and living expenses, shall be separately priced, in accordance with Section 4(b). All Versions and Software Modules provided become part of the Materials, are governed by the Software License, and will be maintained as ETI software.

(f) Customer Error. If Customer notified ETI of a Material Error pursuant to

Section 1.8, and after investigation by ETI it is determined by ETI that the problem is not a Reproducible Material Error, but rather a Customer Error, all time and expenses accrued in making this determination shall be billed to Customer. Customer may request ETI to investigate and correct such a Customer Error for an additional fee.

(g) Miscellaneous Services. In addition to those services specified in Section

4.1, other maintenance and support services, including but not limited to assistance provided on-site, custom programming, consulting, project management, operations support, correction of Customer Errors, responding to calls from other than a System Administrator, provision of “excluded services under Section 3.1(e), and provision of services otherwise included in Section 3 beyond the level specified in Section 3 or outside of normal business hours, may be furnished by ETI subject to additional fees and staff availability.

Section 5 Customer Obligations.

5.1 Maintenance of Software License. Customer shall at all time have in effect a valid

Software License for use of the ETI software. 5.2 Payments. Customer is, and remains, in compliance with the schedule of

payments of the contract and annual support payments. 5.3 Customer Responsibility for Hardware, Software, and Communication Services. In

order for Customer to obtain from ETI the services called for by this Agreement, Customer is solely responsible for procuring, installing, and maintaining all equipment, telephone lines, communications interfaces, and other software or hardware necessary to operate the ETI software, ETI reserves the right, from time to time, to require hardware and/or software upgrades or new version to support Upgrades, Enhancements or new Version of the ETI software.

. 5.4 High-Speed Remote Access. Customer will provide a reliable, high-speed internet

connection and enable ETI to have remote access and connectivity to the live, production ETI software.

5.5 Customer Notification of ETI. Customer shall notify ETI, in writing or by telephone,

within fifteen (15) days of discovering any error or malfunctions that Customer believes is a Reproducible Material Error, and provide ETI with physical evidence of such error. Customer agrees to provide ETI with sufficient support and test time to duplicate the problem, and to determine whether the problem is a Reproducible Material Error in the ETI software.

5.6 System Administrator(s). Customer is responsible for providing one or more

qualified System Administrators as described in section 6. Calls received by anyone not previously identified as System Administrators are not covered by this Agreement and are therefore subject to hourly fees, and are not subject to minimum Response Time.

5.7 Installation of Upgrades, Enhancements and New Versions. ETI will coordinate the

installation of all Upgrades and Enhancements with the Customer. Major Version releases may require additional Customer Training, onsite installation, and have major impact on the Customer thus requiring significant project planning and additional cost.

Page 140: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 20

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Section 6 System Administrator Requirements.

6.1 Basic Requirements. Each System Administrator must either complete a ETI system

administration training and ETI system data entry and modification course, or must otherwise have sufficient experience as to be able to understand and use ETI software in accordance with the Documentation effectively.

6.2 Additional Knowledge. Each System Administrator must be qualified through

training or experience acquired independently of ETI to address, without the aid of ETI, all problems relating to any hardware, software, or operating system other than those which may be provided to Customer by ETI.

6.3 Initial System Administrator(s). The person(s) to be initially trained by ETI to serve

as System Administrator(s) shall be no more than five (5) people and should be identified by the Customer prior to the start of training.

6.4 Change in System Administrator(s). Customer may change its System

Administrator at any time be giving notice to ETI of the replacement System Administrator(s), provided that such replacement(s) are qualified in accordance with the terms of this Section 6. ETI may require Customer to appoint a new System Administrator if ETI, in its sole discretion, determines that the System Administrator does not meet the qualifications required under this Section 6 or otherwise have the experience or ability to communicate effectively with ETI support personnel.

Section 7 Fee/Payment and Anniversary Date.

7.1 Maintenance and Support Fee. Customer shall be required to pay an annual

Software Maintenance Fee with respect to the ETI software currently licensed. If additional Software Modules are added to the ETI software during any annual term of this Agreement, then ETI shall calculate the annual fee for support of such additional Software Modules and Customer shall pay the pro-rated portion of that additional fee for the time period from the date the additional Software Module is added to the ETI software to the end of the initial or then-current renewal term; thereafter the fee for the additional Software Module shall be included in the annual fee.

7.2 Charges for Other Services. For Other Services training courses Customer shall pay

such amounts as specified in Exhibit B, if applicable. For installation or data conversion services Customer shall pay the amount specified in the applicable Installation Services Amendment, Data Conversion Services Amendment, or Statement of Work documents Customer agrees to pay additional charges according to the ETI fee schedule for all work performed outside of coverage hours or for services rendered under Section 4. These charges are applicable for any work performed after hours regardless of cause even if it was reported and/or initiated during Coverage Time Customer will be required to authorize any work outside of Coverage Time that results in additional charges. In addition, Customer agrees to pay all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with ETI’s provision of Other Services, including without limitation, courier fees, copier expenses, costs of reproductions, costs of disposable supplies purchased exclusively for work for Customer, travel expenses (including airfare, rental cars, taxis, lodging, meals, parking and necessary incidentals).

7.3 Payment Terms. The anniversary date for maintenance and support is the date of

installation. Annual maintenance is due fifteen days prior to the anniversary date. ETI shall render an invoice for the annual maintenance fee at least thirty (30) days before each anniversary date. Failure to pay any amount due under this Agreement when due shall constitute a breach of this Agreement. All overdue amounts shall accrue interest at the rate of 1.5% per month or the highest interest rate allowed by applicable law. ETI shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs incurred in collecting such amounts, including without limitation all court costs and reasonable attorney fees and expenses. ETI also reserves the

Page 141: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 21

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

right to refuse to provide any services under this Agreement if any amounts due under this Agreement remain unpaid for over thirty (30) days after invoice, and no refund shall be due to Customer if these services are so suspended. Additionally, Customer shall be required to pay a reinstatement fee, not to exceed eighteen (18) percent of the annual maintenance fee. If ETI does suspend service under this Agreement, Customer may have service reinstated only upon payment of all overdue invoices, including interest and reinstatement fee.

7.4 Change of Rates. ETI reserves the right to change its Support fees, provided that

no such change will be effective until at least 30 days after ETI has given Customer written notice of such change by means of an invoice. In addition to the foregoing changes in Support Fees, fee changes will also result from changes in (1) Software prices, (2) Increases in the number of modules of a Licensed Program, (3) Increases in the number of users on the system, (4) Changes in the computer hardware or (5) Selection by Customer of different Coverage Hours.

7.5 Taxes. Customer shall be responsible for sales or use taxes, and state or local

property or excise taxes associated with Customer’s licensing, possession, or use of the ETI software.

Section 8 Termination.

8.1 This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

(a) This Agreement shall immediately terminate upon the termination of the License

Agreement;

(b) This Agreement may be terminated by Customer upon the expiration of the then-current term of this Agreement, provided that at least ninety (90) days prior written notice is given to ETI. ETI may terminate this Agreement upon the expiration of the term of this Agreement, provided that at least ninety (90) days prior written notice is given to Customer; or

(c) This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon thirty (30) days prior

written notice if the other party has materially breached the provisions of this Agreement and has not cured such breach within such notice period.

8.2 Payments upon Termination. Following termination of this Agreement ETI shall

immediately invoice Customer for all accrued fees, charges and reimbursable expenses. Customer shall pay the invoiced amounts upon receipt of such invoices; any amounts not paid within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice shall bear interest until paid at the rate of one and one half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest interest rate allowed by applicable law, until paid. Termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 8 shall not obligate ETI to refund any amount paid by Customer.

8.3 Additional Rights. Termination of this Agreement shall be in addition to, and not in

lieu of, any other remedies available to ETI. 8.4 Survival. The rights, obligations, and limitations of Sections 5.2, 8, 9, 10 and 11

shall survive termination of this Agreement. 8.5 License Agreement. Provided that the License Agreement otherwise remains in

effect, then upon termination of this Agreement Customer shall be permitted to continue use of the ETI software pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement. If the License Agreement has terminated, Customer shall take such actions with respect to the License Software as required under the License Agreement upon its termination.

Page 142: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 22

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Section 9 Proprietary Rights.

9.1 To the extent that ETI may provide Customer with any Error Corrections or

Enhancements or any other software, including any new software programs or components, or any compilations or derivative works prepared by ETI (collectively, "Vendor Programs"), Customer may (1) install one set of the Vendor Programs in the most current form provided by ETI , in Customer's own facility; (2) use such Vendor Programs in connection with the Licensed Programs, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of the License Agreement, for purposes of serving Customer's internal business needs; and (3) make one copy of the Vendor Programs in machine-readable form for nonproductive backup purposes only. Customer may not use, copy, or modify the Vendor Programs, or any copy, adaptation, transcription, or merged portion thereof, except as expressly authorized by ETI. Upon termination of such License Agreement, Customer shall return or destroy the Vendor Programs, and returning the Vendor Programs in the manner required by the License Agreement shall be sufficient for such purposes.

9.2 The Vendor Programs are and shall remain the sole property of ETI, regardless of

whether Customer, its employees, or contractors may have contributed to the conception of such work, joined in the effort of its development, or paid ETI for the use of the work product. Customer shall from time to time take any further action and execute any further instrument, including documents of assignment or acknowledgment that ETI may reasonably request in order to establish and protect its exclusive ownership rights in such works. Customer shall not assert any right, title, or interest in such works, except for the non-exclusive right of use granted to Customer at the time of its delivery or on-site development.

Section 10

Disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability. 10.1 ETI disclaims all warranties either expressed or implied and representations with

respect to the licensed program, including its condition, its conformity to any representation or description, the existence of any latent or patent defects, and its merchantability or fitness for a particular use.

10.2 Customer specifically agrees that in no event shall ETI's cumulative liability for any

claim arising in connection with this Agreement exceed the annual base software maintenance fee for one (1) year paid to ETI by Customer within the last twelve (12) months.

10.3 Customer expressly agrees that in no event shall ETI be liable for any consequential

or special damages arising from breach of warranty, breach of contract, negligence or any other legal theory, whether in tort or contract, even if ETI has been advised of the likelihood of such damages occurring, including without limitation, damages from interruption or business, loss of profits or business opportunities, loss of use of software, loss of data, cost of recreating lost data, cost of any substitute software, or losses caused by delay. Termination of this Agreement by ETI pursuant to Section 8 shall not result in liability of ETI to Customer for damage, loss, or expense, and Customer expressly waives such claims.

10.4 No action, whether based on contract, strict liability, or tort, including any action

based on negligence, arising out of the performance of services under this Agreement, may be brought by either party more than one (1) year after such cause of action accrued.

Page 143: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 23

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Section 11 Miscellaneous.

11.1 EMS Billing Exports. If the Customer has elected to purchase an optional EMS

Billing Export and once the Export is accepted or is in production any changes are not covered under regular support and maintenance. Changes shall be made through a change order or Statement of Work document(s) that would detail the specific changes required and the costs associated with the changes.

11.2 Training and Testing Systems. The testing or training system is provided so the

Customer may test and/or train without impact on the live, production system. ETI shall provide support to one (1) additional testing or training system. Support is limited to one (1) system in addition to the live, production system. ETI may, at its sole discretion, provide support to additional systems for additional costs to the Customer.

11.3 Publication (Mobile) Testing and Training Support. ETI does not provide support

for testing or training systems that have a publication (mobiles) on the system unless the Customer has elected to purchase a separate support option to cover training system mobiles. If the Customer has purchased the additional support option, ETI will support no more than 12 mobile units. The mobiles shall be dedicated exclusively to the training or testing system. Support is limited to quarterly publication rebuilds for the system.

11.4 Waiver. No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived and no

breach excused unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived or consented. Failure to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of future rights to enforce the same or other provisions of this Agreement. Further, should ETI elect to provide any services beyond its commitment herein, such provision of services shall not be construed to increase or otherwise change the level of services it is required to provide under this Agreement.

11.5 Assignment. Customer may only assign this Agreement in conjunction with an

assignment of the Software License, and pursuant to the assignment terms in the Software License.

11.6 Force Majeure. ETI shall not be liable for any failure or delay in performance of any

obligation under this Agreement if such failure or delay is caused by circumstances not directly under the control of ETI, including without limitation, failure resulting from acts of God, acts of public authorities, wars and war measures, strikes, fires, delays of suppliers or carriers, or serious illness of key personnel.

11.7 Governing Law, Adjudication, and Severability. This Agreement is to be governed

by, and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, exclusive of its conflicts-of-law provisions. Customer agrees that any litigation arising out of this Agreement shall have exclusive venue in, and the parties shall submit themselves to the jurisdiction of, the Federal and State courts of Wake County, North Carolina. No action, whether based on contract, strict liability or tort, may be brought by either party related to or arising out of this Agreement more than one (1) year after the cause of action accrues. If any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement, but shall be confined in its operation to the provision of this Agreement directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered, and the invalid or unenforceable provision shall be struck.

11.8 Whole Agreement. Customer acknowledges that it has read this Agreement, understands it, and agrees to be bound by its terms and conditions. This is the complete

Page 144: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 24

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

and exclusive statement of the Agreement between Customer and ETI, which supersedes any proposal or prior agreement, oral or written, and any other communications relating to maintenance and support of the ETI software. All additions, amendments, or modifications of this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties only if they are in writing and executed by Customer and ETI. Any term or condition on a printed form which shall be sent to ETI by Customer shall have no effect, and shall not modify, add to or subtract from the obligations and rights set forth herein; Customer agrees that all terms on such forms are void.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as set forth below. City of XXXX, Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Authorized Signature Authorized Signature

Print Name & Title Print Name & Title

Date Date

Page 145: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 25

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

PRICING OPTIONS

Tab 7: Pricing Options

ETI Response:

ETI Customer Quote September 24, 2012

Fire/EMS Records Management System

San Angelo TX

Item Number Qty Product Code Description Unit Price

ExtendedPrice

Desktop 1 1 FRMS Visual Fire Enterprise - 50 Workstation License $78,225 $78,225 2 1 FRMS-CAD CAD Access* - 50 Workstation License $13,825 $13,825 3 1 FRMS-PP Visual Fire Audit Log $12,775 $12,775 4 1 FRMS-RST Visual Fire Shift Scheduler - 50 Workstation License $12,425 $12,425 5 1 FRMS-SUP Visual Fire Supply - 50 Workstation License $17,850 $17,850 6 1 FRMS-GEO Visual Fire Geo-Validation $15,750 $15,750 7 1 FRMS-PPPU Visual Fire Pre-Plan Pop-Up $15,225 $0 8 1 FRMS-LP12 Zoll M & E Series Monitor Interface $20,000 $20,000 9 1 FRMS-BILL EMS Billing Integration (Amazon Sweetsoft) $17,850 $17,850 10 1 FRMS-EXPT EMS State Data Export (NEMSIS Gold .XML) $13,125 $13,125

Total for Desktops $201,825

*CAD Access may require third party software and Interfaces and broadband connectivity to the central server.

Mobile 11 1 FRMS-MDM Visual Fire Mobile - 40 Licenses $41,100 $41,100 12 1 FRMS-AIR CAD Access for Mobile * $7,900 $7,900

Total for Mobiles $49,000 *CAD Access may require third party software and Interfaces and broadband connectivity to the central server

Professional Services 13 1 FRMS-PROJ Project Management - Fixed Cost 6 months1 $29,505 14 1 FRMS-GOLIVE "Go Live" On-Site Support (per day) $895 $895 15 1 FRMS-INT Product Installation $1,600 $1,600 16 1 FRMS-INT-TM Product Installation & Configuration Training for Mobile $1,295 $1,295 17 1 FRMS-INT-SUP Supply Setup & Configuration $1,600 $1,600 18 5 FRMS-CRPT Custom Report Development (per day) $895 $4,475 19 1 FRMS-EBILLS EMS Billing Setup & Configuration $4,785 $4,785 20 1 FRMS-IMP Import & Configuration of Personnel and Equipment $2,995 $2,995 21 1 FRMS-SA-Aud System Administrator Audit (SA-4) $895 $895

Page 146: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 26

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

22 1 FRMS-SA-BA Business Analysis & Configuration (per day) $895 $895 23 2 FRMS-SA-TRN Visual Fire Setup & Configuration Training (per day) $895 $1,790 24 12 FRMS-TRN User Train-the-Trainer Training (per day) $895 $10,740 25 1 FRMS-SUPP Maintenance & Support $50,165 26 1 FRMS-SUPP Maintenance & Support (First year included) -$50,165

Total for Professional Services $61,470 1 Project management is expected to last no longer than 6 months, if project extends past 6 month than an additional fee will be charged of $4,920 per month.

Travel and Living Expenses Price 27 1 FRMS-TLE Travel and Living Expenses $9,458

$9,458 Trips = 7

Net Total $317,330 Discount -$87,789

Grand Total $229,541

Additional Discount if Contract signed by

December 31, 2012 -$29,954

$199,587 Maintenance & Support

28 1 FRMS-M&S Maintenance & Support $50,165 $50,165

System Server Hardware

29 2 FRMS-HW Dell Server(s) PowerEdge R420 $8,788 30 1 FRMS-SW Server Software & Accessories WINSVRSTD / WINSVRCAL $7,463 31 1 FRMS-SW Server Software & Accessories SQLSVRSTD / SQLCAL $9,766

$26,017

Modules included in this proposal:

1. Account Management Services * 2. Administrative setup functions; the

Visual Fire Desktop 3. NFIRS 5.0 Fire Incident Reporting 4. NFIRS 5.0 Data Export to the State

Fire Marshal’s Office 5. CAD Access ** 6. Full System Audit Log 7. Shift Scheduling 8. Supply 9. EMS ePCR 10. EMS QC Editor 11. EMS Audit Log 12. EMS State NEMSIS Data Extract 13. Fire Investigations 14. Pre-Plan Popup 15. Fire Inspections

16. Permits 17. Building Systems Inspections 18. Training 19. Personnel 20. Security 21. Fire Pre-Plans (Premise) 22. Hydrants 23. Equipment 24. Station Log 25. Exposure Log 26. Crystal Viewer for Crystal Reports 27. Crystal Viewer Administrator 28. Master Locations 29. Master Names 30. Visual Fire/EMS Mobile 31. Mobile CAD Access ** Available options:

Page 147: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 27

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

1. Advanced Multi-Agency Configuration 2. EMS Billing Extract 3. HazMat Billing 4. Two-way CAD Integration 5. Address Geo-Validation 6. Custom Reports 7. EMS Fax Communication Server 8. Data Conversion 9. Fire View (Map Analysis) 10. Fire Zone (Diagramming tool) 11. Apex Nexus (Diagramming tool) 12. Orion Interface 13. TeleStaff Interface 14. Mobile Command (ICS) 15. 5 by 9 Maintenance **

Page 148: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 149: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 29

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

CAD Access * CAD Access may require third party software and Interfaces. Maintenance and Support: ** Maintenance and support for the first year is included in the base price of Visual Fire. Ongoing maintenance costs begin in year two and reflected above. Desktops and Mobiles must have the same level of support. The level of support is outlined in detail in the contract. Maintenance includes technical support through phone and/or e-mail and product upgrades. Product upgrades occur due to normal product enhancement and/or to maintain compatibility with new versions of Windows or updates to national data standards.

This pricing is valid for 120 days and does not include any data conversion. This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Page 150: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 151: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 31

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

REPORT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUESTIONNAIRE

Tab 8: Report Management System Questionnaire

ETI Response:

Record Management System Questionnaire 

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

General

Support multi-jurisdictional functions allowing individual agencies, departments, groups or individuals to share data while also protecting agency specific or confidential data.

Yes Visual Fire is a multi-jurisdictional system. Data can be shard, but is also confidential where secured within the Security module.

Modules integrated to maximize information sharing and reduce duplication of effort. Yes

The Visual Fire system includes integrated modules, so that data is shared across modules.

Individual workstations:

Use a graphical user interface (GUI) Yes Visual Fire uses a graphical user interface (GUI).

Support command-line, point-and-click, and function key entry of commands and/or data Yes Visual Fire uses point-and-click data entry.

Support insert and delete modes in field data entry Yes

Visual Fire has both insert and delete modes of data entry; data can be entered (inserted) into the system via the user interface and deleted from the user interface if there are no outstanding dependencies.

Support cut and paste modes in field data entry Yes Cut and paste modes are available in Notes and Comments fields.

Ability to reduce data entry redundancy by populating all duplicate fields with a single entry Yes This function is available with the Visual Fire

system.

Allow user to move windows anywhere on screen(s) Yes Users can move windows anywhere on the screen.

Allow user to minimize and maximize windows Yes Users can minimize and maximize windows.

Page 152: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 32

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to restrict any/all RMS windows from being closed, as determined by system administrator Yes This function is available.

Support use of numeric keypad for number entry Yes This function is available.

Support relational database management technology to eliminate duplicate entry, duplicate storage and operational inefficiencies. Yes This function is available.

Print any text information on any screen to a printer Yes This function is available. Print any text information in any window to a printer Yes This function is available.

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a networked printer Yes This function is available.

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a workstation attached printer Yes This function is available.

Include date, hour, and minutes in most time stamps Yes This information is included on time stamps.

Include date, time, and user ID stamp for all data entries Yes This information is included on time stamps and tracked within the Audit Log.

Use standard database format for storing date, so that dates can be manipulated as dates Yes This function is available.

Use standard database format for storing time, so that times can be manipulated as times Yes This function is available.

Search all tables/files using any or all fields Yes Users can search using the Search and Report function. This function allows users to search on virtually any data element within a given module “on the fly”.

Search all tables/files using exact match and wild card Yes Users can search with Search and Report feature using exact match or wildcard.

Supports National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS 5) Yes Visual Fire is NFIRS 5 compliant.

Provide pick lists for data entry (e.g. pull-down menus) Yes Visual Fire provides pick lists for data entry. Some pick list choices can be customized to meet agency-specific needs.

Use a relational database for all data and code table storage Yes This function is available.

Page 153: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 33

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Display real-time date and time constantly on screen Yes This is a function of the computer’s operating system.

Include jurisdictional indicator in incident and report number Yes This information is included on reports.

Relational database should be SQL compliant Yes Visual Fire users a SQL Server backend.

Ability for system administrator to relabel/hide/modify fields on screens Yes System Administrators can re-label, hide, modify, and display fields on the screen as long as the fields are not mandated by NEMSIS or NFIRS.

Ability to auto fill fields during data entry using existing information such as names, addresses, phone numbers, from a master names index. Yes This information can be auto-filled.

Ability to provide basic word processing features like those in MS Word for writing narratives. Include description of items such as: Yes

Spell-checking Yes Spell checking is available within the comments and narrative fields.

Medical dictionary Yes A dictionary is available for spell checking. Word wrap Yes Word wrap is available in narrative fields.

Copy, cut and paste Yes Copy, cut, and paste are available in comments and narrative fields.

Allow for a training system to be set up to allow non-production use of the system. This would be used to train personnel in the use of the system and to try out modifications and enhancements before they go into production.

Yes A Training System is typically available and separate from the Production system.

The system should include online help and tutorials Yes PDFs can be stored within the System menu.

Ability to add attachments of any type (EKG/plans/documents or images) Yes Any type of file attachment can be attached to Visual Fire records.

System has the capability to establish an "auto-export" to defined entities such as billing, State, Federal, etc. Yes

Exporting to state, federal, etc. is available from the software. Visual Fire will export a file that is compatible with state and federal standards. If a billing export is necessary, ETI can work with the agency to create a file export that is compatible with the billing

Page 154: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 34

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

company. More information is needed to determine the work involved and the associated costs. A Statement of Work is necessary to define the billing export.

User friendly interface for the rapid export of data to patient billing systems via multiple formats. (i.e. CSV, XML, TLV) Yes

If a billing export is necessary, ETI can work with the agency to create a file export that is compatible with the billing company. More information is needed to determine the work involved and the associated costs. A Statement of Work is necessary to define the billing export.

Allow user to adjust window and font size Yes Window size can be controlled. Users can adjust font size within narrative fields. Users can also adjust their resolution to make the screens and fonts larger.

Security

Require a minimum of user name and password to log user onto system Yes Username and Password are required to log onto the system.

Allow each user to have individual security profile Yes Each user has an individual security profile.

Allow system administrator to assign new password Yes The System Administrator has the ability to assign a new password.

Does not display password as a visible field anywhere in system without System Administrator rights Yes Visual Fire does not display password

anywhere in the system. Support assigning security access by module Yes Security access can be controlled by module. Within module, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only) Yes These security rights are available by

function.

Restrict access to the operating system of the server(s) Yes This is handled by the Operating System and is not a function of the Visual Fire software.

Restrict access to the operating system of the workstation Yes This is handled by the Operating System and is not a function of the Visual Fire software.

Support ability of system administrator to remotely log-off users from any device Yes This function is available.

Support assigning security access by certain fields Yes This function is available. Within a field, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only) Yes This function is available.

Page 155: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 35

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Advance and flexible data security - HIPAA compliant (Field level access of data base) Yes This function is available.

Restrict access to individual database tables by security (including access from report writer) Yes This function is available.

Online Storage

Complete RMS records will be available online for a minimum of 7 years Yes This function is available as long as the appropriate hardware is in place.

Performance

Operate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week except when system down time is necessary for upgrades and routine maintenance. Yes

The system will operate 24/7, unless it is down for an upgrade. We typically give our customers notice of upgrades and how it will affect their system performance and can schedule updates/upgrades during non-peak hours.

Response time for typical FRMS commands (excluding ad hoc inquiries or large reports) must average 2 seconds or less Yes This function is available as long as the

appropriate hardware is in place.

Audit

Support an audit log of each transaction performed, including date, time, and user ID of person performing transaction Yes This is available with the Audit Log function of

Visual Fire.

Allow system administrator to review selected transactions Yes The System Administrator can view selected transactions within the Audit Viewer.

Documentation

Provide user level, system administrator functional & system technical manuals in hardcopy and electronic form Yes

This information is provided in electronic form. Users have permission to print hard copies as necessary for use for all users.

System Training

Perform onsite end user module training for train the trainers, system administrator training & major release/update training for end user and system administrator

Yes System Administrator and train-the-trainer training is available.

Perform onsite end user module training direct to some users Yes We offer direct training to specific groups of users.

Page 156: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 36

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Training/Test System

Support a full training mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) Yes

Support a full test mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) and independent of the training mode

Yes

Support a full training and test server which is independent of the live, operational server (including independent code tables and files) Yes Yes, we are provided a training / test server in

addition to the production server.

Backup and Purge

Support purging of records in all files/tables based on date Yes Purging is not recommended; however, is available wwith the Visual Fire system as long as no dependencies lie elsewhere in the system.

Support archiving of records in all files/tables based on date, prior to purge Yes Archiving records is available.

Write all archived records to alternative medium Yes Records can be archived to an alternative medium.

Allow backup/purge to occur without affecting RMS operation (i.e., RMS to remain "up" during backups) Yes

The system can remain “up”, however we recommend archiving or backing up files during off-peak times.

Code Tables

All RMS codes and descriptions can be entered, modified, or deleted by system administrator at any time except for NFIRS and NHTSA codes Yes

Any codes that are not mandated by state or national standards can be modified at any time.

Allow system administrator full security access to all relational tables Yes A system administrator with full security access will have rights to all tables within the system.

Fire/EMS RMS Reporting

Create ad-hoc reports Yes Ad hoc reports are created with the search and report feature.

Page 157: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 37

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Provide ability to export the entire RMS database to a separate database, in a variety of standard file formats Yes Visual Fire can export data into a variety of

formats.

Provide ability to export user-selected portions of the RMS database to a separate file, in a variety of standard file formats Yes Visual Fire can export selected data into a

variety of formats.

Provides a variety of "canned" reports Yes Visual Fire provides many canned reports with the system.

Must have the ability to build charts and graphs Yes Visual Fire offers some reports with charts and graphs. Additionally, information can be exported into Excel format and then manipulated in Excel into chart/graph format.

Ability for general user to easily create any report without using third party reporting programs. (ie Crystal Reports) Yes This is available with the Search and report

feature.

User friendly interface for report creation. Yes Visual Fire’s Search and Report feature provides a user friendly interface for ad hoc report creation.

Ability to print specific portions of a report without printing the entire report. Yes

Users are able to print portions of Search and Report results to system printers. Additionally, users can print certain pages of Crystal reports or Inline reports to a systems printer.

Basic Fire/EMS Incident Reporting

Support entry of NFIRS 5.0 required data Yes Visual Fire supports entry of NFIRS 5.0 compliant data. Visual Fire is NFIRS 5.0 complaint.

Ability to support NFIRS "plus one" type coding (3-character NFIRS code plus 4th character for local use) Yes Plus one is available.

Display code description anytime code is displayed on screen and allow access via either Yes Code descriptions are available.

Automatically create incident and populate fields with data transferred from CAD Yes

Data that is transferred from CAD is automatically populated within the appropriate fields.

Page 158: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 38

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Data transferred from CAD should include, at minimum: Yes

Location of incident Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Incident number Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Call type code and expanded description Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Name of caller Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Address of caller Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Telephone number of caller Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Call source (e.g., E911, 7-digit) Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Area designators Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Call box # Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Map page reference Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of call pick up (off-hook) Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of call entry Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of each unit's dispatch Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of each unit's enroute to scene Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of each unit's arrival on scene Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of each unit's available-on-radio Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of each unit's available-in-quarters Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Date and time of incident closure Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Page 159: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 39

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Incident priority Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Incident number (system generated) Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Cross-reference incident number(s), if multi-jurisdictional response Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Report (aka, run) number (optional, system generated) Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Disposition Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

All units assigned to incident Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

All personnel assigned to each unit at the incident Yes This information is included with the CAD import.

Support manual entry of incident information Yes Manual entry is supported.

Ability for rapid medical data entry via a large touch screen interface. Yes This function is supported.

Allow the entry of unlimited length text in comments type fields Yes Unlimited text can be entered into narrative/comments fields.

Support word wrap in narrative fields Yes Word wrap is supported in the narrative fields.

Support spell check in narrative fields Yes Spell Check is supported in the narrative fields.

Support cut and paste ability in narrative fields Yes Cut and paste are supported in the narrative fields.

Support ability to enter previously created narrative templates Yes This is supported on the Visual Fire system.

Support ability to automatically generate narratives based upon incident type Yes Users can create narratives based on incident types.

Record report information in RMS for all units assigned to an incident, with individual date/time stamps for all status changes Yes This function is available.

Ability to update RMS with any new CAD information received Yes Updates are available to the RMS.

Page 160: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 40

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow company officer to enter incident report for their unit as soon as it clears the incident, even if the incident is not closed Yes This function is available.

Support ability to store partially completed report(s), complete another transaction, and return to the interrupted report(s) for completion Yes This function is available.

Allow review of all partially completed reports Yes This function is available.

Allow modification of the previously entered incident information: Yes This function is available.

Location Yes This function is available. Type Yes This function is available.

Automatically perform edit checks of field data (NFIRS Rules) Yes Edit checks are made on field data based on NFIRS, NEMSIS, and user-defined Q/C rules.

Support ability to supplement a report (by the same or different company) Yes Reports can be supplemented as necessary.

Ability to record multiple exposures as supplements to original incident Yes Multiple exposures can be can be supplemented to an original incident.

Ability for supervisor to review and approve report Yes Supervisors can review and approve reports. Ability to enter mutual aid reports and record outside jurisdictional unit(s) ID and involvement Yes Users can enter mutual aid and outside

jurisdiction information.

Ability to generate and print public information report for an incident Yes Information can be printed for the public.

Ability to generate standard queries and reports based upon various categories and criteria (not just NFIRS codes) Yes This function is available with any criteria

within the NFIRS module.

Ability to correlate builing/business names with addresses. Yes This function is available with the Master Location index.

Basic EMS Specific Incident Reporting Ability to chart advanced EMS patient procedures. Yes This function is available.

Ability to have automatic narrative generation from data entry fields Yes Narratives can be generated based on the information entered within the system.

Ability to generate personal narrative templates Yes Narrative templates can be created for use within the EMS module.

Page 161: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 41

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to Staff generate narrative templates. Yes Narratives templates can be created for use within the EMS module.

Ability to have extensive QA/QI tools. Yes Users can build Q/C Rules to insure correct data entry.

Ability to provide retrospective report review work flow feature Yes This is mandated by security.

Ability to have database query tools Yes The Search and Report is the ad hoc query tool that allows users to search on virtually any data element within the software.

Ability to have automatic bill calculation. Yes We have billing information that is collected inside the EMS module (e-pcr). This information can be transferred along with patient info into a report.

Ability to provide real-time error checking and user feedback Yes This function is available.

Ability to establish a benchmark time that defines arrival to patient with the press of a button. System will then use that time as the starting time for procedures, vitals, etc.

No This is available with a custom modification.

Ability to enter information via drop down boxes and combo boxes that have an “auto scroll” feature for rapid entry. (i.e. Medication input for Metoprolol user types “met” and the box scrolls to entries that start with “Met.”)

Yes This function is available.

Ability to enter data fields with pre-filled data such as states and zip codes. Yes This function is available.

Includes FDA medication database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box. No

This could be available with a custom modification. We would need more information and a Statement of Work to define the work involved and the associated costs.

Includes medication allergy database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box. Yes This function is available.

Includes medical dictionary in patient reporting narrative. Yes This function is available.

Page 162: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 42

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability for individual custom patient narrative template that prompts the user for information. Yes This function is available.

Patient narrative imports data gathered on scene. Yes This function is available.

Ability to populate patient information such as address medical history, allergies, and medications from previous patient contact reports. Yes This function is available.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify EMS report forms. Yes This function is available.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify the information contained within drop down boxes, combo boxes, and other input fields. Yes This function is available.

Address Verification If no address conflict exists, automatically enter the location into the data entry form Yes This function is available.

If address conflict exists, display choices to the operator and allow selection of the correct address Yes This function is available.

Complexes with a single address but multiple tenants (malls, apartment buildings) should be able to be verified by either the complex's address or the tenant's address

Yes This function is available.

Display the following information for address verification, as appropriate: Yes

Exact location or intersection Yes This function is available. High and low cross street Yes This function is available. Common place/business name Yes This function is available. Fire station area Yes This function is available. Call box # Yes This function is available. Map page Yes This function is available. City code Yes This function is available. Indicators for additional location information (e.g., hazard, pre-plan, occupant, prior history) Yes This function is available.

Allow override and entry of non-verified address Yes This function is available.

Page 163: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 43

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to have construction management features Yes This function is available. Ability to have transaction logging Yes This function is available with Audit Log. Fire prevention/ inspection Ability to support any adopted fire code Yes This function is available.

Support entry of exact addresses, to the apartment level Yes This function is available.

Support entry of unlimited auxiliary contact information for each location (i.e., landlord name, address, telephone, management company name, address, telephone, etc.)

Yes This function is available.

Allow recording of occupancy classification Yes Occupancy classification is recorded.

Allow recording of initial fire department conditions for new business approval Yes This function is available.

Ability to record type of equipment installed in a location, by manufacturer, make, model, and install date Yes This function is available.

Ability to record unlimited number of "special circumstances" regarding a location (i.e., Building Inspection information, unique characteristics, etc.) Yes This function is available.

Support entry of unlimited number of violations Yes This function is available.

Support "check box" style of data entry for violation codes Yes While we do not have a "check box" style, we do offer a point and click of the most common violations that are defined by the City.

Display plain English description for violation codes in addition to code Yes This function is available.

Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry Yes This function is available.

Allow designation of inspection responsibility by station area for each address Yes This function is available.

Allow scheduling of follow-up inspections Yes This function is available.

Page 164: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 44

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow designation of re-inspection frequency based on type of business (e.g., regular inspections are every two years; self-inspections are every four years; fire permits every year)

Yes This function is available.

Support ability to create reinspection schedules on a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly basis Yes This function is available.

Support ability to print out inspection schedules for individual inspectors, company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies Yes This function is available.

Support ability to generate form letters documenting specific violations with date of scheduled reinspection Yes This function is available.

Support ability to view online and print out history of prior violations for any address Yes This function is available.

Allow inspection record to be viewed online without making any changes to record Yes This function is available.

Record the name and ID of the inspector and the date and time for each inspection performed Yes This information is recorded with the

inspection record. System should come pre-loaded with all violation code tables providing for any copyright laws or regulations. Yes This is available as long as the agency owns

the code.

Support ability to record results of violation re-inspection Yes This information is recorded.

Support ability to record penalties for non-compliance Yes This information is recorded.

Support ability to print out complete inspection report Yes Inspection reports can be printed to systems printers.

Record name and operator ID of anyone making changes to inspection record Yes This information is recorded within the Audit

Log and within the Inspection module. Support ability to perform inspections in the field and upload results to main system Yes Information can be entered into the system

from the field.

Ability to associate a scanned image (i.e., "pre-fire plan") to a location Yes Scanned images can be associated with a premise. Any type of file attachment can be attached to Premise records.

Ability to build and update pre-fire plans based on building information provided Yes Premise / Prefire plans can be updated based

on building information provided.

Page 165: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 45

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to have occupancy hazard risk assessment Yes Hazards and risks can be saved with the occupancy record.

Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses. Yes This function is available.

Ability to update building real property data in a mobile environment by product implementation Yes This can be updated with Visual Fire Mobile.

Ability of rapid data entry with drop down menus. Yes Drop-down menus are available to aid in rapid data entry.

Ability for user to create highly custom narratives with user prompts. Yes This is provided with our custom narrative scripts.

Ability to create professional mobile pre-plans Yes This function is available with the Premise / PrePlans module of Visual Fire.

Fire investigation

Support ability to track fire investigation Yes This information is tracked within the Fire Investigations module.

Allow designation of an incident as a potential arson, with ability to record additional fields of associated information Yes This function is available.

Investigation data could include: Yes

Investigator name and ID Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

PD investigator assigned Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

PD case number Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Date case begun Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Date case closed Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Suspect information (unlimited) Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Witness information (unlimited) Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Property owner Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Evidence taken (unlimited) Yes This data is stored within the Fire

Page 166: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 46

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Who collected evidence Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Characteristics of fire/MO Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Cause of fire Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Status of case Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Narrative Yes This data is stored within the Fire Investigations module of Visual Fire.

Ability to attach graphic file(s) to an investigation record (e.g., fire scene diagram) Yes Any type of file attachment can be attached to

a Fire Investigations record.

Ability to attach any Windows-compliant file(s) to an investigation record Yes Any type of file attachment can be attached to a Fire Investigations record.

Allow case status to be updated with ongoing activities and notes Yes This function is available within the Fire Investigations module.

Ability to automatically supplement initial NFIRS report with investigation results Yes The NFIRS report can be associated with the

Fire Investigations record. Support ability to view and print entire case report Yes This function is available.

Support ability to view and print summary of all investigations in progress Yes This function is available.

Hazardous materials management

Include a hazardous materials database as part of the FRMS, for use in identifying materials contacted and recommended remedial action, all of which should be a part of the Pre-Fire-Plan for an address or location

Yes This function is available.

Hazardous material information should include: Yes Chemical (by name, code, category) Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Consequences of chemical Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Resource list for mitigation Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. SOPs Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Allow recording of types and locations of hazardous materials stored at addresses within the city Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire.

Page 167: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 47

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Hazardous material information for location should include: Yes

Warnings Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Chemicals at location Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire.

Ability to record hazardous material spill information, including: Yes

Location Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Incident number (if any - not required) Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Date of spill Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Dept. of Envir. Protection number Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Type of spill Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Chemical spilled (unlimited) Yes This information is stored within Visual Fire. Equipment Inventory

Support various types of equipment management, with type controlling the number and type of fields which are displayed to the operator (e.g., breathing apparatus, hoses, ladders, etc.)

Yes This is handled with the Equipment Inventory module of Visual Fire.

Inventory data should include: Yes

Equipment Class Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Equipment Sub-Class Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Item description Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Inventory ID number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Unit ID Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Serial number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Make/Model number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

VIN number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date of purchase Yes This data is stored within the Equipment

Page 168: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 48

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Inventory module.

Date brought in to service Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Scheduled retirement date Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Supplier name, address, telephone Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Cost Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Manufacturer name, address, telephone Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Expiration date Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Location Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Status Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Comments Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Hose data would include: Yes

Purchase date Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date brought in to service Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Length Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Size Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Test pressure Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Hose location, by station or apparatus Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Test results, including date and time of test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Next scheduled test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Name and ID of individual performing test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment

Page 169: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 49

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Inventory module. Breathing apparatus data should include: Yes

Location, by station, apparatus, and operator Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Serial number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Cylinder check Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Regulator function Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Diaphragm function Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Face piece and tube status Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Name and ID of individual performing test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date and time of test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Next scheduled test date Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Test results Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Hazmat monitoring equipment data should include: Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Serial number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Type of instrument Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date entered into service Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date of last calibration Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date of last maintenance Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Maintenance action taken Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Name and ID of individual performing action Yes This data is stored within the Equipment

Page 170: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 50

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Inventory module.

Next scheduled maintenance date Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Hazmat suits data should include: Yes

ID number Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Type of suit Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date entered into service Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Date of last test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Test results Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Maintenance action taken Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Name and ID of individual performing test Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Next scheduled test date Yes This data is stored within the Equipment Inventory module.

Support the ability to track inventory of all vehicles in fleet, inventory data should include: Yes

Description Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Inventory ID number Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Vehicle type Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

VIN Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

License number Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Purchase date Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Manufacturer Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Model number Yes This information is stored within the

Page 171: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 51

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Equipment module.

Serial number Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Warranty expiration Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Warranty description Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Location Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Special requirements Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Date of service Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Service record (including maintenance/repair performed, mechanic, time spent out of service, etc.) Yes This information is stored within the

Equipment module.

Mileage at time of service Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Engine hours at time of service Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Date of next scheduled service Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Equipment carried (cross referenced from equipment inventory) Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Ability to provide results of annual pump test Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Ability to provide location of the equipment by current assignment to a unit, station or personnel Yes This information is stored within the

Equipment module.

Allow default test frequencies to be created for each type of equipment Yes This information is stored within the Equipment module.

Allow default maintenance type and frequencies to be created for each type of equipment Yes This function is available within the

Equipment module.

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record Yes This function is available within the Equipment module.

Hydrant Inventory

Page 172: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 52

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Supports hydrant information which integrates with other modules such as Pre-Plans and Inspections Yes Hydrant information is accessible from other

modules. Support ability to record disposal by user, date, and reason disposed of (e.g., broken, burned, etc.) Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants

module of Visual Fire. Allow default test frequencies to be created Yes This function is available within Visual Fire.

Support ability to print out test schedules for individual company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies Yes This function is available within Visual Fire.

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Support ability to print out complete test report Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Hydrant data would include: Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Hydrant ID Number (Alpha/Numeric) Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Fire District Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Sector/Zone Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Department/Agency Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Street address with geo-verification Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

City, State, Zip Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Cross Street Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Additional Address Information Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Manufacturer Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Model Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Year Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Page 173: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 53

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Date installed Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

ISO Type Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Valve Size Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Barrel Size Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Barrel Length Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Hydrant/Main/Valve data fields Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Water Main ID Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Main Diameter Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Main Type Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Pressure Zone Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Hydrant Lead Size Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Hydrant Valve Size Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Lead Valve Distance Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Outlets Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Distance to Curb Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Ability for Hydrant Inspections to including the following data fields: Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Date of Inspection Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Time of Inspection Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Name of personnel performing the inspection Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Page 174: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 54

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Service preformed Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Repairs done or needed Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Notes field Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Other service preformed or requested Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Ability to track a history of flows for a hydrant Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Ability to add attachments of any type Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Ability to maintain Hydrant Flow tests performed including the following data fields: Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants

Module of Visual Fire.

Date of Flow Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Time of Flow Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Name of personnel performing the test Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Pitot Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Outlet Diameter with drop down list of choices Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Discharge Coeff. Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Correcting Factor Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Calculated Flow in GPM Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Calculated Flow in GPM at 20, 10, and 0 psi. Yes This information is stored within the Hydrants Module of Visual Fire.

Training Support ability to track training for all personnel Yes This function is available. Training data to be tracked would include: Yes Fire courses Yes This function is available. College/vocational degrees Yes This function is available.

Page 175: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 55

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Certifications, including expiration dates Yes This function is available. Seminars Yes This function is available. Continuing education Yes This function is available. BLS/ALS courses Yes This function is available. Name of entity providing training Yes This function is available. Support the ability to have an unlimited number of each category of training above Yes This function is available.

Track training by date, time, locations and hours spent Yes This function is available.

Support ability to create course curriculum, including date, time, class size, and location of classes Yes This function is available.

Support ability to create class code and class descriptions Yes This function is available.

Support ability to designate class as mandatory or not by type of class Yes This function is available.

Support ability to designate class as certified or not by type of class Yes This function is available.

Ability to assign a unique identifier for each certified class Yes This function is available.

Support the ability to allow for station company to enter its own categories of mandatory training Yes This function is available.

Support ability to enter class roster for each scheduled class Yes This function is available.

Support ability to record class attendance and issue grades for an entire class Yes This function is available.

Automatically post record of attendance into individual's training record Yes This function is available.

Automatically post training results into individual's personnel record without requiring user re-entry Yes This function is available.

Ability to record attendance and grade for individuals from outside jurisdictions (for both certified and non-certified classes Yes

This information is tracked in the Visual Fire system. Other jurisdictions can be tracked as long as they are also using the Visual Fire system.

Page 176: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 56

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to print a number of training reports indicating course attendance, average grades, course cancellations, hours spent, types of courses, etc. Yes This information is available in a report. Users

can print reports to systems printers.

Ability to print report of total training hours completed by individuals or groups, for user defined time intervals (i.e., month, quarter, year-to-date, etc.) Yes This information is available in a report. Users

can print reports to systems printers.

Ability to set mandatory number of training hours by category (e.g., suppression related) Yes This function is available within the Visual Fire

system. Ability to print report of which individuals have not completed the mandatory training hours certifications Yes This information is available in a report. Users

can print reports to systems printers.

Ability to view and print individual training record for a specified period of time Yes This information is available in a report. Users can print reports to systems printers.

Ability to require certain types of training for individuals based upon job requirements (e.g., required certifications) Yes This function is available.

Support ability to print list of certificates due to expire within specified period of time Yes This information is available in a report. Users

can print reports to systems printers.

Ability for system to print a report for the training officer of certificates due to expire within an upcoming user specified period of time Yes This information is available in a report. Users

can print reports to systems printers.

Personnel Support ability to track all personnel information for Fire Department staff (both paid and volunteer) Yes This information is stored within the

Personnel module.

Personnel data should include: Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Staff member ID (employee ID) Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Name Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Agency Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Rank/job title Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Current assignment - location Yes This information is stored within the

Page 177: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 57

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Personnel module.

Current assignment - shift Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Temporary assignment and expiration date Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Date hired Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Seniority ranking Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Gender Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Race Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Ethnicity Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Physical descriptors Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Promotion/reclassification date Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Probation end date Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Last evaluation date Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Next evaluation date Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Performance evaluation results (should retain results for all reviews, with date and time stamps and name and ID of supervisor) Yes This information is stored within the

Personnel module.

Education (prior to beginning at Fire Department, plus updates from Training records) Yes This information is stored within the

Personnel module.

Certifications (cross referenced from Training records) Yes This is stored in the Training modules and made available in the Personnel module.

Certification(s) expiration date Yes This is stored in the Training module. Licenses Yes This is stored in the Training module. License(s) expiration date Yes This is stored in the Training module.

Page 178: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 58

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Special skills Yes Special skills are stored within the Visual Fire system.

Home address Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Home telephone Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Other contact numbers Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Emergency contact information Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Issued equipment (unlimited) Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Career/promotion history Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Qualifications for "acting" status Yes This information is stored within the Personnel module.

Accidents/injuries, including date and time, status, narrative Yes This is available with the Visual Fire system.

Disability indicator, including status and expiration date Yes This is available with the Visual Fire system.

Medical examination information (record of when, type, and expiration)(e.g., breathing apparatus medical, driver's license medical) Yes This is available with the Visual Fire system.

Support the ability to track an unlimited number and type of certifications per person Yes This is available with the Visual Fire system.

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of skills per person Yes This is available with the Visual Fire system.

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of licenses per person Yes This is available with the Visual Fire system.

Support the ability to restrict the types of data available for display by security Yes This is handled with security.

Support the ability to print complete employee history record Yes This information is available in a report.

Ability to have FLSA compliant time accounting and payroll No We do not provide payroll functions. We can provide itemized times that a person has

Page 179: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 59

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

worked (i.e. vacation, sick, etc.).

Ability to have flexible work schedule capabilities Yes Flexible work schedules are available within the Scheduler module of Visual Fire.

Ability to scheduling and time accounting for staff and line employees Yes Scheduling and time accounting are available in the Scheduling module.

Ability to have customized employee performance evaluations Yes

This information can be stored within the commendations section of the Personnel module, as a customized event within the Station Log, or as an attachment in either module.

Ability to have a integrated payroll system Yes This is available with a custom report. Interfaces/ Subsystems CAD

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, every 5 minutes, at minimum Yes Our standard Intergraph CAD interface is near

time.

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, in real time Yes Yes, this is available.

Support the ability to upload premise/location information from the fire RMS into CAD, including the following: Yes

- emergency contact information Yes This information is available with the CAD interface.

- hazardous materials information Yes This information is available with the CAD interface.

- Knox box/key/combination information Yes This information is available with the CAD interface.

- premise inspection information Yes This information is available with the CAD interface.

- pre-fire plan information Yes This information is available with the CAD interface.

Support the ability to upload personnel skills information from the fire RMS into CAD Yes This information is available with the CAD

interface. Scheduling/rostering software

Page 180: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 60

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Support the ability to schedule personnel to shift and unit Yes This function is available. Maintains a daily roster that includes a user-defined table of types of leave and track FEMA/USAR/UASI overtime. Yes This function is available.

Ability to automatically remove someone from the daily schedule when they are on leave (vacation, injury, etc.) Yes Individuals can be manually removed from the

Schedule for user-defined reasons.

Restrict the ability to double schedule any individual Yes Individuals cannot have dual scheduling assignments within the scheduling module.

Ability to notify supervisors of personnel shortages at a station. Yes This information is available from the system. Support the ability to view and print the schedule for a specified period of time Yes This information is available in a printed

report. Ability to track personnel trades and automatically remove traded-off employee from equipment assignment Yes This information is tracked within the

Personnel and Scheduling modules. State NFIRS Upload Ability to extract the State required NFIRS data and submit electronically in the required format Yes Visual Fire offers a NFIRS export for

submission of data to the state. Mobile Application

Ability to support tablet-based field data collection Yes Tablet based data collection is supported.

Allow users to swap patient data on scene wirelessly. (i.e. Engine company established patient care, now the medic is transporting and needs the info) Yes

This information can be transmitted wirelessly with a connection to the server. Once the information is automatically synced with the server, it is available from other workstations.

Ability to allow the mobile computing with the full suite of modules while disconnected from the network Yes Visual Fire offers a full desktop in the field,

even in a disconnected mode.

Ability to integrate with CAD to provide in field reporting with NFIRS and EMS ePCRs Yes

Visual Fire has an Intergraph CAD interface that can populate near time CAD information into the EMS e-PCRs and NFIRS reports.

Ability to apply Geo-Verification of addresses while in the disconnected mode. No A connection is needed in order to

geovalidate.

Ability of synchronization of the mobile and the server. Yes Visual Fire will operate in a fully disconnected mode and will sync automatically with the server. No user intervention is required.

Ability to disconnect the mobile before the synchronization has been completed Yes Visual Fire will operate in a fully disconnected

mode and will sync automatically with the

Page 181: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 61

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

server. No user intervention is required.

Page 182: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 62

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

 

Page 183: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 63

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

SCOPE OF SERVICES

SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED  General Specifications 

1. The contractor shall provide a records management system that is compatible with NFIRS, TXFIRS, 

Medicare, Medicaid, and other State and National reporting agencies.  Ongoing maintenance fees 

for the system should include updates that keep all aspects of the system up‐to‐date with current 

requirements for the above agencies. 

ETI Response: Understood and Comply.

Visual Fire is a complete fire records management system that includes NFIRS 5.0 compliant module and export and a NEMSIS Gold compliant e-PCR and export. ETI maintains compliancy with state and federal standards and will provide updates as required.

2. The provided records management system must include Fire Incident reporting, EMS Incident 

reporting, Patient Side Care reporting, Electronic NEMSIS Billing extracts, Interface with ZOLL 

medical devices, Human Resources, equipment tracking and certification management.  

ETI Response: Understood and Comply.

ETI can provide data conversion from the Zoll system to the Visual Fire system; however, much more information is necessary before we can accurately quote the amount of work involved and associated costs.

3. Optimally the records management system should include Occupancy Management, Pre‐Fire Plan 

Management and viewer, Vehicle Maintenance, Hydrant Tracking, Employee Scheduling, Training 

Records Documentation, Overtime System, Employee Time Record and data conversion from 

existing system to new records management system.  If the records management system does not 

include these elements a separate “stand alone” program must be offered and the price included 

with the submitted bid. 

ETI Response: Understood and Comply.

ETI can provide data conversion from the Zoll system to the Visual Fire system; however, much more information is necessary before we can accurately quote the amount of work involved and associated costs.

The provided solution should include:  1. All necessary software for the records management system, including: licenses for the contractor’s 

Page 184: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 64

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

software, installations of Windows Server operating systems, installations of Microsoft SQL, any 

other third party or contractor provided interfaces or software required for the records 

management system to integrate and receive information from the currently used Intergraph CAD 

system. 

ETI Response: Understood and Comply.

2. All necessary server hardware, including the necessary servers and mounting hardware for a 2 post 

rack mount system. 

ETI Response: Please see the section labeled “Suggested Hardware Specifications” for detailed information on the suggested hardware for this system.

3. On‐Site installation of all software and instruction on software installation and maintenance. 

ETI Response: Understood and comply.

4. On‐Site “Train the Trainer” instruction.

ETI Response: Understood and comply.

 

 

5. Business hours technical support with 24 hour emergency support available. Ability to provide on‐

site technical support with 24 hour notice 

ETI Response: Understood and comply.

 

Summary of Current Operations 

The San Angelo Fire Department provides fire protection for the community of San Angelo and  is the only ambulance  service provider  in Tom Green County.   The department averages a  total of 12,000 runs  per  year  (Approx.  10,000  EMS  Runs  and  2,000  Fire  Runs).   Our  current  records management system  stores  all  run  information  as well  as occupancy  information,  fire  training  records, personnel information, training, vehicle and equipment information, and hydrants.  

ETI Response: Understood.

Scope of Services 

Page 185: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 65

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

In order to fully understand the services of the provider, please complete the Report Management System Questionnaire and submit it with your proposal.  The form is located in the Submission Forms section of this RFB.

ETI Response: Comply and agree.

We have included a standard sample contract in Tab 8: Report Management System Questionnaire.

Term of Contract Please  submit  a  copy of  your  standard  contract.   This  contract will be evaluated with  the  following considerations in mind. 

ETI Response: Comply and agree.

We have included a standard sample contract in Tab 6: Sample Contract.

This  Sales  Contract  will  include  the  initial  purchase  and  annual  maintenance  including  software upgrades with the price guaranteed for 5 years and additional 5 year terms to be negotiated. 

ETI Response: Comply and agree.

ETI will work with the customer to negotiate the price guarantee and terms for a 5 year agreement.

The  first  twelve months of  the contract will be a  trial period during which  the  records management system will be monitored to insure all components are working satisfactorily.  The City has the option to cancel the contract after the six  (6) month trial period  if  the contractor has not performed  to the City’s satisfaction. 

ETI Response: Exception.

We will want to discuss, negotiate, and define the terms and agree on the terms mutually. We will need a mutually agreeable objective standard to determine cause for termination. In most implementations we have a mutually agreeable acceptance test plan to state that the customers’ expectations and the systems configuration are acceptable.

The successful bidder will be awarded a contract on an exclusive basis subject to the right of both the City and the contractor to terminate the contract upon thirty (30) days written notice at the address of both  the City of San Angelo and  the  contractor  set  forth  in  the  contract.   The  contract  shall not be assignable. 

ETI Response: Exception.

We will want to discuss, negotiate, and define the terms and agree on the terms mutually. We will need a mutually agreeable objective standard to determine cause for termination. In most implementations we have a mutually agreeable acceptance test plan to state that the customers’ expectations and the systems configuration are acceptable.

Page 186: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 66

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Cancellation  

This contract may be canceled by  the City upon completion of  the  twelve  (12) month  trial period or after the twelve month trial period by written notice thirty (30) days prior to termination. 

ETI Response: Exception.

We will want to discuss, negotiate, and define the terms and agree on the terms mutually. We will need a mutually agreeable objective standard to determine cause for termination. In most implementations we have a mutually agreeable acceptance test plan to state that the customers’ expectations and the systems configuration are acceptable.

Right to Reject Bid Proposal  

The  City  reserves  the  right  to  reject  any  or  all  bid  proposals  and  to  disregard  typographical, mathematical or obvious errors.  The City will not pay cost incurred by any bidders in the preparation of bid proposals. 

ETI Response: Understood.

Page 187: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 67

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM

Page 188: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 189: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 69

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

SUGGESTED HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS

GROUP: 1 QUANTITY: 1

Base Unit PowerEdge R420 (225-2987) 1 Dell Hardware Limited Warranty Plus On Site Service Initial Year (939-8097) 1 Dell Hardware Limited Warranty Plus On Site Service Extended Year (939-8107) 1 Dell ProSupport. For tech support, visit http://support.dell.com/ProSupport or call 1-800-945-3355 (989-3439) 1 ProSupport: Next Business Day Onsite Service After Problem Diagnosis, Initial Year (996-2261) 1 ProSupport: Next Business Day Onsite Service After Problem Diagnosis, 2 Year Extended (996-2291) 1 ProSupport: 7x24 HW / SW Tech Support and Assistance, 3 Year (996-2331) 1 On-Site Installation Declined (900-9997) 1 Proactive Maintenance Service Declined (926-2979) 1 Shipping Material,PowerEdge R420 (331-7127) 1 PCIE Riser for Chassis with 2 Proc (331-7125) 1 On-Board Broadcom 5720 Dual Port 1GBE (430-4715) 1 Basic Management (331-3482) 1 2.5" Chassis with up to 8 Hot Plug Hard Drives (318-2082) 1 Bezel-4/8 Drive Chassis (318-1431) 1 RAID 5 for H710P/H710/H310 (3-8 HDDs) (331-7177) 1 PERC H310 Integrated RAID Controller (342-3528) 1 Heat Sink,PowerEdge (317-9826) 1 Intel Xeon E5-2407 2.20GHz, 10M Cache, 6.4GT/s QPI, No Turbo, 4C, 80W (319-0019) 1 Heat Sink,PowerEdge (317-9826) 1 Intel Xeon E5-2407 2.20GHz, 10M Cache, 6.4GT/s QPI, No Turbo, 4C, 80W (319-0028) 1 4GB RDIMM, 1333 MT/s, Low Volt, Single Rank, x4 Data Width (317-9649) 4 1333 MHz RDIMMs (331-4422) 1 Performance Optimized (331-4428) 1 146GB 15K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 6Gbps 2.5in Hotplug Hard Drive (342-0427) 4 Electronic System Documentation and OpenManage DVD Kit for R420 (331-7129) 1 DVD ROM, SATA, Internal (318-1390) 1 ReadyRails Sliding Rails With Cable Management Arm (331-4765) 1 Power Distribution Board for Hot Plug Power Supplies (331-7027) 1 Dual Hot Plug Power Supplies 550W (331-7131) 1 Power Cord, NEMA 5-15P to C13, 15 amp, wall plug, 10 feet / 3 meter (310-8509) 2 No Operating System (420-6320) 1 No Media Required (421-5736) 1

Page 190: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 70

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

GROUP: 2 QUANTITY: 1

Base Unit PowerEdge R420 (225-2987) 1 Dell Hardware Limited Warranty Plus On Site Service Initial Year (939-8097) 1 Dell Hardware Limited Warranty Plus On Site Service Extended Year (939-8107) 1 Dell ProSupport. For tech support, visit http://support.dell.com/ProSupport or call 1-800-945-3355 (989-3439) 1 ProSupport: Next Business Day Onsite Service After Problem Diagnosis, Initial Year (996-2261) 1 ProSupport: Next Business Day Onsite Service After Problem Diagnosis, 2 Year Extended (996-2291) 1 ProSupport: 7x24 HW / SW Tech Support and Assistance, 3 Year (996-2331) 1 On-Site Installation Declined (900-9997) 1 Proactive Maintenance Service Declined (926-2979) 1 Shipping Material,PowerEdge R420 (331-7127) 1 PCIE Riser for Chassis with 2 Proc (331-7125) 1 On-Board Broadcom 5720 Dual Port 1GBE (430-4715) 1 Basic Management (331-3482) 1 2.5" Chassis with up to 8 Hot Plug Hard Drives (318-2082) 1 Bezel-4/8 Drive Chassis (318-1431) 1 RAID 5 for H710P/H710/H310 (3-8 HDDs) (331-7177) 1 PERC H310 Integrated RAID Controller (342-3528) 1 Heat Sink,PowerEdge (317-9826) 1 Intel Xeon E5-2430 2.20GHz, 15M Cache, 7.2GT/s QPI, Turbo, 6C, 95W (319-0021) 1 Heat Sink,PowerEdge (317-9826) 1 Intel Xeon E5-2430 2.20GHz, 15M Cache, 7.2GT/s QPI, Turbo, 6C, 95W (319-0030) 1 4GB RDIMM, 1333 MT/s, Low Volt, Single Rank, x4 Data Width (317-9649) 6 1333 MHz RDIMMs (331-4422) 1 Performance Optimized (331-4428) 1 146GB 15K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 6Gbps 2.5in Hotplug Hard Drive (342-0427) 4 Electronic System Documentation and OpenManage DVD Kit for R420 (331-7129) 1 DVD ROM, SATA, Internal (318-1390) 1 ReadyRails Sliding Rails With Cable Management Arm (331-4765) 1 Power Distribution Board for Hot Plug Power Supplies (331-7027) 1 Dual Hot Plug Power Supplies 550W (331-7131) 1 Power Cord, NEMA 5-15P to C13, 15 amp, wall plug, 10 feet / 3 meter (310-8509) 2 No Operating System (420-6320) 1 No Media Required (421-5736) 1

SOFTWARE & ACCESSORIES

Page 191: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 71

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Product Quantity SQLSVRSTD 2012 SNGL OLP NL (A5917735) 2 SQLCAL 2012 SNGL OLP NL USRCAL (A5917707) 40

SOFTWARE & ACCESSORIES Product Quantity

WINSVRSTD 2012 SNGL OLP NL 2PROC (A6362262) 2 WINSVRCAL 2012 SNGL OLP NL USRCAL (A6362244) 50 WINRMTDSKTPSRVCSCAL 2012 SNGL OLP NL USRCAL (A6362212) 50

 

Page 192: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 193: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 73

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

VISUAL FIRE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

THE VISUAL FIRE SOLUTION

Visual Fire is the complete Fire/EMS solution tailored to your needs. This fully integrated system of modules offers complete management of fire prevention, suppression, and EMS patient information. Visual Fire's modules can be used separately, but are all tightly integrated with each other. As a multi-department, multi-user system for automating Fire Department records, many departments can share the same server-based Visual Fire system. Each department will only see its own data and it will appear to each department that they are the only users of the system.

The Visual Fire Desktop is a user-friendly way to access all the modules. Using an icon-based interface, the Desktop hosts all the other modules, providing easy navigation with a familiar Windows interface, online help with keyword search and Adobe Acrobat Reader for viewing online documents.

Navigation is simple with Visual Fire's icon-based interface. All modules display or don't display based on a user's security settings. Visual Fire only shows a user those modules to which they have access. For example: a user without any rights to the Training module would not see the icon for the Training module on the Visual Fire Desktop.

Designed from the ground up to work with MS Windows XP, Visual Fire is a fast and robust 32-bit application. Back at the office, Visual Fire is a multi-user and multi-department application, using Windows Server, which provides enterprise-level database support. In Visual Fire, set up the level of security your agency requires and specify the types of activity allowed to each user to prevent unauthorized access entirely.

This solution is designed for portability; you can start with an office LAN and move to laptops or tablets when you're ready to capitalize on the full power of Visual Fire in the field. Visual Fire synchronizes data from multiple laptops so that all users access the most current data. Take your fire pre-plans in the truck for immediate access to all your data including drawings, photos, video and audio. Review full inspection history and enter new fire inspection information on site. ETI's software is available on Windows XP Tablet.

A multi-jurisdictional system that allows each agency to complete their own reports, a supervisor can easily review completed reports and either approve or send the report back to the report creator for rework. Reports include a spell checking function and users can retrieve reports and records by single or combined search criteria, such as report date, units involved, incident type and address.

Visual Fire's graphical user interface is both intuitive and consistent across modules - reducing your training time and increasing your daily efficiency. Information can be reached in a click or two of the mouse. Customized pick lists and data entry tools reduce typing and prevent errors. And, Visual Fire is integrated with CAD and address verification occurs upon entry of an address; however, users may override the geographic verification as needed.

THE VISUAL EMS SOLUTION

Page 194: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 74

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

ETI's Visual EMS manages information on patients and the care that was provided to them by the personnel on the scene of an incident. It can be used to record data about the patient, information on the location of the incident and procedures performed on the patient. Data stored in Visual EMS can be exported for reporting, billing or other purposes and is HIPAA-compliant.

Detailed data such as the type and amount of medications given to the patient and a time-stamp on medication dispensing can be entered. Many details can be tracked including the time that defibrillation was delivered, data for trauma, childbirth and cardiac. Retention of narratives and images is also provided in Visual EMS.

ETI provides a database meeting the NEMSIS standards for reporting. This reporting software can be customized within any constraints to fit your department's needs. Your data can then be exported from the EMS application for a purpose such as EMS Billing.

Since some states require that certain data be collected for submission for data collection purposes, if your department is reporting to one of these states, the fields may be set up prior to using the EMS software. If configuration changes are needed, your system administrator can customize those requirements.

ETI's EMS patient system is comprehensive and easy to use. It is fully integrated with CAD systems and customizable to handle your codes and protocols. EMS is tightly integrated with ETI's Personnel and Equipment modules. If you need to produce a NFIRS 5.0 report, it can be generated automatically from the EMS patient report. You can specify rules for quality control that will be required by users to complete a report. For example, you may add a rule that requires all transports to have at least two sets of vitals. If a user attempts to close a report as complete that was a transport and had less than two sets of vitals, the system will tell the user what is missing or required to complete the report. The user can always save the report, so no data will ever be lost.

• NEMSIS and HIPAA Compliant • Track ALS/BLS procedures • Extensive patient assessment section • Record billing and insurance information • Track medical necessity criteria required for Medicare patients • Frequent patients feature allows to save the biographical

data of patients and save re-entering the data • Record medications, trauma scores, injury details • Use laptops to collect patient data in the field • Automatically generate narratives

EMS EXPORT FOR BILLING

ETI's Visual EMS Billing Interface keeps you in touch with your billing company. Flexible record selection allows you to export/interface the appropriate records using several methods:

• send all completed reports that have not been sent • send only reports that have been reviewed • indicate a date range to filter your export • use a custom selection box to hand pick the records to be exported

Connectivity could not be easier. The Visual EMS Billing Interface facility allows you to automatically transfer your file(s) to the site of your choice, choose email to send the file(s) as an attachment or use both methods. The exports are written to a new filename each day so you can keep a history of the exact data transmitted. You may also specify the filename if you so choose.

THE MOBILE SOLUTION

The most robust field-based reporting in the industry, Visual Fire and Visual EMS give you the same applications in the field as they do on the Desktop with ETI’s Mobile. You don't have to make compromises with

Page 195: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 75

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

this field-based reporting Fire and EMS system. Visual Fire synchronizes data from multiple laptops so that all users access the most current data. Take your Fire Pre-plans in the truck for immediate access to all your data including drawings, photos and video. Review full inspection history and enter new fire inspection information onsite.

Visual Fire is available for Windows XP Tablet Edition. With Windows XP Tablet, Fire and EMS professionals have the convenient option for field-based reporting with full functionality. Users can enter data into Visual Fire and Visual EMS modules by handwriting or typing on a virtual keyboard. You can comfortably rest your hand on the display while writing.

• Ideal for Fire inspections, patient reporting or any walk-about use • Control your Tablet PC using a digital pen • Create and save handwritten documents (text and drawings) on your Tablet PC and

save these as file attachments (for Visual Fire) • Use the Tablet at your desk with a docking station and full-sized keyboard • Dictate text or control your computer using your voice • CAD access is available in the field • Enables a Visual Fire module to be taken to the field on a laptop and then later

synchronized with the server • Synchronizes data from multiple laptops so all users access most current data • Allows Preplans to be viewed • Allows EMS patient reporting in the field • Any Visual Fire or Visual EMS module can be used in the field • Electronic Signatures for field reporting • Start a report in the field on a laptop or tablet and finish it in the station on a

desktop

ETI's Mobile solution handles the synchronizing of data between the Tablet's SQL Server and the primary SQL Server. This can be configured in several ways, but a wireless LAN at the fire station is the preferred configuration. If a wireless LAN is used, the Mobile will communicate with the network connection and automatically synchronize the data upon returning to the station. No user action is required.

Slate Convertible

XP Tablets come in two major types: the slate and the convertible. The slate does not include a physical keyboard. Most slates offer a docking station that includes a keyboard. The convertible is much like a small laptop except that the display has a unique hinge that allows the display to be pivoted and laid down over the keyboard with the display facing up. Tablet manufacturers include Panasonic, Gateway, Toshiba, Acer, Fujitsu, View Sonic, Compaq and others.

CAD INTEGRATION

ETI and CAD vendors have successfully partnered in creating efficient records management systems and we look forward to working with more CAD vendors to provide your department with a seamless CAD interface. ETI's software is fully interfaced with many CAD vendors, providing automatic transfer of run times for NFIRS and EMS run reports. Visual Fire provides Geo-verification of all site

addresses with CAD's Geofile. Using Visual Fire’s Master Indices, store complete addresses that have been Geo-verified. The use of MNI reduces errors and is beneficial when preparing accurate reports.

The CAD interface is one critical component that enhances Visual Fire’s efficiency and user-friendliness. Within the EMS and NFIRS modules is the “CAD Data”

Page 196: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 76

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

button that allows the user to import data from CAD so that duplicate entry can be avoided. Incident data such as the incident number, incident location, units and run times are electronically imported from CAD and do not require duplicate data entry. Two clicks is all that is needed to import the CAD data into a FRMS report. Once the CAD data is imported into the report, Visual Fire will automatically populate the apparatus and personnel data into the report with no user action required. This automatic and efficient process saves time and reduces data entry errors.

NAVIGATION

Visual Fire’s straightforward design allows all levels of users to take advantage of its capabilities. The familiar, user-friendly Windows format makes it simple to navigate through, even for the novice user. Within each module is a button bar of icons that let the user quickly move through different sections of a task or report. Visual Fire also allows users to be in different modules simultaneously, if needed.

SECURITY

Within Visual Fire’s System - Security Administration module, users are placed into groups based on their “rights” level. Specific rights control whether a user can access data from multiple departments. Access and control of data can be managed by “security profiles” that are attributed to individual users or groups based on personnel classifications (i.e., Firefighter, Captain, Paramedic, Battalion Chief, etc.), allowing access to the various modules, applications, functions and/or features of the system environment.

MULTI-AGENCY

ETI designed and built Visual Fire from the ground up to be a multi-agency, multi-user system that allows multiple agencies to share the same FRMS database. Each record in the database has a department code to easily identify from which agency the data was generated. Because this multi-agency system uses the same database, producing multi-agency reports is far more efficient.

Each record is assigned a Fire Department ID (FDID) which allows each agency control of only their data. In addition, ETI also uses surrogate keys which are the industry standard for keying records. Generally only users with administrative rights are allowed to access data from multiple agencies.

And, since Visual Fire takes the incident numbering system data from CAD, Visual Fire does not control the numbering system. To prevent errors, Visual Fire will not allow duplicate incident numbers within a department.

SEARCH FACILITY

Visual Fire’s Search feature is a powerful tool capable of performing broad or very detailed searches. This feature allows users, with appropriate access and authority, to search and inquire across incidents (or other records) based on specific criteria including multiple agencies. Users

Page 197: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 77

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

can easily search within modules and save their searches by name for one-click access to that search in the future. To take the Search one step further – Search results may be printed as a report, providing ad-hoc reporting based on certain criteria meeting selected fields and date ranges.

MASTER INDICES

Master Names, Master Locations and Master Organizations are the backbone of an efficient FRMS. ETI's comprehensive Master Indices include custom-built Master Name and Master Location databases that are accessible throughout the Visual Fire system. These modules provide "master" databases to store and use names and addresses with consistency and accuracy. A department can build the databases at one time when setting up the software, or build the databases as they go. Master Organizations allows you to build a database of commonly used vendors or other businesses.

When adding as you go, the modules work in the background within all the Visual Fire modules – allowing information to be updated automatically from any module. All modules allow specific data – such as patients, occupants and locations (commercial or residential) – to be entered about a particular name or location. Once a name or an address is generated in any Visual Fire module, a master name or master location is automatically created for the user base.

These master indices are filed in the Master Names and Master Locations modules, which are indices of every name and location ever entered into the system. It records all past and current information on the property and items associated with it (such as people or events)

regardless of where it is entered in the system. This is a very effective tool in investigations and when trying to gain additional information on a particular property or person, as well as avoiding errors in data entry. Master indices provide the following key features:

• saves data entry - never enter a name or location twice

• automatically updates contact information from any module without having to enter it into another database

• automatically maintains the relationships between people, locations and events

• facilitates Geographical Information Systems (GIS) integration

• addresses can be added to the Fire Pre-plans database with one mouse click

• ensures accuracy by preventing duplicate name and address entries

GEO-verification provides the ability to substantiate an address against the city or county's master address segment file. Doing so ensures that any addresses entered in the Visual Fire system exactly match the numbers and characters of the authoritative database of street segments, cross streets, etc. Geo-verifying is a quick step to verify an entered address or location is consistent with those already stored in the system.

Each commercial building and each business has a unique identifier for the master records of each structure and each of its businesses. Your department may use the address and suite number to create a unique identifier. This identifier auto-populates associated records in the other FRMS modules.

Page 198: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 78

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Visual Fire is capable of supporting all the data that your department currently collects within the Master Indices and more. Visual Fire’s Master Indices tracks not only commercial structures, but also can track residential structure without any additional configuration or work. Visual Fire’s Master Locations and Master Names modules works in the background within all the FRMS modules, making it a very robust system that allows information to be updated automatically from any module.

ATTACHMENTS

All of the major modules in ETI’s FRMS support file attachments. File attachments in the FRMS are stored so that the data is secure and will remain a permanent part of that particular report.

AUDIT LOG

ETI provides an Audit Log module which tracks all activity performed in the Visual Fire and Visual EMS applications, including: User ID, Date and Time of Activity, Workstation ID and the Record ID. Data recorded includes the action (read, write, delete) and the state of the data before and after the action was taken.

WEB ACCESS

With a Virtual Private Network (VPN) established, a secure and fully functional connection can be established to access the FRMS through a web browser. Using the same 128-bit encryption that financial intuitions and the military use (highest level of protection available), the security of the FRMS data is not compromised. With a high-speed internet connection there is virtually no difference in speed or functionality when working through a secure VPN. ETI has several clients that currently utilize this feature successfully.

ETI SOFTWARE MODULES

Meeting all aspects of a fire department's information management needs, the Visual Fire and Visual EMS modules are fully integrated and present a consistent user interface to speed training and maximize effectiveness. Menus, tasks and the user interface is standardized throughout the system, so learning one module facilitates easily learning other modules. The Visual Fire system can be easily customized and provides a comprehensive set of modules to meet your department's needs.

Icon Module Icon Module

System Setup

NFIRS 5.0 Incident Reporting

System Tables

NFIRS 5.0 Data Export

Departments

NFIRS Narrative Scripts

Security

Exposure Log / Administration

Page 199: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 79

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Icon Module Icon Module

Master Names

EMS Patient Care Reporting

Master Locations

EMS State Export

Master Organization

EMS QC Editor

Import Personnel

EMS Narrative Scripts

Personnel

EMS Billing Interface

Training

Fire Inspections

Equipment Inventory

Building Systems Inspections

Supply

Fire Investigations

Permits

Crystal Viewer

Fire Preplans

Crystal Viewer Administrator

Hydrants

Audit Log Viewer

Schedule Administrator

Messaging

Scheduler/Roster Viewer

PERSONNEL

Visual Fire's Personnel module is fully integrated with all other modules and includes detailed sections on individual department personnel, effectively providing a running "resume" on every department member entered. Once an individual is entered into the Personnel module, they are available for easy selection in other modules. The Personnel and Training modules provide the platform from which all data related to department personnel is shared and referenced from other modules and is vital to accurate data management in Visual Fire.

As a centralized module to enter and maintain all personnel data, you may track name, address and other biographical information - such as emergency contacts, employees' licenses and certifications and specific skills and educational backgrounds. Using Personnel, you can view the

Page 200: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 80

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

training courses employees have taken and those courses in which they are enrolled. Track data on employees' history, including actions (such as awards or promotions) and former employment positions.

The primary modules that interface with Personnel are the Master Name database, the Security module (user- and group-level rights can be assigned in Security to personnel names), the Training module and Schedule Administration. Other modules interface with Personnel by providing drop-down lists of personnel names and then auto-populating data into screens from the data stored in the Personnel module.

• Maintain personal data, emergency contacts, blood type and more

• Enter and track details for licenses, skills, education, certifications, actions and employment history

• Print Personnel records

• All certifications entered are automatically updated with hours recorded in the Training module

• Easily view or print the equipment assigned

• Maintain employment history - so that volunteer firefighters can track pensions and benefits

Employee’s current certifications and licensure are maintained by the Personnel module. The Personnel module will also calculate their progress toward additional certifications and progress toward the renewal of their existing certifications.

The Personnel module, in conjunction with the Training module, will track an employee’s progress towards a particular skill level, such as an EMT License or Fire Fighter Certification.

TRAINING

A Training Officer uses the Training module to record all data related to department training, courses for training, certification, titles and available classes for each member of the department, to track training class rosters and requirements and to provide reports regarding this data. The module tracks what courses are required for different certifications, as well as what certifications are required for different titles.

In the Personnel module, an individual's courses in which they are enrolled display from the Training module, as well as their certifications.

In the Training module:

• Search for a training record and browse the details and students

• Add a new training record and designate the course for the training, the training details and the students

• Add a course to the Training module

• Add a certification and designate courses required for the certification

• Add a title and designate certifications required for the title

• Print Training reports

The Training module makes recording training easy. Within each training course is a course roster. When a name is added to the course roster, that course is then added to that employee’s personal

Page 201: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 81

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

training record within the Personnel module. A roster of students can be picked for a class (by station and shift) and all added at once. The Training module will automatically calculate the hours that each individual earned towards his or her individual certifications.

• Quickly enter an entire class of students

• Hours for each individual's certifications are automatically updated

• Maintain your course list and list of certifications

• Easily link courses that count for a particular certification

• Once a certification is set up, it is then automatically maintained for all personnel

The Training module provides the Training Officer (and other users) the ability to see past, current and future training in one convenient location. The details of the course such as date, time, location, hours, costs, roster of those attending and if the course counts toward specific certification are all tracked within this module.

EXPOSURE LOG

Personnel medical conditions and hazardous exposures can be entered and tracked confidentially using the Exposure Log module. Added security is provided in this module. The Exposure Log module enables the tracking of exposures in a manner consistent with the legal requirements of a Fire Department. It provides both data entry of an exposure by an individual (Exposure Log) and Exposure Administration. Exposures occurring from incidents, training or during other activities while conducting department business may be tracked.

The Exposure module is integrated with Visual Fire’s NFIRS and Personnel modules. The three main categories of exposures are EMS, Fire and HazMat. Visual Fire links an exposure to a NFIRS report and imports data elements to the Exposure record that are in common with the Exposure data. These data elements are:

• Primary Area of Body Injured (NFIRS Section H2, 2)

• Protective Equipment Item (NFIRS Section K2, and 3)

• Taken to (NFIRS Section G4)

The Log provides areas to enter exam and lab data related to an exposure as well as set up email addresses to receive notification of new exposure log entries.

The Exposure Log module has added security built into it. All users have the ability to record an exposure for themselves; however, only the Exposure Control Officer (ECO) and designated backup personnel have access to the Exposure Administration function. An administrator can set up a security group to categorize users’ access to the Exposure Log. Only a supervisor can enter a report for any other member. To authenticate appropriate user rights, access to the Exposure Log requires that the user re-enter their password for verification of the user’s security on entry to the module. The data the user sees is limited to his or her rights. All original exposure log data is locked after a user submits it. The user cannot change the record after the initial data entry is submitted. Exposure records are accepted or rejected by the ECO, based on whether an event is a reportable exposure. Then, the status of the event is emailed to the user.

Page 202: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 82

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

• Loan related information

• Arrest and charge related information

• Linkage to associated fire incidents

• Other agencies associated with the investigation

Ability to attach images and other objects, such as capturing of attachments: photographs, documents, diagrams, fire incident reports, police reports, insurance documents, financial records, etc.

NFIRS 5.0 INCIDENT REPORTING

For the easiest way to create NFIRS 5.0 reports, use ETI's NFIRS 5.0 Reporting module to collect and manage incident data for the National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS) 5.0, and for state incident and casualty reporting. Visual Fire's NFIRS 5.0 Incident Reporting module is certified with the U.S. Fire Administration. In addition to the standard data required for state and national reporting, Visual Fire Personnel and Equipment modules are fully integrated.

Enter reporting data as if you were filling out the report on paper. The system provides entry fields for all the data items on the NFIRS and state reports, and the organization of the data-entry windows closely mirrors the organization of the paper reports. To minimize data errors, most data-entry fields use pick lists, which provide all of the codes and descriptions acceptable for the field. When a report is complete, you can print all or parts of it.

Visual Fire stores incident information pertaining to personnel and equipment that responded to the incident, their order of arrival on scene, images (still or video) relating to the incident, HazMat response information, EMS; arson data, civilian and fire service injuries and casualties, and transportation data. Visual Fire can also accommodate special local checklists or forms used by your agency.

The NFIRS 5.0 Reporting module is integrated with other Visual Fire modules. If an incident occurs at a site stored in Fire Pre-plans for example, you can electronically access the site's information while entering or browsing the incident report. Any names associated with the incident, whether an officer, owner or resident, can be pulled from the Master Name database. The same is true for Master Location.

• Click, don't type: Visual Fire's extensive use of pick lists speeds selection and recording of codes and descriptions. We preload the code lists with the correct NFIRS 5.0 codes for each field. Just point and click to make your choice.

• Import run times from CAD: Visual Fire automatically obtains CAD run times, units on call and personnel from CAD. This feature makes reporting much faster, easier and more accurate. No more calling the dispatch center to get your times.

• Ensure error-free reports: Visual Fire checks NFIRS 5.0 rules to make sure that all reports are valid.

• Supervisor Review made easy: Supervisors can easily review completed reports and either approve or send the report back to the report creator for rework. Visual Fire emails the report creator to notify that a report requires changes. The supervisor can attach comments that specify what the report needs in order to be approved.

Easy electronic export to your State: You can easily export your fire incident data to your state. The export file is automatically sent over the Internet, emailed as an attachment or written to a diskette. All error checks are repeated for each report prior to exporting. This ensures that all reports sent to

Page 203: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 83

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

the state are valid. You can export multiple departments at once if your site is hosting multiple departments. It is easy to resend data whenever necessary.

INVESTIGATIONS

ETI offers a complete Fire Investigation module to perform case investigation. Features of this module and data that are tracked and managed include:

• Case – Used on any investigation to track the progress of that investigation and associated activities.

• Any Fire – Used to collect identification and contact information for general fire-related information.

• Structure Fire – Used when the fire involves a structure.

• Motor Vehicle – Used when the fire involves any type of motor vehicle.

• Wildland Fire – Used when the fire involves grass, brush and wildland areas.

• Casualty – Used to collect information on any person injured or killed in the incident.

• Witness – Used to identify a witness and record their statement.

• Evidence – Used to record recovered evidence and track their respective chain of custody.

• Lab Reports – Used to collect information related to items sent to a lab and their associated results.

• Insurance – Used to record information on insurance coverage, adjustments and loss.

• Attachments – Used to record information on incident, property, and business or personal records that are available. Photographs and sketches are stored here as well.

The module also addresses K-9 assisted investigations, loan-related information, arrest and charge related information, linkage to associated fire incidents and other agencies associated with the investigation.

SHIFT SCHEDULER

The Shift Scheduler module allows you to quickly create shift schedules and track the use of department resources. Specific information is made available in this module to enable you to perform all necessary tasks from within the module; for example, adding departments, schedules, shifts, companies, personnel and assigning leave.

Everything you are able to do in this module is based on security rights. An Administrator may be able to perform all functions. Users may only be able to view schedules in the Schedule Viewer. The Schedule Viewer may also be accessed as a separate module from Visual Fire. In one session, an Administrator can:

• Build a schedule and associate companies with the schedule

• Specify the minimum staffing requirements by company

• Assign personnel to a shift and company combination

• Manage the day-to-day roster and print a schedule in month view

No matter what your shift configuration need, the Shift Scheduler module will help you match personnel to shifts and equipment. Does your department have a unique shift pattern? Not a problem. Use the Shift Scheduler module to not only slash hours spent scheduling, but also to monitor on-duty levels. Additionally, you can track sick days, overtime, comp-time, vacation time and Kelly Days. Use the Shift Scheduler module to allocate your personnel and vehicles. Schedule an

Page 204: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 84

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

unlimited number of personnel to an unlimited number of shifts. Use Shift Scheduler to monitor on-duty levels down to one-second increments.

• Build master schedules for any shift configuration

• Track vacation, sick, comp, overtime and more

• Schedules are generated in minutes, regardless of their complexities

• Regular schedules can be easily altered to accommodate special events or emergencies

• Week, Month or Year view based on the date you enter

• Easily reassign personnel from one company to another

• Automatically assign the correct personnel from Shift Scheduler when creating EMS or NFIRS reports

• Print wallet cards from the year view

EQUIPMENT

The Equipment Inventory module is designed to enter Apparatus and Equipment for the purpose of inventory and maintenance. This module allows the tracking of maintenance on all types of apparatus and equipment, and is customizable to the department’s needs.

Equipment can be assigned to Personnel using the Equipment module or Visual Fire’s Schedule Administrator module.

• Search for an Equipment record and browse the record.

• Enter details for: equipment, maintenance, notes and user data.

• Add a vendor, an equipment type and a unit compartment (if given user rights.)

• Print an Equipment report.

Visual Fire’s Equipment module is fully integrated with our NFIRS 5.0 and EMS modules. You can specify NFIRS 5.0 type codes for apparatus here and then they will be automatically inserted when a NFIRS report is created.

This one module can track all equipment – such as apparatus, SCBA, fire hose, hand tools and radios/pagers

• Record testing and maintenance done on each piece of equipment.

• Track equipment assigned to a personnel or station or apparatus.

• You can specify the apparatus compartment for each piece of equipment on an apparatus.

• Track all consumable items with the Supply module.

• Set threshold levels for reordering.

• Track quantity on hand for all items.

Page 205: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 85

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

• Receive orders and update inventory automatically.

• Easily access or add vendors in the Master Vendor (Organization) table.

HYDRANTS

Visual Fire’s Hydrants module provides a thorough data storage of hydrants details, such as inspection activity, flow test results, associated names, business, and locations, as well as images and signed document. The Hydrants module interfaces data with several other Visual Fire modules that reference hydrants in their data.

• Search for a Hydrant record and browse the record.

• Add a new Hydrant record.

• Enter details for: Hydrant, Inspection, Flow Test, Names, Images/Signed Documents and Notes.

• Save a Hydrant record.

• Print a Hydrants report.

With Visual Fire’s Hydrants module, you can easily track and manage all your hydrants. You can track and analyze all maintenance and flow testing done on each hydrant. Visual Fire is a multi-department system, so a Fire Department can share the system with their Public Works department to coordinate all their hydrant activities.

• Comprehensive hydrant information.

• Share system with Public Works and other departments.

• Schedule maintenance.

• Analyze trends in flow.

• Easily calculate flow rates and record test results. One click flow calculations.

• Record and track all hydrant maintenance.

• Link hydrant flow data to total fire flow (ISO) for a premise.

PREMISE

Use the Premise Inventory module to add new sites to the database. In addition to site name and address information, the Premise Inventory Module manages a wide variety of other data useful for fire preplanning, inspection, response, and reporting purposes. Included are:

• names of persons associated with the site

• information on occupants of the premise

• descriptive data about the site

• alarms and security systems on the site

• planned response to incidents at the site

• various types of access to the premise

• still and video images of the site

• HAZMAT types and locations

• special hazards associated with the site

• data on the site’s storage tanks and its various types of shutoffs and overrides

• Hydrant, fire flow and other water sources data, including a direct link to view a complete hydrant’s record

Page 206: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 86

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Once a site is on file, use the Premise Inventory module to update its name, address and physical data and, when appropriate, to delete it from the database.

Visual Fire’s Fire Preplans module gives you premise inventory and fire preplanning capabilities. Capture and organize each site’s physical and contact information, and use it for fire preplanning, fire prevention and emergency response.

Take your laptop on the road: Using Visual Fire’s Mobile Data Manager, you can take the most current preplan data with you. Update data as required, and share it with other users when you synchronize your data.

Rapidly access preplan data: View images and video on site, and review all your preplan information rapidly. Visual Fire’s Graphical User Interface makes it easy. New information can be entered at the site and will be available to other users after your laptop is synchronized with the server.

INSPECTIONS

The Inspections module manages various types of inspection and review activities with data on inspections, compliance visits and violations. You can use it to record data on plans reviews, to track new construction testing, to do regularly scheduled fire inspections and to record re-inspections for violation compliance.

• Schedule an inspection and enter frequency.

• Update an inspection and record violations and citations.

• Delete a violation and a citation.

• Enter recommendations and referrals for an inspection.

• Reschedule a group of inspections.

• Save/print an inspection record.

While using the Inspections module, you also have access to the premise inventory data of the site you are working on. Any changes that you make to this information are carried into the database and are reflected in all other system modules that use or display premise data.

The Inspection module provides Hot Lists. These are lists of codes, built by your department, of frequently used violations, citations and recommendations based upon Fire Codes. You can easily select from the hot lists to transfer the text into the inspection record. Also provided is a feature to print lists (reports) of inspections based on search criteria you select – such as, Inspections Due By, Fire District, Inspection Type, etc.

Visual Fire’s Graphical User Interface makes it easy to capture data for fire inspections and follow-ups. Before you start your inspection, Visual Fire can pull information from both the Master Location Database and Premise module, and from previous inspections, to eliminate tedious data reentry. Visual Fire supports many types of inspections and tracks individual violations and their compliance. It records recommendations, referrals, and citations.

Never retype another code: You can cut and paste directly from all electronic codes, including SBCCI, BOCA, NFPA and NEC. For the quickest code entry, place your most frequently encountered violations on your HotList for entry with a click of the mouse. Local codes (or codes not available electronically) can be added to Visual Fire’s FireCodes module. Use the codes for reference and cut and paste the sections as needed.

Update fire preplans during the inspection: While on site, inspectors can update the fire preplanning information that is stored in the Premise database. This ensures that response personnel will have the most current data.

Automate inspection scheduling: Let Visual Fire track the scheduling of routine inspections. View inspections due in your area within the next 30, 60 or 90 days. Configure Visual Fire to show only those inspections of interest to you, by geographic area, inspection type or due date.

Page 207: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 87

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

Visual Fire’s Inspections module provides the ability to configure Visual Fire to show only inspections by geographic area, inspection type, inspector or by due date and it is integrated with BSI (Building Systems Inspections) and stores inspections entered from the BSI module.

BUILDING SYSTEMS INSPECTIONS (BSI)

When working with a third-party inspector to inspect a specific building system instead of a business or premise, Visual Fire provides the Building Systems Inspections (BSI) module to maintain BSI inspections separately. Though designed for inspections by third-party inspectors on systems, the BSI module is in some ways similar to Visual Fire’s Inspection module. There are key differences however, in that only BSI type inspections are displayed in the Select BSI window, and unique additional features are provided.

The BSI module manages various types of BSI and review activities with data on BSI, compliance visits and violations. You can use it to record data on plans reviews, to track new construction testing, to do regularly scheduled Fire BSI, to record re-BSI for violation compliance and to print NOV – Notice of Violation form letters.

The Email Notice feature provides a courtesy reminder that can select multiple premises to send emails to inform business that the premise has a BSI due in, for instance, 30 days or 60 days.

While using the BSI module, you also have access to the premise inventory data of the site you are working on. Any changes that you make to this information are carried into the database and are reflected in all other system modules that use or display premise data.

As in the Inspection module, the BSI module provides Hot Lists. These are lists of codes, built by your department, of frequently used violations, citations and recommendations based upon Fire Codes. You can easily select from the hot lists to transfer the text into the BSI record.

Also provided is a feature to print or export reports of BSI based on search criteria you select – such as, BSI Due By, Fire District, BSI Type, etc.

• Schedule a BSI and enter frequency.

• Update a BSI and record violations and citations.

• Enter recommendations and referrals for a BSI.

• Send email notices for BSI due in 30 days.

• Send Notice of Violation (NOV) to non-compliance premise.

• Schedule an onsite visit for a BSI.

• Mark a BSI as Compliant.

PERMITS

Use the Permits module to collect and manage Permits data. Capture name and location data for the permit site, and date, type and descriptive information for new permits and renew or revoke existing ones. If desired, you may also track permit applications that have been denied.

Data you enter about the permit number and type, its effective and expiration dates and permitted use or activity are used by Visual Fire to produce a hard-copy permit form.

You can also use permit data to produce your own reports using Visual Fire’s reporting facility.

• Search for a site’s permits.

• Add a new permit for a site.

• Update a permit for a site.

• Delete a permit for a site

• Renew a permit for a site.

Page 208: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 88

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

• Revoke a permit from a site.

• Save/print a permit record.

Visual Fire’s Permits module support the issuance and tracking of permits and licenses. The permit can be entered quickly thanks to several features; the linking of a permit to the premise module, the hot list of names, and the Quick Add feature.

• Track all permits and licenses

• Hot list of names for contractors, other frequent applicants

• Links permits to Preplans

• Track the application, granting, denial, and or revocation

• Print permits

• Track expiring permits

• Record permit fees

• Easily insert fire codes as needed

REPORTING COMPONENTS

ETI’s Report Viewer provides hundreds of reports with security-controlled access. Visual Fire supports Software’s Crystal Reports©. This powerful tool lets you easily create your own custom reports. Visual Fire includes Report Viewer that lets any user run reports that were created using Crystal Reports without requiring Crystal Reports to be installed on that user’s PC. ETI’s Report Viewer automatically sets up the necessary ODBC connections when it launches.

ETI’s Report Viewer allows you one entry point into working with other reports and tracking report activity. Report Viewer cannot create the reports – that must be done using the actual Crystal Reports program separately. Other tasks that are performed from the Crystal Viewer module are Report Dissemination Log Administration and E-Sign Administration. You may export a report to a spreadsheet, an HTML file, a PDF and a Word document.

ETI provides the majority of its reports using Crystal Reports and FoxPro (“Inline Reports”). Using Crystal Reports allows customers to also develop custom reports to use with the Visual Fire/EMS database. In addition, most modules provide the ability to print a report based on selective Search criteria on a database table.

ETI also provides an E-Sign component to attachments, and a Report Dissemination Log to administer report access and printing security.

REPORT DISSEMINATION LOG

The Report Dissemination Log (RDL) Administration module of Visual Fire tracks the views of all reports in Visual Fire and logs all reports for up to four levels. You may set up access levels to reports, and assign those levels to each individual Inline and Crystal report. RDL also tracks both Crystal Report activity and “inline” report activity (those reports created from within the Visual Fire modules such as NFIRS Incident reports.)

Report Access levels are defined by whether a login is required to access a report and whether or not report activity will be tracked. The four available access levels are:

Page 209: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS RFP FD-03-12 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT RECORDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DUE: SEPTEMBER 27, 2012

© 2012 Emergency Technologies, Inc. Page 89

This proposal has been prepared by Emergency Technologies, Inc. and is a confidential document that contains ideas, concepts, methods and other proprietary information. Readers are to treat the information contained herein as confidential and may not copy or reproduce any of these materials for distribution outside of their organization without the written permission of Emergency Technologies, Inc.

• Level 1 – Green: Allows anybody to view the report and does not log report access. This level provides no restrictions or tracking.

• Level 2 – Yellow: Allows anybody to view the report and logs report access. This level provides no restrictions, but does track activity.

• Level 3 – Red: Verifies login information and logs report access. This level provides the most security and tracking of all levels.

• Level 4 – Blue: Verifies login information and does not log report access. Level 4 is not included in the default data as this level is rarely used.

A set of three default levels is provided. If they meet your needs, it is best to not change them; however you may change them if necessary.

E-SIGN

Visual Fire provides the ability to have a legally binding (per the e-sign bill signed into law in 1997) signature on any of the Visual Fire “inline” reports. This can be done on reports generated by the Visual Fire software such as NFIRS and EMS.

For those users that will be signing reports as official signatures, roles must be set up so that the necessary roles can be assigned to the appropriate reports. Visual Fire has an interface built into the Crystal Viewer to allow for this setup.

Basically, the E-sign function works as follows: An administrator sets up a list of roles for signatures, and then the roles are assigned to any reports that could possibly be signed. Once a report is marked as a “sign-able” report, a “Sign” button pops up as an option for printing that report. If this option is chosen the report is distilled down to an Adobe PDF file, encrypted and stored in the Visual Fire database. Each signature attached to a document is also encrypted. The signature is linked to the document. If the document or signature is tampered with, the link is broken and the document is no longer “signed.”

Page 210: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

San Angelo, TX

Fire Department

Records Management System

September 25, 2012

High Plains Information Systems

6465 Greenwood Plaza Blvd. STE 1025 Centennial, CO 80111 www.highplains.com

Mark Cheline President/CEO Kevin Collier, Director, Business Development

(303) 721-8100

Page 211: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..................................................................................... TAB 2

LETTER OF INTEREST & W-9 ........................................................................... TAB 3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST & DEBARMENT CERTIFICATES .................... TAB 4 REFERENCES ......................................................................................................... TAB 5 STANDARD CONTRACT ..................................................................................... TAB 6 PRICING OPTIONS ............................................................................................... TAB 7 RMS QUESTIONNAIRE ........................................................................................ TAB 8

Page 212: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Request for Proposal City of San Angelo

Fire Department

Records Management System

RFP No.: FD-03-12

City of San Angelo P.O. Box 1751

San Angelo, Texas 76902

RFP SUBMITTAL DEADLINE September 24, 2011, 2:00 P.M. Local Time

Page 213: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 214: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 1

DISQUALIFICATION ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 CONFIDENTIALITY ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY ................................................................................................................................................ 1 DIGITAL FORMAT ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 ADDENDA ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 AWARD OF CONTRACT .................................................................................................................................................... 1 ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSAL CONTENT ................................................................................................................................ 2 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY ................................................................................................................................. 2 PROPOSAL TERM ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 POINTS OF CONTACT ...................................................................................................................................................... 2

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................. 3

DEADLINE AND DELIVERY LOCATION ..................................................................................................................... 7

DEADLINE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7 COPIES......................................................................................................................................................................... 7 SEALED CONTAINER ADDRESSING ...................................................................................................................................... 7 DELIVERY ADDRESSES ..................................................................................................................................................... 7

SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED ............................................................................................................................ 9

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 9 SUMMARY OF CURRENT OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................................ 9 SCOPE OF SERVICES ........................................................................................................................................................ 9 TERM OF CONTRACT ..................................................................................................................................................... 10

PROPOSAL FORMAT............................................................................................................................................. 11

PROPOSAL FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................................................................. 11

SELECTION PROCESS ............................................................................................................................................ 13

SUBMISSION FORMS............................................................................................................................................ 15

LETTER OF INTEREST ..................................................................................................................................................... 17 ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 19 DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS.......................................................................................................................... 21 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION .................................................................................................................. 25 LIST OF REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................................... 27 RECORD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM QUESTIONNAIRE ............................................................................................................. 29

Page 215: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 216: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 1

INTRODUCTION City of San Angelo seeks a provider for Records Management System for Fire and EMS information.

Disqualification Disqualification may occur for any of the following reasons:

• The respondent is involved in any litigation against the City of San Angelo;

• The respondent is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract with

the City;

• The respondent is debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in State or Federal assistance programs.

Confidentiality All proposals submitted shall remain confidential. After award, proposals will be made available for public inspection. The City shall not be responsible for the confidentiality of any trade secrets or other information contained or disclosed in the proposal unless clearly identified as such.

Document Availability Proposals documents are available and may be examined or obtained without charge in the Purchasing Department, Suite 314, City Hall, San Angelo, Texas. The Request for Proposal is also available at http://www.sanangelotexas.us. The proposal documents may be found by following the links.

o City Departments o Purchasing o Bidding Information o Bid Opportunities>RFP: FD-03-12

Digital Format If Bidder obtained the bid specifications in digital format in order to prepare a proposal, the bid must be submitted in hard copy according to the instructions contained in this bid package. If, in its bid response, Bidders makes any changes whatsoever to the published bid specifications, the bid specification as published shall control. Furthermore, if an alteration of any kind to the bid specification is discovered after the contract is executed and is or is not being performed; the contract is subject to immediate cancellation without recourse. Addenda Should bid documents or specifications be revised prior to the deadline for submittals, the City’s Purchasing Division will issue an addendum addressing the nature of the change. Respondents must review all addendums and complete, sign and include the Addendum Acknowledgement form with their bid. Addenda will be posted on the City’s website as they are issued. Bidder is responsible for contacting the City or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a bid. Award of Contract The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities or irregularities in the RFP process. The City is an equal opportunity employer

Page 217: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 2

The City will select the most highly qualified respondent(s) of the requested services based on demonstrated competence and qualifications and then attempt to negotiate with respondent(s) a contract(s) at a fair and reasonable price.

Acceptance of Proposal Content Before submitting a proposal, each Respondent shall make all investigations and examinations necessary to ascertain all conditions and requirements affecting the performance of the contract and to verify any representations made by the City upon which the proposal will rely. If the Respondent receives an offer because of its proposal, failure to have made such investigation and examinations will in no way relieve the Respondent from its obligation to comply in every detail with all provisions and requirements. Equal Employment Opportunity Attention of Respondents to the requirement for ensuring that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability. Proposal Term Proposal shall be in effect for at least 180 days from the submission date.

Points of Contact Roger Banks, Division Manager Purchasing Department City of San Angelo P.O. Box 1751 San Angelo Texas, 76902-1751 Email: [email protected] Telephone: (325) 657-4220

Kevin Lassiter, Assistant Fire Chief San Angelo Fire Department City of San Angelo 306 W. 1st San Angelo, TX 76903 Email: [email protected] Phone: (325) 657-4355

Page 218: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 3

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The following insurance requirements are an example of the City’s typical insurance requirements. The final requirements will be completed during the negotiations process. For more specific information, please contact John Seaton, Risk Manager at (325) 657-4359. 1 INDEMNIFICATION.

1.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD CITY, ITS COUNCILMEMBERS, BOARD AND COMMISSION MEMBERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS, GUESTS, INVITEES, CONSULTANTS AND EMPLOYEES FREE AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, PROCEEDINGS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, PENALTIES, FINES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES ASSERTED BY ANY PERSON OR PERSONS, INCLUDING AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF CONTRACTOR OR CITY, BY REASON OF DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONS, OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF, THE VIOLATION OF ANY LAW OR REGULATION OR IN ANY MANNER ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY ACT OF COMMISSION, OMISSION, NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF CONTRACTOR, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, OR THE JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF CONTRACTOR AND ANY OTHER ENTITY, AS A CONSEQUENCE OF ITS EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT OR SUSTAINED IN OR UPON THE PREMISES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANYTHING CLAIMED TO BE DONE OR ADMITTED TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR HEREUNDER. THIS INDEMNIFICATION SHALL SURVIVE THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT AS LONG AS ANY LIABILITY COULD BE ASSERTED. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND OR HOLD HARMLESS ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY FOR THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

1.3 PROSPECTIVE APPLICATION. ANY AND ALL INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE DISCHARGE OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OWED BY THE PARTIES TO EACH OTHER HEREUNDER AND SHALL APPLY PROSPECTIVELY NOT ONLY DURING THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT BUT THEREAFTER SO LONG AS ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIABILITY FOR CLOSURE AND POST CLOSURE COSTS) COULD BE ASSERTED IN REGARD TO ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMING UNDER THIS CONTRACT.

1.4 RETROACTIVE APPLICATION. THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL

EXTEND NOT ONLY TO CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS OCCURRING DURING THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT BUT RETROACTIVELY TO CLAIMS AND ASSESSMENTS WHICH MAY HAVE OCCURRED DURING THE TERM OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR.

2 Insurance.

2.1 General Conditions. The following conditions shall apply to all insurance policies obtained by Contractor for the purpose of complying with this Contract.

2.1.1 Satisfactory Companies. Coverage shall be maintained with insurers and under

forms of policies satisfactory to City and with insurers licensed to do business in Texas.

2.1.2 Named Insured. All insurance policies required herein shall be drawn in the name

of Contractor, with City, its council members, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees named as additional insureds, except on Workers’ Compensation coverage.

Page 219: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 4

2.1.3 Waiver of Subrogation. Contractor shall require its insurance carrier(s), with

respect to all insurance policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its councilmembers, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees.

2.1.4 Certificates of Insurance. At or before the time of execution of this Contract,

Contractor shall furnish City’s Risk Manager with certificates of insurance as evidence that all of the policies required herein are in full force and effect and provide the required coverages and limits of insurance. All certificates of insurance shall clearly state that all applicable requirements have been satisfied. The certificates shall provide that any company issuing an insurance policy shall provide to City not less than thirty (30) days advance notice in writing of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in the policy of insurance. In addition, Contractor and insurance company shall immediately provide written notice to City’s Risk Manager upon receipt of notice of cancellation of any insurance policy, or of a decision to terminate or alter any insurance policy. Copies of required endorsements will be attached to the certificates to confirm the required coverages are in effect. Certificates of insurance and notices of cancellations, terminations or alterations shall be furnished to City’s Risk Manager at City Hall, 72 West College or P.O. Box 1751, San Angelo, Texas 76903.

2.1.6 SubContractors’ Insurance. Contractor shall cause each SubContractor and Sub-subContractor of Contractor to purchase and maintain insurance of the types and in the amounts specified below. Contractor shall require SubContractors and Sub-subContractors to furnish copies of certificates of insurance to Lessor’s Risk Manager evidencing coverage for each SubContractor and Sub-subContractor.

2.2 Types and Amounts of Insurance Required. Contractor shall obtain and continuously maintain in

effect at all times during the term hereof, at Contractor’s sole expense, insurance coverages as follows with limits not less than those set forth below:

2.2.1 Commercial General Liability. This policy shall be a occurrence-type policy and shall protect the Contractor and additional insureds against all claims arising from bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person (other than the Contractor’s employees) and damage to property of the City or others arising out of the act or omission of the Contractor or its agents and employees. This policy shall also include protection against claims for the contractual liability assumed by Contractor under the paragraph of this Contract entitled “Indemnification,” including completed operations, products liability, contractual coverage, broad form property coverage, explosion, collapse, underground, premises/operations, and independent contractors (to remain in force for two years after final payment). Policy limits may but higher than but no less than:

$ 2,000,000 General Aggregate $ 1,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000 Products- Completed Operations $ 1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury

Page 220: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 5

2.2.3 Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability. If Contractor hires any employees, Contractor shall maintain Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance, which shall protect the Contractor against all claims under applicable state workers’ compensation laws and employer’s liability. Coverage shall not be less than:

Statutory Amount Workers’ Compensation $ 100,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Each Accident $ 100,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease– Each Employee $ 500,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease - Policy Limit

The foregoing requirement will not be applicable if, and so long as, Contractor qualifies as a self-insurer under the rules and regulations of the commission or agency administering the workers’ compensation program in Texas and furnishes evidence of such qualification to Lessor in accordance with the notice provisions of this Contract. If Contractor uses contract labor, Contractor shall require its contractor to maintain the above referenced coverage and furnish copies of certificates of insurance as required herein.

2.2.5 Professional Liability. This insurance shall include contractual liability in its

coverage, and the coverage under this policy shall survive the term of this Contract as long as any liability could be asserted. Policy limits shall be no less than:

$1,000,000

“CITY” can also be known as “Lessor” “CONTRACTOR” can also be known as “Contractor” or “Professional” “CONTRACT” can also be known as “Agreement” or “Contract” “PREMISES” can also be known as “Contracted Premises”

Page 221: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 6

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 222: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 7

DEADLINE AND DELIVERY LOCATION Deadline Sealed submittals must be received and time stamped by September 24, 2012, 2:00 P.M., Local Time. The clock located in Purchasing will be the official time.

Faxed or electronically transmitted RFP submittals will not be accepted

It is the sole responsibility of the respondent to ensure that the sealed RFP submittal arrives at the above location by specified deadline regardless of method chosen by the respondent for delivery.

Copies Please submit One (1) original, five (5) copies and one (1) copy in PDF format on CD or USB flash drive of all proposal documents, including questionnaire. Sealed Container Addressing

• Lower Left Hand Corner: “RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System”

• Top Left Hand Corner: Enter your company name and address.

Delivery Addresses

USPS: Purchasing Department

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System City of San Angelo 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Texas 76903

Delivery Services (FedEx, UPS, etc): Purchasing Department,

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System City of San Angelo

72 West College Avenue, Suite 314 San Angelo, Texas 76903

Please ensure the delivery envelope/container is marked, “RFP Enclosed”.

Page 223: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 8

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 224: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 9

SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED

General Specifications

1. The contractor shall provide a records management system that is compatible with NFIRS, TXFIRS, Medicare, Medicaid, and other State and National reporting agencies. Ongoing maintenance fees for the system should include updates that keep all aspects of the system up-to-date with current requirements for the above agencies.

2. The provided records management system must include Fire Incident reporting, EMS Incident reporting, Patient Side Care reporting, Electronic NEMSIS Billing extracts, Interface with ZOLL medical devices, Human Resources, equipment tracking and certification management.

3. Optimally the records management system should include Occupancy Management, Pre-Fire Plan Management and viewer, Vehicle Maintenance, Hydrant Tracking, Employee Scheduling, Training Records Documentation, Overtime System, Employee Time Record and data conversion from existing system to new records management system. If the records management system does not include these elements a separate “stand alone” program must be offered and the price included with the submitted bid.

The provided solution should include:

1. All necessary software for the records management system, including: licenses for the contractor’s software, installations of Windows Server operating systems, installations of Microsoft SQL, any other third party or contractor provided interfaces or software required for the records management system to integrate and receive information from the currently used Intergraph CAD system.

2. All necessary server hardware, including the necessary servers and mounting hardware for a 2 post rack mount system.

3. On-Site installation of all software and instruction on software installation and maintenance. 4. On-Site “Train the Trainer” instruction. 5. Business hours technical support with 24 hour emergency support available. Ability to provide on-site

technical support with 24 hour notice

Summary of Current Operations

The San Angelo Fire Department provides fire protection for the community of San Angelo and is the only ambulance service provider in Tom Green County. The department averages a total of 12,000 runs per year (Approx. 10,000 EMS Runs and 2,000 Fire Runs). Our current records management system stores all run information as well as occupancy information, fire training records, personnel information, training, vehicle and equipment information, and hydrants. Scope of Services In order to fully understand the services of the provider, please complete the Report Management System Questionnaire and submit it with your proposal. The form is located in the Submission Forms section of this RFB.

Page 225: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 10

Term of Contract

Please submit a copy of your standard contract. This contract will be evaluated with the following considerations in mind. This Sales Contract will include the initial purchase and annual maintenance including software upgrades with the price guaranteed for 5 years and additional 5 year terms to be negotiated. The first twelve months of the contract will be a trial period during which the records management system will be monitored to insure all components are working satisfactorily. The City has the option to cancel the contract after the six (6) month trial period if the contractor has not performed to the City’s satisfaction. The successful bidder will be awarded a contract on an exclusive basis subject to the right of both the City and the contractor to terminate the contract upon thirty (30) days written notice at the address of both the City of San Angelo and the contractor set forth in the contract. The contract shall not be assignable. Cancellation This contract may be canceled by the City upon completion of the twelve (12) month trial period or after the twelve month trial period by written notice thirty (30) days prior to termination. Right to Reject Bid Proposal The City reserves the right to reject any or all bid proposals and to disregard typographical, mathematical or obvious errors. The City will not pay cost incurred by any bidders in the preparation of bid proposals.

Page 226: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 11

PROPOSAL FORMAT Proposals shall be submitted in the following format with each element requested and/or form furnished as specified to facilitate evaluation of the proposals. The detailed requirements in this RFP are mandatory. Proposers are required to submit a complete RFP that satisfies all requirements. Each RFP is required to address, with a written response, each requirement in all sections of the RFP and in the same format and sequence as the details presented herein. To facilitate evaluation, all submittals must be submitted in the uniform format. All submittals must follow the prescribed format and shall include completed forms which are attached to this RFP. Failure to follow the required format or complete the required forms may result in submittals being rejected and removed from consideration. City of San Angelo will not participate in any cost the Respondent may incur in the preparation and submission of a proposal. The City will not be liable in any manner with regard to this RFP and the Respondent’s response to it.

FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THE REQUIRED FORMAT MAY BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF PROPOSAL.

Proposal Format Instructions Proposal should be submitted in a three-ring binder or report cover and tabbed. Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered): Please submit One (1) original, five (5) copies and one (1) copy in PDF format on CD or USB flash drive of all proposal documents, including questionnaire Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered):

Tab 1 Table of Contents Tab 2 Executive Summary (no longer than 2 pages, No smaller than Ariel 9-point font) Tab 3 Completed RFP Letter Of Interest and IRS W-9 Form Tab 4 Completed Conflict Of Interest form (if applicable) and Completed Debarment and

Suspension Certificate Tab 5 List of References Tab 6 Example of your standard contract Tab 7 Pricing Options Tab 8 Report Management System Questionnaire

Page 227: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 12

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 228: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 13

SELECTION PROCESS

All submittals shall be evaluated by a selection committee and those applicants selected for the short list may be invited to attend an interview, at the applicants own expense.

A. The selection committee will consist of the following individuals:

1. Kevin Lassiter, Assistant Chief of Operations, SAFD 2. Scott Farris, Assistant Chief of Administration, SAFD 3. Roger Banks, Purchasing Manager, COSA 4. Peter Haidinger, System Analyst, SAFD 5. Geneva Rodriguez, Administrative Assistant, SAFD

B. The selection committee will evaluate all proposals that are submitted. Selection ratings will be based on 100-point scale. Ranking will be as reflected below:

• Overall Cost ....................................................................................... 30% • Conformance to Specifications ......................................................... 45% • Experience/References ..................................................................... 25%

Total ........ 100%

C. Respondents are advised that the City reserves the right to evaluate and rank the proposals without input from the respondents. Therefore, proposals should be complete as initially submitted. However, if you are selected for an interview, you will be expected to present not only your proposal, but also your approach.

D. City staff shall make a recommendation to City Council of the selection of the most qualified

respondent to enter into contract negotiations with the City.

E. The selected respondent shall enter into negotiations with the City for the services to be performed.

F. If satisfactory negotiations cannot be concluded, the City reserves the right to negotiate with

the next highest-ranking respondent.

G. When services and fees are agreed upon, the selected respondent shall be offered a contract subject to City Council approval.

H. Should negotiations be unsuccessful, the City may enter into negotiations with the next,

highest ranked respondent until an agreement for services and fees are reached. The City retains the right to end the process at any time.

I. This RFP does not commit the City to pay for any direct and/or indirect costs incurred in the

preparation and presentation of a response. All finalist(s) shall pay their own costs incurred in preparing for, traveling to and attending the interviews. The City reserves the right to accept or reject all or part of proposals.

Page 229: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 14

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 230: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 15

SUBMISSION FORMS

• RFP Letter Of Interest

• Addendum Acknowledgement • Conflict Of Interest form • Debarment and Suspension Certificate

• List of References

• Pricing Options

• Report Management System Questionnaire

Page 231: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 16

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 232: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 17

Letter of Interest The undersigned firm submits the following information in response to Request for Proposal (as amended by Addenda), issued by the City of San Angelo, Texas (“City”).

• Respondent is responsible for calling the Purchasing Division or checking the City’s website to determine if any addendums have been issued prior to submitting a proposal.

• Respondent also understands that the City is not bound to select any proposals for the final pre-qualified

list and may reject any RFP submittal that the City receives.

• Respondent further understands that all costs and expenses incurred by it in preparing this RFP and participating in this process will be borne solely by the respondent, and that the RFP submittal materials will become the property of the City and will not be returned.

• Respondent agrees that the City will not be responsible for any errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or

incomplete statements in this RFP and accepts all terms of the RFP submittal process by signing this letter of interest and making the RFP submittal.

• The respondent certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor

its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal or State departments or agencies.

• Respondent agrees that any offer submitted because of this RFP shall be binding on the Respondent for

120 calendar days following the specified opening date. Any proposal for which the respondent specifies a shorter acceptance period may be rejected.

This RFP shall be governed by and construed in all respects according to the laws of the State of Texas.

Company

Authorized Signature

Printed Name & Title

Address

City, State Zip Code Date

k.collier
Typewritten Text
High Plains Information Systems Inc.
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Mark L. Cheline President/CEO
k.collier
Typewritten Text
6465 Greenwood Plaza Blvd. STE 1025
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Centennial, CO 80111
k.collier
Typewritten Text
09/18/2012
Page 233: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 18

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 234: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 19

Addendum Acknowledgement Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda to the Contract documents.

Addendum No. 1 dated

Received

Addendum No. 2 dated

Received

Addendum No. 3 dated

Received

Addendum No. 4 dated

Received

Addendum No. 5 dated

Received

Addendum No. 6 dated

Received

Company Name Signature Printed Name ________________________________ Title

________________________________ Address ________________________________ City, State Zip Code

THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH THE BID

k.collier
Typewritten Text
High Plains Information Systems Inc.
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Kevin Collier
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Director of Business Development
k.collier
Typewritten Text
6465 Greenwood Plaza Blvd. STE 1025
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Centennial, CO 80111
k.collier
Typewritten Text
September 18, 2012
k.collier
Typewritten Text
September 21, 2012
Page 235: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 20

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 236: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 21

k NOTICE TO VENDORS

Disclosure of Certain Relationships

Effective January 1, 2006, Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code requires that any vendor or

person considering doing business with a local governmental entity make certain disclosures concerning any affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with the local governmental entity. The provisions of Chapter 176 and the Form CIQ questionnaire that you must complete to comply with this law, are available at the Texas Ethics Commission website at http://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whasnew/confliict forms.htm.

A current list of City of San Angelo and City of San Angelo Development Corporations officers is available

in the office of the City of San Angelo City Clerk’s office located in Room 201 of City Hall or on the City’s website at http://sanangelotexas.org. If you are considering doing business with the City of San Angelo or the City of San Angelo Development Corporation and have an affiliation or business relationship that requires you to submit a completed Form CIQ, it must be filed with the records administrator (City Clerk) of the City of San Angelo no later than the seventh (7th) business day after the date you become aware of facts that require the form to be filed. See Section 176.006, Texas Local Government Code. It is a Class C misdemeanor to violate this provision.

By Submitting a response to a City of San Angelo or City of San Angelo Development Corporation

Request for Proposals, Request for Bids, or Request for Qualifications or by conducting business with either of those two entities, you are representing that you are in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code.

Roger S. Banks Division Manager

Page 237: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 22

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 238: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DEPARTMENT P.O. Box 1751, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Tel: (325) 657-4220 or 657-4212

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 23

Page 239: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 24

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 240: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 25

Debarment and Suspension Certification (1) The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its

principals:

(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for disbarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;

(b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;

(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and

(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default.

(2) Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this

certification, such prospective primary participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.

Company

Signature

Printed Name & Title

Address

City, State Zip Code Date

k.collier
Typewritten Text
High Plains Information Systems Inc.
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Mark L. Cheline
k.collier
Typewritten Text
6465 Greenwood Plaza Blvd. STE 1025
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Centennial, CO 80111
k.collier
Typewritten Text
09/18/2012
Page 241: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 26

Debarment and Suspension Certification INSTRUCTIONS

1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective participant is providing the certification set out

below.

2. The inability of a person to provide the certification required below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person from participation in this transaction.

3. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the City of San Angelo determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause.

4. The prospective participant shall provide immediate written notice to the City of San Angelo to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous because of changed circumstances.

5. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549(13 CFR Part 145). You may contact the City of San Angelo for assistance in obtaining a copy of these regulations.

6. The prospective participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the City of San Angelo.

7. The prospective participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment and Suspension" provided by the City of San Angelo, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.

8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the ineligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.

9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the City of San Angelo, the City of San Angelo may terminate this transaction for cause.

Page 242: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 27

List of References List at least three (3) references of similar scope and size giving company name, contact information, and term.

REFERENCE ONE Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE TWO Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE THREE Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

REFERENCE FOUR Government/Company Name: Location: Contact Person and Title: Telephone Number: Scope of Work: Contract Period:

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Castle Rock Fire Rescue
k.collier
Typewritten Text
300 S Perry St. Castle Rock, CO 80104
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Norris Croom Deputy Chief of Operations
k.collier
Typewritten Text
(303) 660-1066
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Complete RMS
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Durango Fire & Rescue Authority
k.collier
Typewritten Text
104 Sheppard Drive Durango, CO 81303
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Randy Black EMS Captain System Administrator
k.collier
Typewritten Text
(970) 382-6000
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Complete RMS
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Poudre Fire Authority
k.collier
Typewritten Text
102 Remington
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Drive Ft. Collins, CO 80524
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Gil Fisher Captain or Tom Hatfield IT
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
(970)416-2865
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Complete RMS
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Columbia River Fire Rescue
k.collier
Typewritten Text
270 Columbia Blvd. St. Helens, OR 97051
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Division Chief Ron Youngberg
k.collier
Typewritten Text
(503)369-8161
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Complete RMS and Payroll
k.collier
Typewritten Text
06/2009 - Current
k.collier
Typewritten Text
05/2008 - Current
k.collier
Typewritten Text
07/2005 - Current
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
2002 - Current Complete RMS
Page 243: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 28

Intentionally Left Blank

Page 244: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Ave, San Angelo, Texas 76902 Telephone: (325) 657-4219 or (325) 657-4220

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 29 Y:\12-RFX\Fire Dept\FD0312 Records Mgt Sys\FD0312 092212.docx

Record Management System Questionnaire

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

General

Support multi-jurisdictional functions allowing individual agencies, departments, groups or individuals to share data while also protecting agency specific or confidential data.

Modules integrated to maximize information sharing and reduce duplication of effort.

Individual workstations: Use a graphical user interface (GUI) Support command-line, point-and-click, and function key entry of commands and/or data

Support insert and delete modes in field data entry Support cut and paste modes in field data entry Ability to reduce data entry redundancy by populating all duplicate fields with a single entry

Allow user to move windows anywhere on screen(s)

Allow user to minimize and maximize windows Ability to restrict any/all RMS windows from being closed, as determined by system administrator

Support use of numeric keypad for number entry

Support relational database management technology to eliminate duplicate entry, duplicate storage and operational inefficiencies.

Print any text information on any screen to a printer Print any text information in any window to a printer

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a networked printer

Print any or all records retrieved from an inquiry to a workstation attached printer

Include date, hour, and minutes in most time stamps

Include date, time, and user ID stamp for all data entries

Use standard database format for storing date, so that dates can be manipulated as dates

Use standard database format for storing time, so that times can be manipulated as times

Search all tables/files using any or all fields

Search all tables/files using exact match and wild card

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Not all
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 245: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 30

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Supports National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS 5)

Provide pick lists for data entry (e.g. pull-down menus)

Use a relational database for all data and code table storage

Display real-time date and time constantly on screen

Include jurisdictional indicator in incident and report number

Relational database should be SQL compliant

Ability for system administrator to relabel/hide/modify fields on screens

Ability to auto fill fields during data entry using existing information such as names, addresses, phone numbers, from a master names index.

Ability to provide basic word processing features like those in MS Word for writing narratives. Include description of items such as:

Spell-checking Medical dictionary Word wrap Copy, cut and paste

Allow for a training system to be set up to allow non-production use of the system. This would be used to train personnel in the use of the system and to try out modifications and enhancements before they go into production.

The system should include online help and tutorials Ability to add attachments of any type (EKG/plans/documents or images)

System has the capability to establish an "auto-export" to defined entities such as billing, State, Federal, etc.

User friendly interface for the rapid export of data to patient billing systems via multiple formats. (i.e. CSV, XML, TLV)

Allow user to adjust window and font size Security

Require a minimum of user name and password to log user onto system

Allow each user to have individual security profile Allow system administrator to assign new password Does not display password as a visible field anywhere in system without System Administrator rights

Support assigning security access by module Within module, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 246: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 31

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Restrict access to the operating system of the server(s)

Restrict access to the operating system of the workstation

Support ability of system administrator to remotely log-off users from any device

Support assigning security access by certain fields Within a field, support assigning security access by function (e.g., insert, modify, delete, read-only)

Advance and flexible data security - HIPAA compliant (Field level access of data base)

Restrict access to individual database tables by security (including access from report writer)

Online Storage

Complete RMS records will be available online for a minimum of 7 years

Performance

Operate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week except when system down time is necessary for upgrades and routine maintenance.

Response time for typical FRMS commands (excluding ad hoc inquiries or large reports) must average 2 seconds or less

Audit

Support an audit log of each transaction performed, including date, time, and user ID of person performing transaction

Allow system administrator to review selected transactions

Documentation

Provide user level, system administrator functional & system technical manuals in hardcopy and electronic form

System Training

Perform onsite end user module training for train the trainers, system administrator training & major release/update training for end user and system administrator

Perform onsite end user module training direct to some users

Training/Test System

Support a full training mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files)

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Partial
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes/No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
All documentation is provided electronically and maybe printed as needed.
Page 247: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 32

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Support a full test mode which is independent of the live, operational system (including independent code tables and files) and independent of the training mode

Support a full training and test server which is independent of the live, operational server (including independent code tables and files)

Backup and Purge

Support purging of records in all files/tables based on date

Support archiving of records in all files/tables based on date, prior to purge

Write all archived records to alternative medium Allow backup/purge to occur without affecting RMS operation (i.e., RMS to remain "up" during backups)

Code Tables

All RMS codes and descriptions can be entered, modified, or deleted by system administrator at any time except for NFIRS and NHTSA codes

Allow system administrator full security access to all relational tables

Fire/EMS RMS Reporting Create ad-hoc reports

Provide ability to export the entire RMS database to a separate database, in a variety of standard file formats

Provide ability to export user-selected portions of the RMS database to a separate file, in a variety of standard file formats

Provides a variety of "canned" reports Must have the ability to build charts and graphs

Ability for general user to easily create any report without using third party reporting programs. (ie Crystal Reports)

User friendly interface for report creation. Ability to print specific portions of a report without printing the entire report.

Basic Fire/EMS Incident Reporting Support entry of NFIRS 5.0 required data

Ability to support NFIRS "plus one" type coding (3-character NFIRS code plus 4th character for local use)

Display code description anytime code is displayed on screen and allow access via either

Automatically create incident and populate fields with data transferred from CAD

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 248: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 33

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Data transferred from CAD should include, at minimum:

Location of incident Incident number Call type code and expanded description Name of caller Address of caller Telephone number of caller Call source (e.g., E911, 7-digit) Area designators Call box # Map page reference Date and time of call pick up (off-hook) Date and time of call entry Date and time of each unit's dispatch Date and time of each unit's enroute to scene Date and time of each unit's arrival on scene Date and time of each unit's available-on-radio Date and time of each unit's available-in-quarters Date and time of incident closure Incident priority Incident number (system generated)

Cross-reference incident number(s), if multi-jurisdictional response

Report (aka, run) number (optional, system generated)

Disposition All units assigned to incident All personnel assigned to each unit at the incident Support manual entry of incident information

Ability for rapid medical data entry via a large touch screen interface.

Allow the entry of unlimited length text in comments type fields

Support word wrap in narrative fields Support spell check in narrative fields Support cut and paste ability in narrative fields

Support ability to enter previously created narrative templates

Support ability to automatically generate narratives based upon incident type

Record report information in RMS for all units assigned to an incident, with individual date/time stamps for all status changes

Ability to update RMS with any new CAD information received

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
If CAD allows this functionality requested below.
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 249: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 34

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow company officer to enter incident report for their unit as soon as it clears the incident, even if the incident is not closed

Support ability to store partially completed report(s), complete another transaction, and return to the interrupted report(s) for completion

Allow review of all partially completed reports

Allow modification of the previously entered incident information:

Location Type

Automatically perform edit checks of field data (NFIRS Rules)

Support ability to supplement a report (by the same or different company)

Ability to record multiple exposures as supplements to original incident

Ability for supervisor to review and approve report Ability to enter mutual aid reports and record outside jurisdictional unit(s) ID and involvement

Ability to generate and print public information report for an incident

Ability to generate standard queries and reports based upon various categories and criteria (not just NFIRS codes)

Ability to correlate builing/business names with addresses.

Basic EMS Specific Incident Reporting Ability to chart advanced EMS patient procedures.

Ability to have automatic narrative generation from data entry fields

Ability to generate personal narrative templates Ability to Staff generate narrative templates. Ability to have extensive QA/QI tools.

Ability to provide retrospective report review work flow feature

Ability to have database query tools Ability to have automatic bill calculation.

Ability to provide real-time error checking and user feedback

Ability to establish a benchmark time that defines arrival to patient with the press of a button. System will then use that time as the starting time for procedures, vitals, etc.

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Page 250: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 35

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to enter information via drop down boxes and combo boxes that have an “auto scroll” feature for rapid entry. (i.e. Medication input for Metoprolol user types “met” and the box scrolls to entries that start with “Met.”)

Ability to enter data fields with pre-filled data such as states and zip codes.

Includes FDA medication database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Includes medication allergy database for easy selection via quick fill or drop down box.

Includes medical dictionary in patient reporting narrative.

Ability for individual custom patient narrative template that prompts the user for information.

Patient narrative imports data gathered on scene.

Ability to populate patient information such as address medical history, allergies, and medications from previous patient contact reports.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify EMS report forms.

Ability for administrator users to easily and rapidly modify the information contained within drop down boxes, combo boxes, and other input fields.

Address Verification If no address conflict exists, automatically enter the location into the data entry form

If address conflict exists, display choices to the operator and allow selection of the correct address

Complexes with a single address but multiple tenants (malls, apartment buildings) should be able to be verified by either the complex's address or the tenant's address

Display the following information for address verification, as appropriate:

Exact location or intersection High and low cross street Common place/business name Fire station area Call box # Map page City code Indicators for additional location information (e.g., hazard, pre-plan, occupant, prior history)

Allow override and entry of non-verified address Ability to have construction management features

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 251: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 36

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to have transaction logging Fire prevention/ inspection Ability to support any adopted fire code

Support entry of exact addresses, to the apartment level

Support entry of unlimited auxiliary contact information for each location (i.e., landlord name, address, telephone, management company name, address, telephone, etc.)

Allow recording of occupancy classification Allow recording of initial fire department conditions for new business approval

Ability to record type of equipment installed in a location, by manufacturer, make, model, and install date

Ability to record unlimited number of "special circumstances" regarding a location (i.e., Building Inspection information, unique characteristics, etc.)

Support entry of unlimited number of violations

Support "check box" style of data entry for violation codes

Display plain English description for violation codes in addition to code

Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry

Allow designation of inspection responsibility by station area for each address

Allow scheduling of follow-up inspections

Allow designation of re-inspection frequency based on type of business (e.g., regular inspections are every two years; self-inspections are every four years; fire permits every year)

Support ability to create reinspection schedules on a daily, weekly, monthly or yearly basis

Support ability to print out inspection schedules for individual inspectors, company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

Support ability to generate form letters documenting specific violations with date of scheduled reinspection

Support ability to view online and print out history of prior violations for any address

Allow inspection record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Record the name and ID of the inspector and the date and time for each inspection performed

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Partial
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 252: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 37

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

System should come pre-loaded with all violation code tables providing for any copyright laws or regulations.

Support ability to record results of violation re-inspection

Support ability to record penalties for non-compliance Support ability to print out complete inspection report Record name and operator ID of anyone making changes to inspection record

Support ability to perform inspections in the field and upload results to main system

Ability to associate a scanned image (i.e., "pre-fire plan") to a location

Ability to build and update pre-fire plans based on building information provided

Ability to have occupancy hazard risk assessment

Ability to correlate building/business names with addresses.

Ability to update building real property data in a mobile environment by product implementation

Ability of rapid data entry with drop down menus.

Ability for user to create highly custom narratives with user prompts.

Ability to create professional mobile pre-plans Fire investigation Support ability to track fire investigation

Allow designation of an incident as a potential arson, with ability to record additional fields of associated information

Investigation data could include: Investigator name and ID PD investigator assigned PD case number Date case begun Date case closed Suspect information (unlimited) Witness information (unlimited) Property owner Evidence taken (unlimited) Who collected evidence Characteristics of fire/MO Cause of fire Status of case Narrative Ability to attach graphic file(s) to an investigation record (e.g., fire scene diagram)

m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 253: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 38

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to attach any Windows-compliant file(s) to an investigation record

Allow case status to be updated with ongoing activities and notes

Ability to automatically supplement initial NFIRS report with investigation results

Support ability to view and print entire case report Support ability to view and print summary of all investigations in progress

Hazardous materials management

Include a hazardous materials database as part of the FRMS, for use in identifying materials contacted and recommended remedial action, all of which should be a part of the Pre-Fire-Plan for an address or location

Hazardous material information should include: Chemical (by name, code, category) Consequences of chemical Resource list for mitigation SOPs Allow recording of types and locations of hazardous materials stored at addresses within the city

Hazardous material information for location should include:

Warnings Chemicals at location

Ability to record hazardous material spill information, including:

Location Incident number (if any - not required) Date of spill Dept. of Envir. Protection number Type of spill Chemical spilled (unlimited) Equipment Inventory

Support various types of equipment management, with type controlling the number and type of fields which are displayed to the operator (e.g., breathing apparatus, hoses, ladders, etc.)

Inventory data should include: Equipment Class Equipment Sub-Class Item description Inventory ID number Unit ID Serial number Make/Model number

k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
Page 254: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 39

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

VIN number Date of purchase Date brought in to service Scheduled retirement date Supplier name, address, telephone Cost Manufacturer name, address, telephone Expiration date Location Status Comments Hose data would include: Purchase date Date brought in to service Length Size Test pressure Hose location, by station or apparatus Test results, including date and time of test Next scheduled test Name and ID of individual performing test Breathing apparatus data should include: Location, by station, apparatus, and operator Serial number Cylinder check Regulator function Diaphragm function Face piece and tube status Name and ID of individual performing test Date and time of test Next scheduled test date Test results Hazmat monitoring equipment data should include: Serial number Type of instrument Date entered into service Date of last calibration Date of last maintenance Maintenance action taken Name and ID of individual performing action Next scheduled maintenance date Hazmat suits data should include: ID number Type of suit Date entered into service

k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
NO
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
Page 255: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 40

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Date of last test Test results Maintenance action taken Name and ID of individual performing test Next scheduled test date Support the ability to track inventory of all vehicles in fleet, inventory data should include:

Description Inventory ID number Vehicle type VIN License number Purchase date Manufacturer Model number Serial number Warranty expiration Warranty description Location Special requirements Date of service Service record (including maintenance/repair performed, mechanic, time spent out of service, etc.)

Mileage at time of service Engine hours at time of service Date of next scheduled service

Equipment carried (cross referenced from equipment inventory)

Ability to provide results of annual pump test Ability to provide location of the equipment by current assignment to a unit, station or personnel

Allow default test frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Allow default maintenance type and frequencies to be created for each type of equipment

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Hydrant Inventory Supports hydrant information which integrates with other modules such as Pre-Plans and Inspections

Support ability to record disposal by user, date, and reason disposed of (e.g., broken, burned, etc.)

Allow default test frequencies to be created

Support ability to print out test schedules for individual company, all companies in a specific shift, or all companies

k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
In Development
Page 256: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 41

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Allow test record to be viewed online without making any changes to record

Support ability to print out complete test report Hydrant data would include: Hydrant ID Number (Alpha/Numeric) Fire District Sector/Zone Department/Agency Street address with geo-verification City, State, Zip Cross Street Additional Address Information Manufacturer Model Year Date installed ISO Type Valve Size Barrel Size Barrel Length Hydrant/Main/Valve data fields Water Main ID Main Diameter Main Type Pressure Zone Hydrant Lead Size Hydrant Valve Size Lead Valve Distance Outlets Distance to Curb

Ability for Hydrant Inspections to including the following data fields:

Date of Inspection Time of Inspection Name of personnel performing the inspection Service preformed Repairs done or needed Notes field Other service preformed or requested Ability to track a history of flows for a hydrant Ability to add attachments of any type Ability to maintain Hydrant Flow tests performed including the following data fields:

Date of Flow Time of Flow Name of personnel performing the test

k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
Page 257: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 42

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Pitot Outlet Diameter with drop down list of choices Discharge Coeff. Correcting Factor Calculated Flow in GPM Calculated Flow in GPM at 20, 10, and 0 psi. Training Support ability to track training for all personnel Training data to be tracked would include: Fire courses College/vocational degrees Certifications, including expiration dates Seminars Continuing education BLS/ALS courses Name of entity providing training Support the ability to have an unlimited number of each category of training above

Track training by date, time, locations and hours spent

Support ability to create course curriculum, including date, time, class size, and location of classes

Support ability to create class code and class descriptions

Support ability to designate class as mandatory or not by type of class

Support ability to designate class as certified or not by type of class

Ability to assign a unique identifier for each certified class

Support the ability to allow for station company to enter its own categories of mandatory training

Support ability to enter class roster for each scheduled class

Support ability to record class attendance and issue grades for an entire class

Automatically post record of attendance into individual's training record

Automatically post training results into individual's personnel record without requiring user re-entry

Ability to record attendance and grade for individuals from outside jurisdictions (for both certified and non-certified classes

Ability to print a number of training reports indicating course attendance, average grades, course cancellations, hours spent, types of courses, etc.

k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes/No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Not able to issue Grade.
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes/NO
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Not able to issue Grades.
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No average grades available.
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
Page 258: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 43

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Ability to print report of total training hours completed by individuals or groups, for user defined time intervals (i.e., month, quarter, year-to-date, etc.)

Ability to set mandatory number of training hours by category (e.g., suppression related)

Ability to print report of which individuals have not completed the mandatory training hours certifications

Ability to view and print individual training record for a specified period of time

Ability to require certain types of training for individuals based upon job requirements (e.g., required certifications)

Support ability to print list of certificates due to expire within specified period of time

Ability for system to print a report for the training officer of certificates due to expire within an upcoming user specified period of time

Personnel Support ability to track all personnel information for Fire Department staff (both paid and volunteer)

Personnel data should include: Staff member ID (employee ID) Name Agency Rank/job title Current assignment - location Current assignment - shift Temporary assignment and expiration date Date hired Seniority ranking Gender Race Ethnicity Physical descriptors Promotion/reclassification date Probation end date Last evaluation date Next evaluation date

Performance evaluation results (should retain results for all reviews, with date and time stamps and name and ID of supervisor)

Education (prior to beginning at Fire Department, plus updates from Training records)

Certifications (cross referenced from Training records)

Certification(s) expiration date

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Ability to keep Photographs
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
Page 259: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 44

Report Management System Questionnaire Your

System (Yes or No)

Comments

Licenses License(s) expiration date Special skills Home address Home telephone Other contact numbers Emergency contact information Issued equipment (unlimited) Career/promotion history Qualifications for "acting" status

Accidents/injuries, including date and time, status, narrative

Disability indicator, including status and expiration date

Medical examination information (record of when, type, and expiration)(e.g., breathing apparatus medical, driver's license medical)

Support the ability to track an unlimited number and type of certifications per person

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of skills per person

Support the ability to record an unlimited number and type of licenses per person

Support the ability to restrict the types of data available for display by security

Support the ability to print complete employee history record

Ability to have FLSA compliant time accounting and payroll

Ability to have flexible work schedule capabilities

Ability to scheduling and time accounting for staff and line employees

Ability to have customized employee performance evaluations

Ability to have a integrated payroll system Interfaces/ Subsystems CAD

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, every 5 minutes, at minimum

Ability to receive transfer of incident information from CAD to FRMS, via TCP/IP, in real time

Support the ability to upload premise/location information from the fire RMS into CAD, including the following:

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
No
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Depending on the CAD ability to accept for all below
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
Page 260: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Management System 45 Y:\12-RFX\Fire Dept\FD0312 Records Mgt Sys\FD0312 092212.docx

- emergency contact information - hazardous materials information - Knox box/key/combination information - premise inspection information - pre-fire plan information Support the ability to upload personnel skills information from the fire RMS into CAD

Scheduling/rostering software

Support the ability to schedule personnel to shift and unit

Maintains a daily roster that includes a user-defined table of types of leave and track FEMA/USAR/UASI overtime.

Ability to automatically remove someone from the daily schedule when they are on leave (vacation, injury, etc.)

Restrict the ability to double schedule any individual

Ability to notify supervisors of personnel shortages at a station.

Support the ability to view and print the schedule for a specified period of time

Ability to track personnel trades and automatically remove traded-off employee from equipment assignment

State NFIRS Upload Ability to extract the State required NFIRS data and submit electronically in the required format

Mobile Application Ability to support tablet-based field data collection Allow users to swap patient data on scene wirelessly. (i.e. Engine company established patient care, now the medic is transporting and needs the info)

Ability to allow the mobile computing with the full suite of modules while disconnected from the network

Ability to integrate with CAD to provide in field reporting with NFIRS and EMS ePCRs

Ability to apply Geo-Verification of addresses while in the disconnected mode.

Ability of synchronization of the mobile and the server. Ability to disconnect the mobile before the synchronization has been completed

k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
k.collier
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
Yes
m.cheline
Typewritten Text
No
Page 261: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

 

$176,382.00Grand Total

$176,382.00Total Price

1.97%Discount

$179,922.00Subtotal 

San Angelo Fire DepartmentShip To Name

306 W 1st StreetSan Angelo, TX 76901

Bill To

San Angelo Fire DepartmentBill To Name

[email protected]

(325) 657-4356Phone

Peter HaidingerContact Name

303-721-8199Fax

[email protected]

303-721-8100Phone

Kevin CollierPrepared By

00000077Quote Number

3/31/2013Expiration Date

9/25/2012Created Date6465 Greenwood Plaza Blvd STE 1025Centennial, CO 80111US

Company Address

Product List Price Sales Price Quantity Discount Total Price

NFIRS + ePCR Desktop 15 CALs $29,500.00 $29,500.00 1.00   $29,500.00

Human Resource Desktop 15 CALs $29,500.00 $29,500.00 1.00   $29,500.00

Life Safety Desktop 15 CALs $29,500.00 $29,500.00 1.00   $29,500.00

ePCR + NFIRS Mobile $1,495.00 $1,495.00 8.00   $11,960.00

Preplan/Map Viewer $395.00 $395.00 12.00   $4,740.00

Intergraph CAD Interface (RMS Side) $7,500.00 $7,500.00 1.00   $7,500.00

ZOLL Medical Device Interface $3,900.00 $3,900.00 1.00   $3,900.00

NEMSIS EMS Billing Interface $2,500.00 $2,500.00 1.00   $2,500.00

Setup $125.00 $125.00 15.00   $1,875.00

Training (per Instructor, per Week, Expenses Included) $7,500.00 $7,500.00 2.00   $15,000.00

Dell Server(s) for RMS Solution $20,000.00 $20,000.00 1.00   $20,000.00

Data Conversion $125.00 $125.00 40.00   $5,000.00

Annual Support, Human Resources Core (15 CALs) $5,900.00 $5,900.00 1.00   $5,900.00

Annual Support, Life Safety Core (15 CALs) $5,900.00 $5,900.00 1.00 20.00% $4,720.00

Annual Support, NFIRS + ePCR Core (15 CALs) $5,900.00 $5,900.00 1.00 40.00% $3,540.00

Annual Support, NFIRS + ePCR Mobile $299.00 $299.00 1.00   $299.00

Annual Support, Preplan/Map Viewer $79.00 $79.00 12.00   $948.00

Page 262: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Executive Summary

Thank you for the opportunity to respond to the City of San Angelo’s Request for Proposal (RFP) for a

new fire records management system. High Plains is uniquely qualified to meet the needs of your

agency.

Founded in 1985, High Plains Information Systems, Inc. is a Colorado corporation. The company provides

records management solutions to fire and EMS agencies nationwide. Our flagship product is a complete

fire records management system (FRMS) that addresses nearly every data need of your agency. Three

main modules comprise our product: Incident Reporting, Human Resource Management and Life Safety.

The Incident Reporting module includes NFIRS 5.0 fire reporting and NEMSIS Gold compliant electronic

patient care reports. Our mobile software client allows you to complete all of the required reports while

you are still in the field or at the patient’s side. Optionally, these reports can be completed after the call

using our desktop application.

The Human Resource module helps you manage detailed employee information. This includes basic

information, such as names; employee numbers and important dates; benefits; status and schedule

changes; daily staffing; certificates; training records; and much more. Our integrated payroll module can

be added, if desired.

The Life Safety module is used by code enforcement professionals to manage fire inspections, permits

and plan reviews. It is also used by operations personnel to complete and share pre-fire plans.

Our software constantly evolves. New features are normally added at the request of our customers. As

our newest customer, we invite you to participate in this quality improvement process. As a member of

our Customer Community, you will be able to meet and confer with our staff of professionals as well as

other customers. This provides a conduit for the free flow of new ideas and information.

Customer service after the sale is what truly makes High Plains the right choice for San Angelo. During

and after the implementation process, you will work closely with our team members to get the most out

of your investment. When you call our office, you will always speak to a representative that is capable

and willing to help you with your issue or question.

We sincerely thank you for this opportunity. We are looking forward to serving the employees and

citizens of San Angelo. Please contact me personally if you have any questions regarding our products,

services or this proposal.

Mark Cheline, President

High Plains Information Systems, Inc.

(303) 721-8100

[email protected]

Page 263: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO PURCHASING DIVISION 72 West College Avenue, San Angelo, Texas 76903 Tel: (325) 657-4220 or 657-4219

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Mgt System Page 1

ADDENDUM 1 Date: September 18, 2012 RFP No: FD-03-12/Records Management System Location: San Angelo, Texas Submission Deadline: September 27, 2012/2:00 P.M. Local Time (Revised) The following clarifications, changes, additions, and/or deletions are hereby made to the specifications and contract documents: SCOPE OF SERVICES REQUESTED General Specifications, Page 9

1. #2. The provided records management system must include Fire Incident reporting, EMS Incident reporting, Patient Side Care reporting, Electronic NEMSIS Billing extracts, Interface with ZOLL medical devices, Human Resources, equipment tracking and certification management.

Question: Is the only requested interface for Zoll Medical devices, and no other interfaces (besides CAD) needed? If so, Please provide Zoll model numbers for what is being used.

Response: Zoll M and E series monitors

2. #3. Optimally the records management system should include Occupancy Management, Pre-Fire Plan

Management and viewer, Vehicle Maintenance, Hydrant Tracking, Employee Scheduling, Training Records Documentation, Overtime System, Employee Time Record and data conversion from existing system to new records management system. If the records management system does not include these elements, a separate “stand alone” program must be offered and the price included with the submitted bid.

Question: Is the data conversion required? What is the current Fire RMS system? What data is going to be converted? Please provide information on the current system, the number of records to be converted, a sample of the data to be converted, and a data structure of the system.

Response: Data conversion is highly desired to avoid maintenance of legacy systems. Data will be converted from Zoll FireRMS v 4.7 and will be close to 1.5GB of data to be converted. Data is stored in a Microsoft 2000 SQL database.

3. #2. All necessary server hardware, including the necessary servers and mounting hardware for a 2-post rack mount system.

Question: Based on our experience, local governments can get better pricing for hardware than a vendor. We would like to know if the hardware costs are required or can we just provide our hardware specifications to help guide the City with their hardware selection?

Response: No. Vendor will provide all necessary servers.

Page 264: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Mgt System Page 2

Proposal Format Instructions, Page 11

4. Each response should be organized in a fashion as outline below with sections labeled (not numbered): Tab 1, Table of Contents, Tab 2 Executive Summary (no longer than 2 pages, No smaller than Ariel 9-point font), etc…

Question: Please elaborate on what is meant by "sections labeled (not numbered)”. Does this mean that we shouldn’t label the tabs “Tab 1”, “Tab 2”, and so forth? Please provide a more detailed example.

Response: Each section should be labeled not numbered. The first tab should be “Table of Contents” etc. Report Management System Questionnaire, Fire prevention/ inspection, Page 36

5. Edit data entry to minimize entry of code(s) which would be invalid based on previous entry Question: Please provide more information on this requirement. Please provide an example of how this will be used.

Response: System should include built in methods on ensuring data is accurate, valid, and complete. There should not be a requirement that a third party product be used for validation. All applicable updates should be included in maintenance costs, including IFC code updates.

Report Management System Questionnaire, Personnel, Page 44

6. Ability to have an integrated payroll system

Question: Does the City want the ability to cut checks, or are they just looking for a time management report that can be submitted to Payroll?

Response: Time management reports including the handling of comp time, split shifts, out of classification pay, over time, and floating holiday pay.

Other Questions:

7. Question: Does the city prefer a hosted solution, where the software is accessible via the Internet and purchasing of server hardware is not necessary?

Response: We prefer an on-premise system.

8. Question: Does the city prefer an on-premise system where hardware is purchased by the City and

maintained on-site by the City’s IT Department?

Response: Hardware will be on-site and maintained by the fire department.

9. Question: How many desktop workstations will access the Fire RMS?

Response: Approximately 50 but we should not be limited by that number. Licensing should be for how ever many hosts are needed by the San Angelo Fire Department.

10. Question: How many mobile workstations will access the Fire RMS?

Response: Approximately 25.

Page 265: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

RFP: FD-03-12/Records Mgt System Page 3 Y:\12-RFX\Fire Dept\FD0312 Records Mgt Sys\Addendum 1.docx

11. Question: How many desktop workstations will access the EMS system (e-PCR)?

Response: Approximately 50

12. Question: How many mobile workstations will access the EMS system (e-PCR)?

Response: Approximately 25.

13. Question: Is data conversion required? If so, please provide information on the current systems, the number of records, a sample data structure, and sample data files for the systems of conversion, and a data dictionary.

Response: See answer to #2 above.

14. Question: What is the total user population?

Response: 180-200 users.

15. Question: If so, do the concurrent users include EMS (e-PCR) and Fire RMS users?

Response: Users should be able to be in both systems concurrently.

16. Question: Has the Fire Department looked at other software systems? If so, what systems have been seen?

Response: Yes. The second part of this question will not be answered. Please provide your best options and offer.

17. Question: Is the system a multi-department/multi-jurisdictional system? If so, how many FDIDs are

going to be used?

Response: No

18. Question: We understand that cost is an important factor in your evaluation criteria. Has the City established a budget for this system? If so, would you please give provide what the ballpark funding level is?

Response: Yes we have a budget. No, the budget number will not be disclosed.

19. Question: Would the City consider granting a one-week extension?

Response: Yes. The deadline for responses will be extended to September 27, 2012/2:00PM, CDST

Sincerely,

Roger S. Banks Purchasing, Division Manager

Page 266: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Records Management Committee Recommendations.

Committee members recorded:

Scott Farris

Geneva Rodriquez

Peter Haidinger

Scott Farris Fd-03-12 Records Management system qualifications

EF Recovery

• Hosted solution – unable to keep records in house. This would create additional streaming issues

• The Hydrant Inspections module not working correctly and upgrades/updates are not planned at this time.

• Currently using and outdated version of this product. ZOLL refuses to correct our issues. EF Recovery is selling a ZOLL product.

High Plains

• Hydrant Inspections module is not planned at this time and we were told they don’t know if or when a module would be in the works.

• Vehicle fleet management not included. • High plains has told us for the last two years they will work on the issues listed here although

zero progress has been made

Emergency Technologies

• Annual maintenance & support fees were substantially higher than the other companies • Proposal unable to supply mobile/tablet user interface for PT./EMS compatibility

Scott Farris

Assistant Chief of Operations

San Angelo Fire Department

Page 267: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Geneva Rodriguez FD-03-12 Records management system qualifications

EF Recovery

• We are currently not satisfied with this product.

• The Hydrant Inspections module does not always work correctly and upgrades/updates are not planned at this time.

• Data mining is very difficult with this software.

High Plains

• Hydrant Inspections module is not planned at this time and we were told they don’t know if or when a module would be in the works.

Emergency Technologies

• Annual maintenance & support fees were substantially higher than the other companies.

Geneva F. Rodriguez

Administrative Asst.

San Angelo Fire Dept.

T-(325) 657-4355

F-(325) 655-1644

Page 268: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Peter Haidinger FD-03-12 Records management system qualifications

EF Recovery

• Did not meet our requirements for a solution to be managed in house by the fire department

• Reselling a product we already own and use (Zoll FireRMS) at a high mark-up

Highplains

• Solution did not include Hydrant Inspections

• Solution did not include vehicle fleet management

Emergency Technologies

• Solution was not a significant improvement over current system

• Solution was not mobile/tablet friendly and did not meet our needs for patient side care reporting

Peter Haidinger

Fire Technology Manager

San Angelo Fire Department

San Angelo, TX

325-657-4355

[email protected]

Page 269: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

1

SOFTWARE SALES AND INSTALLATION AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this Sample day of 2012, by and between the Sample Fire Department, whose address is 123 Main Street, Sample City, Sample State, (the “Customer”), and High Plains Information Systems, Inc., a Colorado corporation, whose address is 6465 Greenwood Plaza Blvd, Suite 1025, Centennial, Colorado 80111 (“High Plains”). WHEREAS, the Customer desires to procure a fire records management system (RMS) that will significantly enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of the records management process, WHEREAS, the Customer desires for High Plains to provide installation configuration and support of High Plains RMS, including multiple components, for this purpose, NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and undertakings set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows: I. System Components High Plains shall provide, install and configure the latest and current versions of the following components of High Plains RMS:

A. Incident Reporting, including

1. NFIRS 5.0 compliant and certified fire reporting

2. Advanced patient care reporting

3. Life Safety

4. Human Resources

5. Mobile licenses

6. Advanced query and data analysis tools

B. ZOLL Medical Device Interface

C. EMS Billing Interface

D. CAD Interface

E. Report Manager, including

1. The current set of pre-written reports

2. Crystal Reports runtime

F. Management Tools, including

1. Security Manager

Page 270: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2

2. Code Manager

3. Standardized Reporting II. Compensation The cost of the project, including software, services and first year support shall be $ Sample Price

in accordance with the attached quotation. The Customer agrees to make payments in a timely fashion and in accordance with the following schedule: 1/3 due at contract signing; 1/3 at the completion of training; and the balance within 30 days after the system is used in a live environment.

III. Software Installation High Plains shall install, configure and test all components within 90 days of the execution of this

contract by both parties. IV. Training

High Plains shall provide Sample number of days of training, including end-user, support (MIS), and administrative training. Additional training during the first or subsequent contract years will be billable at the rate of eight hundred dollars per day plus actual travel expenses.

V. Support

High Plains shall provide on-going software support according to the terms and conditions of the software support agreement, which is contained within and is an integral part of this Agreement.

VI. End-User License Agreement

The Customer agrees to abide by all of the terms and conditions of High Plains’ end-user license agreement (EULA) which is contained within and is an integral part of this agreement, is packaged with the software installation media, is prominently displayed when the software is installed, and can be viewed from within the software application.

VII. Representations and Warranties

High Plains represents and warrants that all services will be performed in compliance with all applicable federal, state or local laws of the United States. High Plains warrants that the software and intellectual property furnished to the Customer shall be furnished in good and workmanlike manner, shall be reasonably free of defects, shall be reasonably usable by the staff of the Customer expected to use them on a regular basis, shall be fit for the purposes for which intended, and shall not violate any applicable license agreements.

VIII. Costs and Attorney’s Fees

In the event of any dispute regarding the enforcement of any of the terms of the Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

Page 271: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

3

IX. Force Majeure

Neither party shall be in default by reason of any failure of its performance under this Agreement if such failure results, whether directly or indirectly, from fire, explosion, strike, freight embargo, act of God, or of the public enemy, war, civil disturbance, act of government, dejure or defacto, or any agency or official thereof, labor shortage (other than caused by High Plains response to District duties,) transportation contingencies, unusually severe weather, default of manufacturer or supplier as a subcontractor, quarantine or restriction, epidemic, or catastrophe, lack of timely instructions or essential information from Dealer or otherwise beyond the control of the parties.

X. Waiver and Forfeiture

Failure to exercise any right hereunder shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver or forfeiture of such right. In addition, the waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof.

XI. Dispute Resolution

Each party agrees to give the other prompt written notice of any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, an Order or a Product, and both parties agree to engage in good faith discussions to resolve the matter. If that fails to resolve the matter promptly, either party may require the other to participate in mediation before a mutually-agreed mediator through the procedures set forth above within 60 days (or such longer period as the parties may agree) prior to proceeding to court. This section, and the obligation to mediate, will not apply to claims for misuse or infringement of a party’s intellectual property or Confidential Information.

XII. Entire Agreement

This Agreement, the attached End User License Agreement and Software Support Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations or agreements, either oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no representations or statements of any kind made by any representative, which are not stated herein, shall be binding upon the parties. No addition to or modification of any provision in this Agreement shall be binding upon either party unless made in writing and signed by both parties. If any of the provisions or portions of this Agreement are invalid under an applicable statute or rule of law, they are to that extent to be deemed omitted. If a conflict exists between this Agreement and the End-User License Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.

XIII. Headings

The section headings are inserted only for reference and do not define, limit or prescribe the scope of this Agreement.

Page 272: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

4

XIV. Due Authorization

The undersigned do hereby warrant that they are fully authorized to execute the terms of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE PARTIES HAVE CAUSED THIS Agreement to be duly executed effective the day and year first above written.

Sample Fire Department

By:_______________________________________

Date:_____________________________________

HIGH PLAINS INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By:_______________________________________

Date:_____________________________________

Page 273: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

5

Addendum A

END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR HIGH PLAINS RMS™ SOFTWARE IMPORTANT-READ CAREFULLY: This End-User License Agreement (''Agreement'') is a legal agreement between you (either an individual or a single entity) and High Plains Information Systems, Inc. (“High Plains”) for High Plains RMS™ software product(s) accompanying this Agreement, which include(s) computer software and may include "online" or electronic documentation, associated media, and printed materials (collectively, ''Software''). By installing, copying, or otherwise using the Software or any Updates (as defined below), you agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. If you do not agree to the terms of this Agreement, do not install, copy, or otherwise use the Software. In addition, by installing, copying, or otherwise using any updates or other components of the Software that you receive separately as part of the Software (''Updates''), you agree to be bound by any additional license terms that accompany such Updates. If you do not agree to the additional license terms that accompany such Updates, you may not install, copy, or otherwise use such Updates. 1. LICENSE TO USE SOFTWARE.

1.1 General License Grant. High Plains grants to you a nonexclusive limited license to install and use one copy of the Software, subject to the consent of High Plains to the use of the Software for the number of servers, workstations, mobile devices, and users that are specified in a separate authorization certificate provided by High Plains (“Authorized Users”). The Software is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties. The Software is licensed, not sold.

1.2 Documentation/Storage/Network Use. This Agreement grants you a personal,

nonexclusive license to install a copy of the Software on a storage device, such as a network server, used only to install or run the Software concurrently by the maximum number of Authorized Users, as may be designated in a separate authorization certificate provided by High Plains. A license for the Software may not be shared or used concurrently by other end users, unless you have a license for additional Authorized Users as specified in a separate authorization certificate provided by High Plains. You may not distribute the Software, including by electronic transfer from one computer to another over a network or otherwise, except as necessary for use of the Authorized Users. You may increase the number of concurrent Authorized Users only upon payment of an additional license fee and receipt of an authorization certificate for such number of additional Authorized Users. UNLESS YOU HOLD AN AUTHORIZATION CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING YOUR LICENSE, YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO INSTALL, COPY OR OTHERWISE USE THE SOFTWARE, AND ANY SOFTWARE THAT HAS BEEN INSTALLED SHOULD BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY. 2. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS

2.1 Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation, and Disassembly. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software.

2.2 Transfer. You may not resell, rent, lease, lend, or otherwise transfer for value, the Software without the prior written consent of High Plains.

2.3 Certification of Use. You agree that upon request of High Plains, you will within 30 days fully document and certify that your use of High Plains RMS™ software at the time of the request is in conformity with valid licenses from High Plains.

Page 274: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

6

2.4 Termination. Without prejudice to any other rights, either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party fails to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In such event, you must destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts. 3. COPYRIGHT; TRADEMARKS. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the Software (including but not limited to any forms, images, photographs, animations, applets, video, audio, music, and text incorporated into the Software), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the Software are owned by High Plains. This Agreement does not grant you any rights in connection with High Plains RMS™ or other trademarks or service marks of High Plains. All rights not expressly granted are reserved by High Plains. 4. SUPPORT SERVICES. High Plains may provide you with support services related to the Software (“Support Services”). Use of Support Services is governed by policies and programs described in the user manual and/or online documentation. Any supplemental software code provided to you as part of the Support Services shall be considered part of the Software and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 5. UPGRADES. If the Software is labeled as an upgrade, you must be properly licensed to use a product identified by High Plains as being eligible for the upgrade in order to use the Software. You may use the resulting upgraded product only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 6. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Colorado. 7. LIMITED WARRANTY. High Plains warrants that the Software will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of 90 days from the date of receipt of the Software. High Plains will continue to warrant, maintain, and upgrade the product as long as the service agreement remains in place. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS. YOU MAY HAVE OTHERS, WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. 8. NO OTHER WARRANTIES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HIGH PLAINS DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE, AND THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES. Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties or limitations on how long an implied warranty may last, so the above limitations may not apply to you. To the extent permissible, any implied warranties are limited to 90 days. 9. CUSTOMER REMEDIES/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. High Plains' entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at High Plains' option, either (a) return of the price paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of the Software. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HIGH PLAINS OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, EVEN IF HIGH PLAINS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN ANY CASE, HIGH PLAINS' ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE OR U.S. $5.00.

Page 275: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

7

10. HIPAA COMPLIANCE. You are responsible for compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1990 (HIPAA). Use of the Software may result in the documentation or dissemination of information in a manner that is not in compliance with the privacy laws and regulations under HIPAA. Before using this Software or any associated documents obtained from this Software, you should obtain the advice of your attorney regarding compliance with HIPAA laws and regulations in connection with the use of the Software. HIGH PLAINS MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION THAT THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE WILL ENSURE YOUR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING HIPAA, WHETHER CURRENT, PROPOSED OR THAT BECOME EFFECTIVE AT ANY FUTURE DATE. YOU AGREE THAT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, HIGH PLAINS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OR INJURY ARISING OUT OF ANY VIOLATION OR ALLEGED VIOLATION OF ANY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING HIPAA, AS A RESULT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE. 11. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS. In the case where the United States Government, or an agency thereof, is the licensee, the following additional terms apply: Restricted Computer Software, as defined in the Rights in Data - General clause at Federal Acquisition Regulations 52.227-14; and as applicable, RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND Use, duplication or disclosure by the U. S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in the appropriate subparagraph of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. 12. PATIENT DOCUMENT TEMPLATES. At the End User’s request, certain templates for patient signatures may be made available to End Users. These templates are being made available for use with the software products of High Plains Information Systems, Inc. These templates are samples only, designed to assist End Users in complying with applicable Medicare signature requirements. These templates are not legal advice, and are not official forms or verbiage of any governmental agency and may not reflect requirements of state or local law in any jurisdiction where the software may be used. The End User expressly agrees to bear all responsibility for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, whether now in effect or hereafter adopted or amended, and the End User agrees that neither High Plains Information Systems, Inc. nor its owners, directors, employees, agents, contractors, attorneys or consultants bear any responsibility for the implementation or proper use of the template by End User, or the modification in any manner by End User. End User expressly understands and agrees that these templates may be subject to modification due to changes in applicable laws and regulations, or official interpretations of governmental agencies, and High Plains Information Systems, Inc. bears no responsibility to automatically provide updates to these templates to End User.

Page 276: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

8

Addendum B

Annual Technical Support Agreement

This Annual Technical Support Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of the date set forth below between High Plains Information Systems, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“High Plains”), and the Daisy Mountain Fire Department (the “Customer”):

1. Purpose. This Agreement is also entered into in order to specify the rights and duties of High Plains and the Customer with regard to certain support services to be provided by High Plains for the Customer.

2. Performance of Duties. High Plains agrees to provide the maintenance and support services

specified in “Services Furnished” with regard to High Plains RMS™ software (“Software”) licensed by High Plains to the Customer and such other services in support of the Customer as may mutually be agreed upon by the parties during the term of this Agreement (“services”). This Agreement is expressly subject to the High Plains License Agreement (“the License Agreement”), which must be in effect throughout the term of the Agreement, including any renewals of such term.

3. Scope of Agreement.

a. Conditions Covered. This Agreement covers High Plains RMS™ Software

identified in the License Agreement. This Agreement will also cover Updates and Upgrades furnished to Customer by High Plains under this Agreement.

b. Conditions Not Covered.

i. Customer shall inform High Plains in writing of any modifications to High

Plains RMS™ Software made by Customer or made for Customer by third

parties (“Customer Modifications”). High Plains shall not be responsible for maintaining or supporting Customer Modifications or for maintaining portions of High Plains RMS™ Software affected by Customer Modifications.

ii. High Plains shall not be responsible for correcting problems caused by

improper use of High Plains RMS™ Software by Customer.

iii. High Plains shall not be responsible for technology developed or owned by third parties.

iv. High Plains shall not be responsible for maintaining Customer’s

hardware, including but not limited to telecommunications devices, components, computers, peripheral devices and storage media.

v. High Plains shall not be responsible for correcting problems caused by

conditions beyond its reasonable control, such as environmental and natural disasters, strikes, acts of war, viruses introduced by parties other than High Plains, etc.

Page 277: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

9

4. Compensation.

a. For the regular services specified in this Agreement, High Plains will be compensated as follows: $2500 plus $299 per mobile computer per annum plus the reasonable cost of any additional services for which High Plains is not responsible under this Agreement. These additional services, if any, shall by identified by High Plains and a cost estimate shall be provided to Customer before any work commences.

b. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, special or services excluded from the

scope of this Agreement will be accounted for based on time expended by High Plains. High Plains will cause time records of its personnel, managers, employees, and agents to be maintained for the purpose of determining such charges. Charges for time expended on special matters or for one-time services will be at the normal hourly rates charged by High Plains for such personnel performing such services.

5. Payment of Compensation. The Customer shall pay the cash compensation by check or by

wire transfer to such account(s) as may be specified by High Plains for the services on or before 30 days after the date of invoice.

6. Customer Responsibilities. High Plains’ obligations to Customer under this Agreement are

expressly made conditional upon the following:

a. Customer shall at all times be in full compliance with all terms and conditions of the License Agreement.

b. Customer shall at all times ensure that its personnel are properly trained in the

operation and use of High Plains RMS™ Software. Customer will designate up to two (2) persons properly trained in the use of High Plains RMS™ Software to serve as Customer’s primary contact with High Plains for maintenance services. Customer shall provide written notice to High Plains giving the name and contact information for such designated persons. Customer shall devote such personnel and resources as High Plains reasonably requests as necessary to the successful and timely provision of maintenance services.

c. Customer shall provide High Plains with in-person, telephone and high-bandwidth

electronic file access to Customer’s equipment, software, data and personnel, as reasonably requested by High Plains to enable High Plains to perform its services under this Agreement.

7. Updates, Upgrades and New Versions.

a. Free Updates. High Plains will provide a licensed copy of all updates to fix or correct errors in the functionality of the Software, which High Plains makes generally available to its customers during the term of the Agreement. High Plains will waive the license fee, if any, generally to customers for such updates. Updates will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable License Agreement and of this Agreement.

b. Upgrades. High Plains will provide a licensed copy of all upgrades to the

Software, which High Plains makes available to its customers during the term of this Agreement. For purposes hereof, “upgrades” shall mean improvements that require a major change in development tools and result in a higher major release number for the software. High Plains will charge Customer the license fee, if any, generally charged to supported customers for an upgrade. Upgrades will be

Page 278: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

10

subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable License Agreement and of this Agreement.

c. New Products. New products are not provided to Customer under this

Agreement.

8. Disclaimers. HIGH PLAINS DOES NOT GUARANTEE OR WARRANT THE CUSTOMER’S USE OF HIGH PLAINS RMS™ SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR-FREE, OR WILL ALWAYS BE OPERATIONAL WITHOUT DELAY. THE SERVICES ARE BEING PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS WITH NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. HIGH PLAINS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INJURIES OR DAMAGE TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY EXCEPT THOSE DIRECTLY DUE TO ITS ACTS OR OMISSIONS. IN NO EVENT SHALL HIGH PLAINS AND ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR OTHER SIMILAR DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH THEREOF, EVEN IF HIGH PLAINS AND ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST HIGH PLAINS SHALL BE CUSTOMER’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, High Plains and its affiliates shall not be liable for any loss or liability caused by computer viruses, strikes, lockouts, fire, explosion, theft, floods, riot, civil commotion, war, malicious mischief, act of God or any actions or events beyond the control of High Plains. Any liability of High Plains and its affiliates under this Agreement is solely to Customer and is limited by this Section and other applicable limitations set forth in this Agreement. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Customer will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless High Plains from and against all claims, damages, losses and costs, including litigation expenses and attorney’s fees, in excess of the limits set forth above and arising out of or related to High Plains’ performance under this Agreement. As used in this Section, High Plains includes any affiliated corporations, subcontractors, or any of its or their officers, or employees.

9. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall have an initial term of one year, commencing on

the date set forth below. This Agreement may be renewed on an annual basis if the parties reach mutual agreement as to the terms and conditions of such renewal. The provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

10. Miscellaneous. The following additional provisions will apply to this Agreement:

a. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of

Colorado. The Customer hereby irrevocably submits and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Colorado with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement.

b. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the

subject matter hereof and may not be amended or modified except in writing subscribed to by both parties.

c. Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the

other party. This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of both parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns.

d. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable,

then such provision shall be enforced or severed to the extent possible without affecting the remainder of this Agreement.

Comment [deb1]:

Page 279: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

11

11. Services Furnished. High Plains Information Systems, Inc. shall furnish support services for High Plains RMS™ Software consisting of the following services:

a. Telephone, E-mail, Verbal and Internet Support. High Plains will provide

telephone support, email, verbal and Internet support during High Plains’ normal business hours in Colorado. Such support will be given (i) to answer routine questions regarding the use of High Plains RMS™ Software; (ii) to assist Customer in identifying and reporting errors in the Software which may need corrections; (iii) to assist Customer in identifying and reporting new features and functional improvements that may warrant the development of an update or upgrade; and (iv) to provide work-around solutions when reasonably available. Verbal support refers to such assistance given by High Plains personnel other than by telephone or Internet (i.e., in person, or in writing). Internet support refers to Internet access to Customer’s equipment and Customer’s copy of High Plains RMS™ Software by High Plains’ personnel from High Plains’ place of business or another remote location.

b. Electronic Support Capability. High Plains and Customer will maintain

telecommunications facilities enabling high-bandwidth electronic file transfer between High Plains and Customer.

c. Training. During the initial term of this Agreement, qualified High Plains'

personnel will provide 3 days of training to personnel of Customer, at Customer’s place of business

d. Integration. Integration is Customer’s responsibility. However, upon request,

High Plains will provide integration assistance to Customer. High Plains’ integration services will be billed at one hundred twenty-five dollars per hour.

Page 280: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: February 18, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Ricky Dickson, Interim Water Utilities Director

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Ricky Dickson, Interim Water Utilities Director, 657-4209

Caption: Consent Item

Consideration of authorizing the sale of the following residential property for the appraised value and authorizing the Mayor, City Manager, or Water Utilities Director to execute all necessary legal documents pertaining to the sale of subject properties, subject to completion of all curative requirements.

Summary: Johnny and Candice Parker 6402 Lincoln Park Road West Lot 21, Group Lincoln Park $25,793 History: None.

Financial Impact: Proceeds from the sale of lake lots go into the Lake Nasworthy Trust Fund. Related Vision Item (if applicable): None. Other Information/Recommendation: If the sale is approved at the appraised value, a title examination will be performed and legal staff will prepare a Real Estate Contract of Sale, Special Warranty Deed and Surrender of Lease, as previously approved by City Council. Staff recommends approval. Attachments: Appraisal Report (Parker) Presentation: None. Publication: None. Reviewed by Service Area Director: Ricky Dickson, Interim Water Utilities Director, February 18, 2013

Page 281: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 282: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 283: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 284: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 285: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 286: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 287: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 288: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 289: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 290: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 291: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 292: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Adopted: 5/30/03 Revised: 6/21/10

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: February 11, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Cindy M. Preas, Real Estate Administrator (657-4407)

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Diana Farris, Property Specialist (657-4407)

Caption: Consent Item

Consideration of adopting a Resolution of the City of San Angelo authorizing the mayor to execute a tax-resale (quitclaim) deed conveying all right, title and interest of the City of San Angelo, and all other taxing units interested in the tax foreclosure judgment:

321 E 24th Street, (Galilee), Lot 20, Block 1, Colonial Heights, $1,675, Suit No.B-06-0043-T

210 W Avenue N, (Garcia-Leake), Lot 10, Block 116, Fort Concho, $1,500, Suit No.B-07-0013-T

204 Paint Rock Road, (Pearcy), Lot 8, Block A, Glenmore Annex, $3,500, Suit No.B-06-0123-T

725 W 16th Street, (Perez), Lot 9, Block 11, Mineola, $750, Suit No.B-4722-B

833 W 16th Street, (Perez), Lot 3, Block 12, Mineola, $750, Suit No.TAX93-0109-B

2506 Coleman Street, (Salinas), Lot 12, Block 39, Hatcher, $2,079, Suit No.B-06-0119-T

701 W 15th Street, (Smith-Blair), Lot 1, Block 4, Mineola Annex, $750, Suit No.TAX90-0151B

703 W 15th Street, (Smith-Blair), Lot 2, Block 4, Mineola Annex, $750, Suit No.TAX90-0197B

707 W 15th Street, (Smith-Blair), Lot 4, Block 4, Mineola Annex, $750, Suit No.TAX89-0557B

507 N Farr Street, (William), Lot 16, Block 9, Miles, $11,000, Suit No.B-03-0099-T

Summary: The subject properties were auctioned at Sheriff’s Sale. No offers were received causing subject properties to be stuck-off to the City, as Trustee for itself and the other taxing entities.

History: The attached Property Analysis reflects amounts of delinquent taxes, accrued penalties, interest, attorney fees and costs for delinquent years of, together with additional penalties and interest at the rates prescribed by Chapter 33, Texas Property Tax Code.

Financial Impact: Upon approval: (1) The City will retain a $500 Administration fee; (2) The balance will be distributed according to the judgment on the Sheriff’s Return; and (3) Property will be reinstated back onto tax roll.

Page 293: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Financial Vision – Examine liquidation of unused or underperforming city-owned properties

Neighborhood Vision – Attract reinvestment

Other Information/ Recommendation:

Staff recommends approval.

Attachments: Property Analysis, Resolution, Tax-Resale Deed and Property Location Map

Presentation: N/A

Publication: N/A

Reviewed by Director:

Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Approved by Legal:

Page 294: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE A TAX-RESALE (QUITCLAIM) DEED CONVEYING ALL RIGHT, TITLE AND INTEREST OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, AND ALL OTHER TAXING UNITS INTERESTED IN THE TAX FORECLOSURE JUDGMENT

WHEREAS, by Sheriff’s Sale, the properties described below were struck-off to the City of San Angelo, Trustee, pursuant to delinquent tax foreclosure decrees of the 119th Judicial District, Tom Green County, Texas; and WHEREAS, offers have been made for the purchase of said properties pursuant to Section 34.05, Texas Tax Code Ann.(Vernon, 1982); and

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO that its Mayor, Alvin New, is hereby authorized to execute a Tax-Resale (quitclaim) Deed conveying the following described real properties to the following as specified below, all of the right, title, and interest of the City of San Angelo, and all other taxing units interested in the tax foreclosure judgment, located in San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas: Conveying to: GALILEE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a Texas nonprofit corporation; ($1,675):

Lot 20, Block 1, Colonial Heights Addition, an addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 60, Page 433, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #07-18900-0001-015-00

JORGE GARCIA, a single person, and JADE LEAKE, a single person; ($1,500):

Lot 10, Block 116, Fort Concho Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, as described in Volume 26, Page 330, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #12-23200-0116-010-00

JOHN S. PEARCY, a single person; ($3,500):

Lot 8, Block “A”, Glenmore Annex, an addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County Texas, as described in Volume 604, Page 530, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Account #13-24800-0000-008-00 LOUIS A. PEREZ, a married person as his sole and separate property; ($750):

Lot 9, Block 11, Mineola Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas. Account #20-34900-0011-010-00

LOUIS A. PEREZ, a married person as his sole and separate property; ($750):

Lot 3, Block 12, Mineola Addition, City of San Angelo as described in Volume 270, Page 318, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Page 295: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

#20-34900-0012-003-00 RICHARD SALINAS, a married person as his sole and separate property, and Maria Salinas, a single person; ($2,079):

Lot 12, Block 39, Hatcher’s Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 1, Page 144, Plat Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #14-26900-0039-012-00

RYAN SMITH, a single person, and JUSTIN BLAIR, a single person; ($750):

Lot 1, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume 363, Page 475, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Account #20-35000-0004-001-00 RYAN SMITH, a single person, and JUSTIN BLAIR, a single person; ($750):

Lot 2, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume 363, Page 475, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Account #20-35000-0004-002-00 RYAN SMITH, a single person, and JUSTIN BLAIR, a single person; ($750):

Lot 4, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume 290, Page 515, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Account #20-35000-0004-004-00 ERNST RAY WILLIAM, a married person as his sole and separate property; ($11,000):

Lot 16, Block 9, Miles Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, as described in deed recorded in Volume 100, Page 397, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #18-34200-0009-015-00

APPROVED AND ADOPTED ON THE DAY OF , 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

_______________________________ Alvin New, Mayor Attest: ______________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved As to Content: Approved As to Form:

Page 296: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

______________________________ ______________________________ Cindy M. Preas, Real Estate Administrator Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 297: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

321 E 24th Street, Lot 20, Block 1, Colonial Heights Addition 50' x 140'

Copyright:© 2012 ESRI, NAVTEQ, DeLorme

City Address Points

Pending City Addresses

Retired City Addresses

County Address Points

Pending County Addresses

Retired County Addresses

City Structures

City of San Angelo Fee Lands

City of San Angelo Trustee Lands

February 11, 20130 0.02 0.040.01 mi

0 0.035 0.070.0175 km

1:1,349

Page 298: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

2 YRS

Adjudge Value: 2,060.00$ No

Amount of Offer: 1,675.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee $850.00 850.00$ 0.00% $850.00

District Clerk $14.00 $14.00 0.00% $14.00

Sheriff's Fee $100.00 $100.00 0.00% $100.00

Attorney Fee $190.00 $190.00 0.00% $190.00

Municipal Liens -$ $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00

Taxes -$ $905.12 100.00% $21.00 $21.00

Total $1,654.00 $905.12 $1,654.00 100.00% $21.00 $1,675.00

Actual Total Amt Due $2,559.12

Amount Remaining 21.00$

Offer will satisfy all costs according to the Judgment.

Purchased under Urban Redevelopment

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

March 17, 2011

321 E 24th Street

B-06-0043-T

Unimproved

Lot 20, Block 1, Colonial Heights Addition, an addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom

Green County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 60,

Page 433, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

March 1, 2011

June 14, 2007

#07-18900-0001-015-00

Jean Ann Hemingway Account #1313

50' x 140'

Page 299: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: GALILEE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a Texas nonprofit

corporation 1404 S Oakes Street San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 20, Block 1, Colonial Heights Addition, an addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 60, Page 433, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #07-18900-0001-015-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 14, 2007 in

Suit No. B-06-0043-T, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated March 17, 2011, and recorded in Instrument Number 700430, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms

Page 300: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 301: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lot 10, Block 116, Fort Concho Addition - 210 W Avenue M 50' x 150'

County Address Points

City Limits

Streets 9028

Ownership Parcels

Platted Lot Lines

Platted Lot Line Labels

Right of Way

Street Pavement

July 23, 20120 0.08 0.160.04 mi

0 0.1 0.20.05 km

1:4,796

Page 302: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

1 1/2 YRS

Adjudge Value: 3,100.00$ No

Amount of Offer: 1,500.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee $0.00 0.00% $0.00

District Clerk $333.00 $333.00 0.00% $333.00

Sheriff's Fee $100.00 $100.00 0.00% $100.00

Attorney Fee $365.00 $365.00 0.00% $365.00

Municipal Liens $3,585.01 67.97% $137.30 $137.30

Taxes $1,689.28 32.03% $64.70 $64.70

Total $1,298.00 5,274.29$ $1,298.00 100.00% 202.00$ $1,500.00

Actual Total Amt Due $6,572.29

Amount Remaining 202.00$

Offer will satisfy all costs and a small portion of taxes and liens according to the Judgment.

Purchased under Urban Redevelopment

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

June 30, 2011

210 W Avenue M

B-07-0013-T

Unimproved

Lot 10, Block 116, Fort Concho Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas,

as described in Volume 26, Page 330, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

June 7, 2011

June 30, 2009

12-23200-0116-010-00

Pablo Zavala, deceased Account #5651

50' x 150'

Page 303: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: JORGE GARCIA, a single person, and JADE LEAKE, a single person

4404 Southwest Blvd. Apt #109 San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76904

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 10, Block 116, Fort Concho Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, as described in Volume 26, Page 330, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #12-23200-0116-010-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 30, 2009 in

Suit No. B-07-0013-T, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated June 30, 2011, and recorded in Instrument No. 705023, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 304: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 305: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 306: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

1 YR

Adjudge Value: 9,000.00$ No

Amount of Offer: 3,500.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee 1,609.52$ $1,609.52 0.00% $1,609.52

District Clerk $677.00 $677.00 0.00% $677.00

Sheriff's Fee $100.00 $100.00 0.00% $100.00

Attorney Fee $371.00 $371.00 0.00% $371.00

Municipal Liens $5,730.86 44.81% $108.65 $108.65

Taxes $7,058.91 55.19% $133.83 $133.83

Total $3,257.52 12,789.77$ $3,257.52 100.00% 242.48$ $3,500.00

Actual Total Amt Due $16,047.29

Amount Remaining 242.48$

Offer will satisfy all costs and a small portion of taxes and liens according to the Judgment.

Purchased under Urban Redevelopment

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

March 20, 2012

204 Paint Rock Road

B-06-0123-T

Unimproved

Lot 8, Block “A”, Glenmore Annex, an addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green

County Texas, as described in Volume 604, Page 530, Deed Records of Tom Green

County, Texas.

March 6, 2012

June 30, 2010

#13-24800-0000-008-00

Mrs. Reyes G. Flores, deceased Account #5198

60' x 140'

Page 307: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: JOHN S. PEARCY, a single person

1823 Knickerbocker Road San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76904

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 8, Block “A”, Glenmore Annex, an addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County Texas, as described in Volume 604, Page 530, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #13-24800-0000-008-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 30, 2010 in

Suit No. B-06-0123-T, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated March 15, 2012, and recorded in Instrument No. 716211, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 308: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 309: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lots 9, Block 11, Miles Addition725 W 16th Street 50' x 149'

Copyright 2011 Esri. All rights reserved. Mon Feb 13 2012 01:51:23 PM.

Page 310: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 311: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

26 YRS

Adjudge Value: 2,500.00$ No

Amount of Offer: 750.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee 817.80$ 100.00% 157.00$ 157.00$

District Clerk $93.00 $93.00 0.00% $93.00

Sheriff's Fee $0.00 0.00% $0.00

Attorney Fee $0.00 0.00% $0.00

Municipal Liens $0.00

Taxes $0.00

Total $593.00 817.80$ $593.00 100.00% 157.00$ $750.00

Actual Total Amt Due $1,410.80

Amount Remaining 157.00$

Offer will satisfy all costs according to the Judgment.

Purchased under Urban Redevelopment

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

November 18, 1987

725 W 16th Street

B-4722-B

Unimproved

Lot 9, Block 11, Mineola Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas.

November 3, 1987

June 4, 1987

20-34900-0011-010-00

C. A. House Account # UNKNOWN

50' x 149'

Page 312: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: LOUIS A. PEREZ, a married person as his sole and separate property

112 W College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 9, Block 11, Mineola Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas. Account #20-34900-0011-010-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 4, 1987 in Suit

No. B-4722-B, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated November 16, 1987, and recorded in Volume 58, Page 7, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Page 313: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 314: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lot 3, Block 12, Mineola Addition833 W 16th St 51' x 149'

Copyright 2011 Esri. All rights reserved. Wed Dec 21 2011 11:34:43 AM.

Page 315: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 316: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

17 YRS

Adjudge Value: 3,050.00$ No

Amount of Offer: 750.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee 817.80$ 100.00% 157.00$ 157.00$

District Clerk $93.00 $93.00 0.00% $93.00

Sheriff's Fee $0.00 0.00% $0.00

Attorney Fee $0.00 0.00% $0.00

Municipal Liens $0.00

Taxes $0.00

Total $593.00 817.80$ $593.00 100.00% 157.00$ $750.00

Actual Total Amt Due $1,410.80

Amount Remaining 157.00$

Offer will satisfy all costs according to the Judgment.

Purchased under Urban Redevelopment

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

February 26, 1996

833 W 16th Street

TAX93-0109B

Unimproved

Lot 3, Block 12, Mineola Addition, City of San Angelo as described in Volume 270, Page

318, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

February 6, 1996

June 30, 1995

#20-34900-0012-003-00

C.R. Walker Account #968

51' x 149'

Page 317: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: LOUIS A. PEREZ, a married person as his sole and separate property

112 W College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 3, Block 12, Mineola Addition, City of San Angelo as described in Volume 270, Page 318, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. #20-34900-0012-003-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 30, 1995 in

Suit No. TAX93-0109B, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated February 21, 1996, and recorded in Volume 518 Page 336, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 318: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 319: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 320: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

4 YRS

Adjudge Value: 3,400.00$ No

Amount of Offer: 2,079.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee 800.00$ $800.00 0.00% $800.00

District Clerk $341.00 $341.00 0.00% $341.00

Sheriff's Fee $100.00 $100.00 0.00% $100.00

Attorney Fee $300.00 $300.00 0.00% $300.00

Municipal Liens $1,160.00 38.27% $14.54 $14.54

Taxes $1,871.00 61.73% $23.46 $23.46

Total $2,041.00 3,031.00$ $2,041.00 100.00% 38.00$ $2,079.00

Actual Total Amt Due $5,072.00

Amount Remaining 38.00$

Offer will satisfy all costs and a small portion of taxes and liens according to the Judgment.

Purchased under Urban Redevelopment

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

October 22, 2008

2506 Coleman Street

B-06-0119-T

Unimproved

Lot 12, Block 39, Hatcher’s Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas,

according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 1, Page 144, Plat Records of

Tom Green County, Texas.

October 7, 2008

June 14, 2007

#14-26900-0039-012-00

Paul B. Barnett, deceased Account #1022

50' x 92'

Page 321: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: RICHARD SALINAS, a married person as his sole and separate property, and MARIA

SALINAS, a single person 2107 Greenwood San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76901

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 12, Block 39, Hatcher’s Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 1, Page 144, Plat Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #14-26900-0039-012-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 14, 2007 in

Suit No. B-06-0119-T, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated October 21, 2008, and recorded in Instrument No. 660138, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in

Page 322: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 323: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lot 1, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition701 W 15th St 50' x 150'

Copyright 2011 Esri. All rights reserved. Tue Dec 20 2011 04:22:39 PM.

Page 324: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 325: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

Adjudge Value: 4,993.00$ 19 YRS

PROPOSED Offer: 750.00$ NO

Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee 500.00$ 500.00$ 0.00% 500.00$

Maintenance Fee -$ 0.00% -$

District Clerk 126.00$ 126.00$ 36.62% 91.56$ 91.56$

Sheriff's Fee 50.00$ 50.00$ 14.53% 36.33$ 36.33$

Attorney Fee 168.04$ 168.04$ 48.84% 122.11$ 122.11$

Municipal Liens 1,741.48$ 0.00% -$ -$

Taxes 2,878.43$ 0.00% -$ -$

Total 500.00$ 4,963.95$ 344.04$ 0.00% 250.00$ 750.00$

Actual Total Amt Due 5,463.95$

Amount Remaining 250.00$

Amounts Due

Proposed Offer will satisfy a portion of the court costs.

50' x 150'

Leslie Bowman Higgins Account # UNKNOWN

20-35000-0004-00100

June 16, 1993

February 7, 1994

March 21, 1994

Years Held in Trust

Urban Redevlopment Sale?

701 W 15th Street

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Lot 1, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume

363, Page 475, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Unimproved

TAX90-0151B

Page 326: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: RYAN SMITH, a single person & JUSTIN BLAIR, a single person

P.O. Box 3244 San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76902

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 1, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume 363, Page 475, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #20-35000-0004-001-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on June 16, 1993 in

Suit No. TAX90-0151B, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated March 15, 1994, and recorded in Volume 420, Page 598, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 327: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 328: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lot 2, Block 4, Mineola AnnexAddition703 W 15th St 50' x 150'

Copyright 2011 Esri. All rights reserved. Wed Dec 21 2011 11:52:15 AM.

Page 329: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 330: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

Adjudge Value: 2,500.00$ 17 YRS

PROPOSED Offer: 750.00$ NO

Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee 500.00$ 500.00$ 0.00% 500.00$

Maintenance Fee -$ 0.00% -$

District Clerk 421.38$ 421.38$ 71.96% 179.90$ 179.90$

Sheriff's Fee 123.70$ 123.70$ 21.12% 52.81$ 52.81$

Attorney Fee 40.50$ 40.50$ 6.92% 17.29$ 17.29$

Municipal Liens 603.18$ 0.00% -$

Taxes 1,311.24$ 0.00% -$

Total 500.00$ 2,500.00$ 585.58$ 100.00% 250.00$ 750.00$

Actual Total Amt Due 3,000.00$

Amount Remaining 250.00$

703 W 15th Street

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Lot 2, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume

363, Page 475, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Unimproved

TAX90-0197B

Amounts Due

Proposed Offer will satisfy a portion of the court cost.

50' x 150'

Henry Sandles Account #UNKNOWN

20-35000-0004-002-00

August 25, 1992

February 6, 1996

February 26, 1996

Years Held in Trust

Urban Redevlopment Sale?

Page 331: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: RYAN SMITH, a single person & JUSTIN BLAIR, a single person

P.O. Box 3244 San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76902

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 2, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume 363, Page 475, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #20-35000-0004-002-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on August 25, 1992 in

Suit No. TAX90-0197B, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated February 21, 1996, and recorded in Volume 518, Page 346, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 332: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 333: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lot 4, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition707 W 15th St 50' x 150'

Copyright 2011 Esri. All rights reserved. Wed Dec 21 2011 03:19:54 PM.

Page 334: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 335: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

Adjudge Value: 2,500.00$ 17 YRS

PROPOSED Offer: 750.00$ NO

Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee 500.00$ 500.00$ 0.00% 500.00$

Maintenance Fee -$ 0.00% -$

District Clerk 0.00% -$

Sheriff's Fee 0.00% -$

Attorney Fee -$ 0.00% -$

Municipal Liens 730.99$ 100.00% 250.00$ 250.00$

Taxes -$ 0.00% -$ -$

Total 500.00$ 730.99$ 500.00$ 100.00% 250.00$ 750.00$

Actual Total Amt Due 1,230.99$

Amount Remaining 250.00$

707 W 15th Street

Years Held in Trust

Urban Redevlopment Sale?

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Lot 4, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume

290, Page 515, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas.

Unimproved

TAX89-0557B

Amounts Due

Proposed Offer will satisfy all court costs.

50' x 150'

Angelina Wicks Account #971

20-35000-0004-004-00

August 25, 1992

February 6, 1996

February 26, 1996

Page 336: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: RYAN SMITH, a single person & JUSTIN BLAIR, a single person

P.O. Box 3244 San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76902

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 4, Block 4, Mineola Annex Addition, City of San Angelo, as described in Volume 290, Page 515, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #20-35000-0004-004-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on August 25, 1992 in

Suit No. TAX89-0557B, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas. Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated February 21, 1996, and recorded in Volume 518, Page 362, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 337: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 338: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Lot 16, Block 9, Miles Addition 50' x 100'

Copyright:© 2012 ESRI, NAVTEQ, DeLorme

City Address Points

County Address Points

City Structures

City of San Angelo Fee Lands

City of San Angelo Trustee Lands

City Limits

Streets 2257

Ownership Parcels

October 23, 2012

0 0.02 0.040.01 mi

0 0.035 0.070.0175 km

1:1,404

Page 339: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Legal Description:

Improved/Unimproved

Tax Suit Number:

Location:

Parcel Size/Dimensions:

City of San Angelo vs.

Tax ID Number:

Judgment Date:

Date of Sheriff's Sale:

Sheriff's Deed Recorded:

5 YRS

Adjudge Value: 8,378.00$ NO

Amount of Offer: 11,000.00$

Amounts Due Priority % of Pro Rata Amounts

Fees Judgment Allocations Remainder Allocations Distributed

Administration Fee $500.00 $500.00 0.00% $500.00

Maintenance Fee 1,874.00$ 1,874.00$ 0.00% $1,874.00

District Clerk $1,283.00 $1,283.00 0.00% $1,283.00

Sheriff's Fee $100.00 $100.00 0.00% $100.00

Attorney Fee $275.00 $275.00 0.00% $275.00

Municipal Liens -$ $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00

Taxes -$ $6,720.00 100.00% $0.00 $6,720.00

Total $4,032.00 $6,720.00 $4,032.00 100.00% $0.00 $10,752.00

Actual Total Amt Due $10,752.00

Amount Remaining 248.00$

Offer will satisfy all costs according to the Judgment.

Urban Redevelopment Sale?

PROPERTY ANALYSISFor Tax Resale Property

Years Held in Trust

April 7, 2008

507 N Farr Street

B-03-099-T

Improved

Lot 16, Block 9, Miles Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, as

described in deed recorded in Volume 100, Page 397, Deed Records of Tom Green

County, Texas

March 4, 2008

November 8, 2007

18-34200-0009-015-00

Grant Reed Account Unknown

50' x 100'

Page 340: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: If you are a natural person, you may remove or strike any or all of the following information from this instrument before it is filed for record in the public records: your social security number or your driver’s license number.

Tax-Resale Deed (Property Sold for Not Less than Adjudged Value)

Date: __________________________ Grantor: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee

for itself, Tom Green County, and San Angelo Independent School District 72 West College Avenue San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76903 Grantee: ERNST RAY WILLIAM, a married person as his sole and separate property

4953 HWY 380 San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas 76905

Consideration: Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration Property (including any improvements):

Lot 16, Block 9, Miles Addition, City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, as described in deed recorded in Volume 100, Page 397, Deed Records of Tom Green County, Texas. Account #18-34200-0009-015-00

Judgment: Judgment for the foreclosure of a tax lien against the Property entered on November 8, 2007 in Suit No. B-03-0099-T, by the 119th District Court of Tom Green County, Texas.

Sheriff’s Deed: Grantor acquired full legal title to the Property — both for its own benefit and as Trustee for

all other taxing authorities entitled to receive proceeds from the sale of the Property under the terms of the Judgment — by Sheriff’s Deed dated March 31, 2008, and recorded in Instrument No. 649605, Official Public Records of Real Property, Tom Green County, Texas.

For the Consideration, Grantor — acting by and through its Mayor, who has been duly authorized to

execute this instrument on Grantor’s behalf by resolution and order of Grantor’s City Council recorded in the City Council’s official minutes — hereby quitclaims to Grantee all of Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to the Property, to have and to hold it to Grantee and Grantee's heirs, successors, and assigns forever. Neither Grantor, nor any other taxing unit interested in the Judgment, nor any other person or entity claiming under them, will have, claim, or demand any right or title to the Property or any part of it. Grantor gives this Tax-Resale Deed without any express or implied warranty whatsoever; and all warranties that might arise by common law and the warranties in § 5.023 of the Texas Property Code (or its successor) are hereby specifically excluded.

Grantee's rights under this deed are subject to the provisions of Chapter 34 of the Texas Tax Code, including, without limitation, any right of redemption remaining in the former owner of the Property; the terms of any recorded restrictive covenants running with the land that were recorded before January 1 of the year in which the tax lien on the property arose; any recorded lien that arose under such restrictive covenants that was

Page 341: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

not extinguished in the judgment foreclosing the tax lien; and each valid easement of record as of the date of the sale that was recorded before January 1 of the year the tax lien arose.

Grantor is selling the Property to Grantee for an amount that is less than the lesser of (1) the market

value specified in the Judgment, or (2) the total amount of the Judgment.

Grantee assumes full payment of any ad valorem taxes for the Property for the current year and all future years.

When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural.

GRANTOR: The City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, for itself and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment

ATTEST: By: ____________________________ Alvin New, Mayor and

duly-authorized agent Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TOM GREEN § This instrument was acknowledged before me on _____________________, 2013, by Alvin New, Mayor and duly-authorized agent of the City of San Angelo, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, on behalf of such corporation and as Trustee for any taxing authorities named in the Judgment identified in the above instrument. __________________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas After Recording, Return To:

Page 342: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Date:

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Robert F. Bluthardt Site Manager Fort Concho

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5 Council Meeting

Contact: Robert F. Bluthardt Fort Concho 234-0316

Caption: Consent Agenda

Consideration of adopting a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a first amended lease agreement to renew and amend original lease agreement between City of San Angelo and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board for lease of office space at Workforce Solutions of the Concho Valley at 202 Henry O. Flipper, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas.

Summary: Concho Valley Workforce Development Board leases 19,121 square feet at a city owned facility at 202 Henry O. Flipper Street. The original lease agreement had a ten-year renewal provision. This renewal would keep the agency in this facility until August 31, 2022

History: Original lease signed in 2002 covered the agency’s occupancy through August 31, 2012.

Financial Impact: n/a

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Neighborhood Vision/adequate amenities; Infrastructure Vision/essential services

Other Information/ Recommendation:

Staff recommends renewal of the lease agreement

Attachments: 1. Renewal of lease agreement 2. Resolution 3. Expired lease of 2002-2012 with attachments

Presentation: n/a

Publication: n/a

Reviewed by Director:

Carl White, Parks & Recreation Director,

Approved by Legal: 2-12-2013

Page 343: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

A RESOLUTION BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE A FIRST AMENDED LEASE AGREEMENT TO RENEW AND AMEND ORIGINAL LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITY OF SAN ANGELO AND CONCHO VALLEY WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD FOR LEASE OF OFFICE SPACE AT WORKFORCE SOLUTIONS OF THE CONCHO VALLEY AT 202 HENRY O. FLIPPER, SAN ANGELO, TOM GREEN COUNTY, TEXAS.

WHEREAS, City and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board entered into Lease Agreement (“Lease Agreement”) for a ten (10) year term, beginning September 1, 2002 and ending August 31, 2012, for Lessee to lease City owned premises known as Workforce Solutions of the Concho Valley, located at 202 Henry O. Flipper Street, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, for office space.

WHEREAS, said Lease Agreement provided City and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board an

option to renew said agreement for an additional term; WHEREAS, City and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board mutually desire to renew and

amend the Lease Agreement to extend the lease term for an additional ten (10) year term, beginning September 1, 2012 and ending August 31, 2022;

WHEREAS, all of the terms and conditions of the original Lease Agreement shall be and remain in full

force and effect unless amended or changed by the First Amended Lease Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

The City Manager is hereby authorized to execute the First Amended Lease Agreement on behalf of the

City of San Angelo, Lessor, and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board, Lessee, renewing and amending the lease of City owned premises known as Workforce Solutions of the Concho Valley, located at 202 Henry O. Flipper, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, for office space for an additional ten (10) year term, beginning September 1, 2012 and ending August 31, 2022.

PASSED and APPROVED THIS DAY OF , 2013.

ATTEST: CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Alvin New, Mayor

APPROVED AS TO CONTENT APPROVED AS TO FORM Robert Bluthardt, Division Manager, Fort Concho Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 344: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

1

FIRST AMENDED LEASE AGREEMENT

This First Amended Lease Agreement (“First Amended Lease Agreement”) is

entered into this ____day of ___________, 2013, (but effective as of September 1, 2012) by

and between the City of San Angelo, a municipal corporation of the State of Texas

(“Lessor”) and Concho Valley Workforce Development Board, a domestic non-profit

corporation (“Lessee”).

RECITAL:

1. Lessor and Lessee entered into Lease Agreement (“Lease Agreement”) for a ten

(10) year term, beginning September 1, 2002 and ending August 31, 2012, for

Lessee to lease City owned premises known as Workforce Solutions of the

Concho Valley, located at 202 Henry O. Flipper Street, San Angelo, Tom Green

County, Texas, for office space.

2. Lessor and Lessee mutually desire to renew and amend the Lease Agreement to

extend the lease term for an additional ten (10) year term, beginning September 1,

2012 and ending August 31, 2022.

3. All of the terms and conditions of the original Lease Agreement shall be and

remain in full force and effect unless amended or changed by this First Amended

Lease Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises,

covenants and agreements of the parties hereinafter set forth, it is hereby agreed between

the parties that Lease Agreement shall be and the same is hereby amended as follows:

I. Section 1. Term, of Lease Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 1. Term

and replacing it with a new Section 1. Term, which shall read in it’s entirety as follows:

1. Term

1.1 Primary: This Lease is granted for a term of ten (10) years, beginning on

September 1, 2012, and ending on August 31, 2022, unless sooner terminated

as herein provided.

Page 345: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2

1.2 Renewal Option: This Lease shall be renewed, upon proper notice of

intention to exercise this option and by mutual agreement between Lessor

and Lessee, up to ten (10) years under the same terms and conditions. Lessee

shall give Lessor notice of its determination to exercise this option at least

one hundred eighty (180) days prior to expiration of this Lease.

1.3 Hold Over: Any holding over by Lessee of Premises after the expiration of

this Lease shall operate and be construed only as a tenancy from month to

month, terminable at the will of Lessor.

1.4 Availability of Funds: This Lease is made contingent upon the continuation

of federally funded programs, or upon the availability of state funds

appropriated by the Legislature, to cover the full term and cost of this Lease.

In the event a curtailment of federally funded programs occurs, or in the event

state appropriated funds are unavailable, the Lessee hereinafter may assign

the space or a part thereof to a State agency. Should the Lessee be unable to

find a State agency or agencies to fill, or partially fill the space, the Lessee,

upon written notice to the Lessor, either may terminate this Lease, or adjust it

in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. If termination becomes

necessary, Lessee shall provide ninety (90) days notice. Lessee agrees that it

will not lease new space at alternative sites if the Lessee has vacated space at

the lease Premises.

II. Section 2. Consideration, of Lease Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section

2. Consideration, and replacing it with a new Section 2. Consideration, which shall read in

it’s entirety as follows:

2. Consideration

2.1 Rent: Lessee agrees to pay Lessor a monthly rent in the amount of Eleven

Dollars and forty-nine cents ($11.49) per square foot for the first year of the

term with an increase of ten cents ($.10) per square foot effective on the

anniversary date of each subsequent year of the Lease.

2.2 Invoices: Lessor agrees to submit monthly invoices for rent to Lessee.

Page 346: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

3

2.3 Monthly Rent: The annual rental payments provided for herein shall be due

and payable in equal monthly installments by Lessee in advance on the first

day of the month for which said rentals are due.

2.4 Place of Payment: All such payments shall be made at the Finance

Department office at City Hall, 72 W. College, San Angelo, Texas 76903, or at

such other place as Lessor may from time to time designate by written notice

to Lessee.

III. Section 7. Coverages, of Lease Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 7.

Coverages, and replacing it with a new Section 7. Indemnification and Insurance, which

shall read in it’s entirety as follows:

7.1 Indemnification

7.1.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION: LESSEE AGREES TO INDEMNIFY,

DEFEND AND HOLD CITY, ITS COUNCILMEMBERS, OFFICIALS,

AGENTS, GUESTS, INVITEES, CONSULTANTS AND EMPLOYEES FREE

AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,

DEMANDS, PROCEEDINGS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, PENALTIES,

FINES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

ASSERTED BY ANY PERSON OR PERSONS, INCLUDING AGENTS OR

EMPLOYEES OF LESSEE, BY REASON OF DEATH OR INJURY TO

PERSONS, OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, RESULTING FROM OR

ARISING OUT OF, THE VIOLATION OF ANY LAW OR REGULATION OR

IN ANY MANNER ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY ACT OF COMMISSION,

OMISSION, NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF LESSEE, ITS AGENTS OR

EMPLOYEES, OR THE JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF LESSEE AND ANY

OTHER ENTITY EXCEPT FOR LESSOR ITSELF, AS A CONSEQUENCE

OF ITS EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE OR

SUSTAINED IN OR UPON PREMISES, OR AS A RESULT OF ANYTHING

CLAIMED TO BE DONE OR ADMITTED TO BE DONE BY LESSEE

HEREUNDER. THIS INDEMNIFICATION SHALL SURVIVE THE TERM

OF THIS LEASE AS LONG AS ANY LIABILITY COULD BE ASSERTED.

Page 347: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

4

NOTHING HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE LESSEE TO INDEMNIFY,

DEFEND OR HOLD HARMLESS ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY FOR THE

INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S SOLE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR

WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

7.1.2 PROSPECTIVE APPLICATION: ANY AND ALL INDEMNITY

PROVIDED FOR IN THIS LEASE SHALL SURVIVE THE

EXPIRATION OF THIS LEASE AND THE DISCHARGE OF ALL OTHER

OBLIGATIONS OWED BY THE PARTIES TO EACH OTHER

HEREUNDER AND SHALL APPLY PROSPECTIVELY NOT ONLY

DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE BUT THEREAFTER SO LONG AS

ANY LIABILITY COULD BE ASSERTED IN REGARD TO ANY ACTS OR

OMISSIONS OF LESSEE IN PERFORMING UNDER THIS LEASE.

7.2 Insurance

7.2.1. General Conditions: The following conditions shall apply to all insurance

policies obtained by Lessee for the purpose of complying with this Lease.

7.2.1.1 Satisfactory Companies: Coverage shall be maintained with insurers and

under forms of policies satisfactory to City and with insurers licensed to do

business in Texas.

7.2.1.2 Named Insureds: All insurance policies required herein shall be drawn in

the name of Lessee, with City, its councilmembers, officials, agents, and

employees named as additional insureds.

7.2.1.3 Waiver of Subrogation: Lessee shall require its insurance carrier(s), with

respect to all insurance policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against

City, its councilmembers, officials, agents, and employees.

7.2.1.4 Certificates of Insurance: On or before thirty (30) days prior to the

commencement date of this Lease, Lessee shall furnish City’s Risk

Manager with certificates of insurance as evidence that all of the policies

required herein are in full force and effect and provide the required

Page 348: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

5

coverages and limits of insurance. All certificates of insurance shall clearly

state that all applicable requirements have been satisfied. The certificates

shall provide that any company issuing an insurance policy shall provide to

City not less than thirty (30) days advance notice in writing of cancellation,

non-renewal or material change in the policy of insurance. In addition,

Lessee and insurance company shall immediately provide written notice to

City’s Risk Manager upon receipt of notice of cancellation of any insurance

policy, or of a decision to terminate or alter any insurance policy.

Certificates of insurance and notices of cancellations, terminations or

alterations shall be furnished to City’s Risk Manager at City Hall, 72 West

College, San Angelo, Texas 76903.

7.2.1.5 Lessee’s Liability: The procuring of such policy of insurance shall not be

construed to be a limitation upon Lessee’s liability or as a full performance

on its part of the indemnification provisions of this Lease. Lessee’s

obligations are, notwithstanding any policy of insurance, for the full and

total amount of any damage, injury or loss caused by or attributable to its

activities conducted at or upon Premises. Failure of Lessee to maintain

adequate coverage shall not relieve Lessee of any contractual responsibility

or obligation.

7.2.1.6 Contractor’s Insurance: Lessee shall cause each contractor occupying

Premises to purchase and maintain insurance of the types and in the

amounts specified below. Lessee shall require such contractors to furnish

copies of certificates of insurance to Lessor’s Risk Manager evidencing

coverage for each contractor.

7.2.2 Types and Amounts of Insurance Required: Lessee shall obtain and

continuously maintain in effect at all times during the term hereof, at Lessee’s

sole expense, insurance coverages as follows with limits not less than those

set forth below:

7.2.2.1 Commercial General Liability: This policy shall be an occurrence-type

policy and shall protect the Lessee and additional insureds against all

Page 349: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

6

claims arising from bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person

(other than the Lessee’s employees) and damage to property of the City or

others arising out of the act or omission of the Lessee or its agents and

employees. This policy shall also include protection against claims for the

contractual liability assumed by Lessee under the paragraph of this Lease

entitled “Indemnification,” including completed operations, products

liability, contractual coverage, broad form property coverage, explosion,

collapse, underground, premises/operations, and independent contractors

(to remain in force for two (2)years after final payment ). Coverage shall be

as follows:

$1,000,000.00 General Aggregate $ 500,000.00 Products- Completed Operations

$ 500,000.00 Personal & Advertising Injury $ 500,000.00 Each Occurrence

$ 100,000.00 Fire Damage (any one fire)

7.2.2.2 Business Automobile Liability: This policy shall be written in

comprehensive form and shall protect Lessee and the additional insureds

against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to

property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles and shall cover

operation on and off Premises of all motor vehicles licensed for highway

use, whether they are owned, non-owned or hired. Coverage shall be as

follows:

$ 500,000.00 Combined Single Limit

7.2.2.3 Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: If Lessee hires any

employees, Lessee shall maintain Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s

Liability insurance, which shall protect the Lessee against all claims under

applicable state workers’ compensation laws and employer’s liability. The

insured shall also be protected against claims for injury, disease or death of

employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a

workers’ compensation law. Coverage shall not be less than:

Statutory Amount Workers’ Compensation $ 500,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Each Accident

Page 350: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

7

$ 500,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease Each Employee $ 500,000.00 Employer’s Liability, Disease - Policy Limit

The foregoing requirement will not be applicable if, and so long as,

Lessee qualifies as a self-insurer under the rules and regulations of the

commission or agency administering the workers’ compensation program

in Texas and furnishes evidence of such qualification to Lessor in

accordance with the notice provisions of this Lease.

IV. Sub-Section 9.8 Notices, of Lease Agreement shall be amended by deleting Sub-

Section 9.8 Notices, and replacing it with a new Sub-Section 9.8 Notices, which shall read in

it’s entirety as follows:

9.8 NOTICES: All notices or other communications required under this Agreement

shall be in writing and shall be given by hand-delivery or by registered or certified U.S. Mail,

return receipt requested, addressed to the other party at the address indicated herein or to

such other address as a party may designate by notice given as herein provided. Notice

shall be deemed given on the day on which personally delivered; or, if by mail, on the fifth

day after being posted or the date of actual receipt, whichever is earlier.

LESSOR: CITY OF SAN ANGELO City Manager 72 W. College Ave. San Angelo, Texas 76903

LESSEE: CONCHO VALLEY WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD

Executive Director 36 E. Twohig, Suite 805 San Angelo, Texas 76903

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Renewal of Lease

Agreement to be executed by their respective officials thereunto duly authorized, this the

day and year above written.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

Page 351: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

8

LESSOR: CITY OF SAN ANGELO By: Daniel Valenzuela, City Manager

ATTEST: ______________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

LESSEE: CONCHO VALLEY WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD By: Johnny Griffin, Executive Director

THE STATE OF TEXAS §

COUNTY OF TOM GREEN §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the ____ day of________________,

2013, by Daniel Valenzuela, City Manager of the CITY OF SAN ANGELO, a Texas

municipal corporation, on behalf of said corporation.

____________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas

THE STATE OF TEXAS §

COUNTY OF TOM GREEN §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the day of

, 2013, by Johnny Griffin, Executive Director of the CONCHO VALLEY

WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD on behalf of said Board.

_____________________________ Notary Public, State of Texas

Page 352: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

9

RENEWAL LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS AND CONCHO VALLEY WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: APPROVED AS TO FORM: Robert Bluthardt, Division Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney _______________ DATE DATE APPROVED AS TO INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ________________________________ John Seaton, Risk Manager

_________________ DATE

Page 353: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Memo Date: March 1, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Sandra J. Villarreal, Health Director

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Sandra J. Villarreal, Health Director

Caption: Consent

Consideration of adopting a Resolution accepting additional FY2013 Regional Local Services System (RLSS)/Local Public Health System (LPHS) Grant funds from the Department of State Health Services in the amount of $22,402.00.

Summary: The RLSS – Local Public Health System Grant is a recurring grant applied to and received from the Department of State Health Services. In FY13, the funds received earlier in the year were a 19% decrease from prior years due to budgetary issues within the Department of State Services and Texas. The San Angelo-Tom Green County Health Department is using the original received funds to pay salary and benefits of two (2) Health Inspectors and 30% of one (1) Admin Assistant. Funds are used to carry out objectives addressing public health issues, in this case, Environmental and Food Safety Issues, essential public health activities and services. The Environmental Health Division exists to decrease the spread of foodborne illness to the thousands of public citizens who patronize the city’s food establishments every day,

History: The San Angelo-TGC Health Department has historically been a recipient of RLSS for 15-20 years.

Financial Impact: The receipt of $22,402.00 will allow the City of San Angelo’s Environmental Health Division of the Health Department to pay for 65% of Total Salary and Benefits of the Admin Assistant, an increase of 35% from 30% in the original RLSS application for the total of 65%. 70% of the Health Admin Assistant’s Salary and Benefits was originally to be covered by General Fund Dollars and has now been reduced to 35%.

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Neighborhood Vision:

By seeing the City of San Angelo as an entire neighborhood, the Environmental Health Division 1)Establishes appropriate regulations to protect neighborhoods and 2) Ensures Neighborhood Safety Programs by routine and complaint inspections of food and public health safety inspections.

Other Information/ Recommendation:

Staff recommends approval.

Attachments: Resolution

Presentation: N/A

Publication: N/A

Reviewed by Director:

Rick Weise

Sandra J. Villarreal

Approved by Legal:

Page 354: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 355: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

A RESOLUTION BY THE SAN ANGELO CITY COUNCIL RATIFYING THE APPLICATION AND CONTRACT FOR, AND ACCEPTING, ADDITIONAL FY2013 TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF STATE HEALTH SERVICES, REGIONAL AND LOCAL SERVICES SYSTEM (RLSS) GRANT FUNDS IN THE AMOUNT OF $22,402.00, TO ADDRESS PUBLIC HEALTH ENVIRONMENTAL AND FOOD SAFETY ISSUES

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo applied for and has been awarded a Texas Department of State Health Services Regional and Local Services System (RLSS) Grant for $119,433.00, to be used to address public health issues relating to environmental and food safety essential to public health activities and services; and,

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo applied for and has been awarded additional Texas

Department of State Health Services Regional and Local Services System (RLSS) Grant funds in the amount of $22,402.00, to be used to address public health issues relating to environmental and food safety essential to public health activities and services; and,

WHEREAS, the grant will permit the City of San Angelo to maintain services to decrease the

spread of food borne illnesses; and, WHEREAS, the grant application and award is recurring and has been accepted and so utilized in

the past: NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT: That the application and contract for Texas Department of State Health Services Regional and Local Services System (RLSS) additional Grant funds in the amount of $22,402.00, to be used to maintain services to decrease the spread of food borne illnesses is hereby ratified and the additional grant of funds in the sum of $22,402.00, is hereby accepted. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute such documents as may be necessary or desirable to accept the additional grant funds and provide for their application for the purposes stated. PASSED and APPROVED THIS DAY OF , 2013. CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS ATTEST: Alvin New, Mayor Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO CONTENT APPROVED AS TO FORM Sandra Villarreal Lysia H. Bowling Health Services Manager City Attorney

Page 356: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo DATE: February 11, 2013 TO: Mayor and Councilmembers FROM: Robert Salas, Director of Neighborhood & Family Services SUBJECT: Agenda Item for March 05, 2013 Council Meeting CONTACT: Robert Salas 657-4274 CAPTION: Consent

Consideration of approval of annual recertification for Galilee Community Development Corporation as a Community Housing Development Organization (CHDO)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: HUD recommends recertification of CHDOs annually. As stated in the HOME regulations (§ 92.300 (a)(1)), a participating jurisdiction is required to reserve not less than 15% of their HOME allocation for investment in housing to be developed, sponsored or owned by CHDOs. HISTORY: Galilee CDC was recertified in 2012 during the February 7th, 2012 Council Meeting. They meet all HUD CHDO requirements as described below:

• Has a governing board consisting of not less than one-third low-income persons and not more than one-third public officials.

• Has a 503(c)(3) or (c)(4) ruling from the IRS.

• Has demonstrated a capacity for carrying out activities assisted with HOME funds

• Has a history of serving the community in which the HOME assisted housing is to be located for a

minimum of one year

• Has among its purposes the provision of decent housing that is affordable to low-income and moderate-income persons, as evidenced in its charter, articles of incorporation, resolutions or by-laws.

FINANCIAL IMPACT: None. Galilee must be recertified as a CHDO in order to expend HOME funds. RELATED GOAL ITEM: None. OTHER INFORMATION/RECOMMENDATIONS: Staff recommends approval.

Page 357: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

ATTACHMENTS: None. PRESENTATION: None. PUBLICATION: None. REVIEWED BY SERVICE AREA DIRECTOR: None

Page 358: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: 2/18/13

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Tim Vasquez, Chief of Police

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Chief Tim Vasquez, 657-4336

Caption: Consent Agenda Item

Consideration of adopting a Resolution authorizing the City of San Angelo Public Safety Communications Center to no longer receive primary 9-1-1 calls made from land line phones physically located inside Goodfellow Air Force Base

Summary: Goodfellow Air Force Base has requested for the City of San Angelo Communications Center to no longer receive primary 9-1-1 calls from land line phones physically located inside the Base. Goodfellow Air Force Base will establish a 9-1-1 Public Safety Answering Point. This Public Safety Answering Point will answer 9-1-1 calls made from land line phones located inside Goodfellow Air Force Base. These calls will be answered through Goodfellow Air Force Base when the 9-1-1 system goes live at a future date to be announced by the Commission of State Emergency Communications (CSEC).

The US Government is making this a standard across most military installations

across the United States to better handle their on base emergencies. History: The City of San Angelo Public Safety Communications receives 911 calls from

Goodfellow Air Force Base since the Base is located within the City Limits. Financial Impact: There is no financial impact with this resolution. Other Information/Recommendation: Staff recommends approval of the stated caption. Attachments: Resolution Presentation: none Reviewed by Service Area Director: Chief Tim Vasquez, Police Department, 2/18/13

Page 359: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

A RESOLUTION BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO RATIFYING AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO PUBLIC SAFETY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER TO NO LONGER RECEIVE PRIMARY 9-1-1 CALLS MADE FROM RESIDENTIAL LAND LINE PHONES PHYSICALLY LOCATED INSIDE GOODFELLOW AIR FORCE BASE.

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo, together with Tom Green County, provided their wholehearted support to the establishment of an enhanced 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Number Service in San Angelo and Tom Green County, and fully supported the Advisory Commission on State Emergency Communication in its Legislation and goal to establish 9-1-1 Services statewide.

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo and Tom Green County combined their efforts through an inter-local contract to provide 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Service to the City and County residents, said contract adopted and approved by a resolution on April 28, 1997. WHEREAS, Goodfellow Air Force Base is included in the City of San Angelo city limits and the City of San Angelo Public Safety Communications Center receives 9-1-1 calls made from residential land line phones physically located inside the Air Force Base. WHEREAS, Goodfellow Air Force Base will establish a 9-1-1 Public Safety Answering Point to answer 9-1-1 calls made from land line phones physically located inside Goodfellow Air Force Base and the City of San Angelo wishes to no longer receive primary 9-1-1 calls made from residential land line phones physically located inside Goodfellow Air Force Base. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

Section I. The City of San Angelo Public Safety Communications Center will no longer receive primary 9-1-1 calls made from residential land line phones physically located inside Goodfellow Air Force Base.

Section 2. This resolution shall take effect when the Goodfellow Air Force Base 9-1-1 system goes live at a future date to be announced by the Commission of State Emergency Communications (CSEC).

PASSED and APPROVED THIS DAY OF , 2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

ATTEST:

Alvin New, Mayor Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO CONTENT APPROVED AS TO FORM Tim Vasquez, Chief of Police Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 360: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Meeting Date: February 19, 2013

To: Mayor and Council members

From: AJ Fawver, AICP Interim Director of Development Services

Subject: ordinance for introduction to City Council at meeting on 02-05-2013 and possibly followed by second reading on 02-19-2013, annexing approximately 8.995 acres located southwest of San Angelo’s existing city limits

Location: A 8.995 acre tract extending northwest from Mills Pass Drive, and

located east of the Community of Faith subdivision and southwest of the Sam's Club Addition in the southwest part of the city, as shown in attached exhibit

Contacts: AJ Fawver, AICP Interim Director of Development Services 657-4210

Caption: Second Public Hearing and consideration of an Ordinance annexing approximately 8.995 acres located west/southwest of San Angelo's city limits, encompassing a vacant area extending northwest from Mills Pass Drive, beginning at a point along San Angelo's existing city limits line, said point begins approximately 441 feet southwest of the intersection of Mills Pass Drive and Southland Boulevard, which extends along San Angelo's existing city limits for approximately 436 feet, including an area of 8.995 acres located east of the Community of Faith subdivision and southwest of the Sam's Club Addition

Page 361: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Summary: City staff was presented with a petition for annexation of the property described above and specifically shown in the attached exhibits. A copy of the petition is also included within the exhibits. The property in question is entirely vacant and situated adjacent to a growing residential subdivision, known as the Prestonwood Addition, located south/southeast of Sam's Club and west of Bonham Elementary School. This subdivision, nearing the completion of its development, was annexed to the city in 2008 and incorporates both traditional single-family residences and zero lot line homes. By accepting the petition and adopting a calendar of annexation proceedings as prescribed under Chapter 43 of the Texas Local Government Code, City Council initiated a process that may be completed as early as February 19, 2013.

annexation calendar (no special meetings needed) first public hearing January 8, 2013 held - no comments second public hearing January 22, 2013 held - no comments introduce annexation February 5, 2013 ordinance, on first reading second and final reading February 19, 2013 of annexation ordinance

The subject area of proposed annexation is uninhabited and free of any structures. The Local Government Code authorizes cities to annex sparsely occupied areas on petition of the area's landowner(s). This section (43.028) only applies to the annexation of areas that meet the following criteria:

(1) is one-half mile or less in width; (2) is within the ETJ (Extra-Territorial Jurisdiction) of the city; (3) is vacant and without residents, or on which fewer than three qualified voters reside; (4) is contiguous to the annexing city.

Analysis of Proposed Annexation: It is essential that the foundation statement of the 2009 Comprehensive Plan be considered in context of considering annexations, specifically that:

"Rapid land use expansion and recent annexations have affected the identity of the City and established a new development pattern that is fiscally unsustainable."

This Plan provides guidance for annexation, many of which are relevant to this scenario. First, the plan establishes a goal stating that the City should "annex areas before extensive

Page 362: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

development of home sites and business properties occurs, guiding any such development within a framework of municipal regulations on zoning, subdivision, signs, fire prevention and building construction." This excerpt is relevant in this situation, because the area is vacant, and thus, no such development is in place. However, this argument alone is not compelling enough on its own - as vacant property is currently in place outside the city limits all around San Angelo - and should not necessarily be annexed. However, the Subdivision Ordinance requires that development that seeks to utilize San Angelo's water service petition for annexation before such service can be extended. It appears in this case that such a purposeful and specifically-situated tract - in the context that the neighboring property under the same ownership which is developing currently - was created specifically to pursue annexation in order to develop. As such, the second goal outlined in this Plan advises to "balance short-term costs of making measured capital improvements in possible annexation areas with the long-term costs of not annexing these same areas." More specifically, "recognize that determining best areas for annexation involves anticipating realistic potential for development around the urban fringe, annexing the most promising such areas...". It is the intent of the developer to, once annexed, create an extension of the existing residential subdivision in this area, so it appears that the development of this tract is not just realistic, but expected. The Comprehensive Plan goes on to state that it is important to "identify specific areas where...annexation may be useful for incorporating expected new development...within City limits, especially where an infrastructure of water utilities already exists." While the infrastructure is not yet in place for this particular property, it is close by and available for extension via the regulations of the Subdivision Ordinance, which requires that an application for subdivision plat be accompanied by a plan for utilities to serve the area, as was done during the development of the Prestonwood Addition, in 2008. Additional Information: Notification of and request for feedback regarding this proposed annexation was made to:

• San Angelo ISD; • Dove Creek VFD; • Tom Green County; • Atmos Energy; • Suddenlink Communication; • AEP Texas; • Trashaway Services; and • Verizon.

No responses were received from these parties.

Notification of and request for feedback regarding this proposed annexation was made to many internal groups, including the Police, Fire, Water Utilities, Parks, and the Community & Economic Development departments. No comments were received from these parties. The city's obligation to this area, if annexed, is outlined in the attached Service Plan, required as preparation of an annexation ordinance.

Page 363: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

As discussed above, there are a number of water and sewer mains in existence in this area. A fire station exists along Southland Boulevard, to the east of this annexation area. Streets will be improved in accordance with the Subdivision Ordinance, and will be requirements for approval of land subdivision within this area. There are no capital improvements deemed necessary at this time or in the immediate future. In short, this annexation will result many more services provided to the area - namely maintenance - but in relation to the small size of the area, these should be negligible. Financial Impact: not applicable, yet Recommendation: N/A Attachments: map of area legal description as provided by the applicant, of the proposed

area survey map as provided by the applicant petition as submitted to City staff Ordinance and Service Plan Presentation: AJ Fawver, AICP, Interim Director of Development Services Publication: A legal notice was required for this and the next public hearing

(on January 22nd) of this item. This notice was published in accordance with the Texas Local Government Code, on December 22nd, and again on January 11th.

Page 364: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 365: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 366: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 367: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 368: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 369: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

ANNEXATION SERVICE PLAN

FOR APPROXIMATELY 8.995 ACRES OF LAND LOCATED WEST/SOUTHWEST OF THE CITY AT ABOUT NORTHWEST OF MILLS PASS DRIVE, EAST OF COMMUNITY OF FAITH SUBDIVISION AND SOUTHWEST OF SAM'S CLUB ADDITION, OUT OF THE SOUTH 1/2, DEAF AND DUMB ASYLUMS LANDS SURVEY NO. 2, ABSTRACT NO. 8211, ANNEXED INTO THE CITY ON FEBRUARY 19, 2013

SERVICES TO BE RENDERED AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANNEXATION

Pursuant to Section 43.065 of the Texas Local Government Code, each of the below services must be provided on the effective date of annexation of the area (“Area”):

1. POLICE PROTECTION

A. Existing Services: Currently, the Area is under the jurisdiction of Tom Green County Sheriff's Office.

B. Services to be Provided: The City and its Police Department will provide police protection to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City and will extend regular and routine patrols to the Area. It is anticipated that the implementation of police patrol activities can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

2. FIRE PROTECTION

A. Existing Services: Currently, the Area is under the jurisdiction of Dove Creek Volunteer Fire Department.

B. Services to be Provided: The City of San Angelo Fire Department will provide fire prevention and suppression services to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City. It is anticipated that the implementation of these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

3. EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES

A. Existing Services: Currently, the Area is under the jurisdiction of the City of San Angelo Fire Department and the emergency medical services provided are at a comparable level of service to that within the corporate limits of the City.

B. The City of San Angelo Fire Department will continue to provide emergency medical services to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service

Page 370: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

now being provided to other areas of the City. The City is not aware that the annexation of this property will change or impact emergency medical services currently provided to the Area by the City of San Angelo Fire Department.

4. SOLID WASTE COLLECTION

A. Existing Services: Currently, there are no residences or commercial endeavors located in the Area and therefore there is no existing solid waste collection service activity in the Area.

B. Services to be Provided: The City contracts with Trashaway for collection of solid waste and refuse within the corporate limits of the City. Upon compliance with all City ordinances, policies, and regulations, solid waste collection will be provided to residents in the newly annexed Area at the same level now being provided to other areas of the City with similar topography, land use and population within the City to the extent that the City’s contractor has access to the Area to be serviced.

5. BUILDING INSPECTION

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The City will provide code enforcement services upon annexation of the Area in accordance with the City’s Code of Ordinances and other Codes adopted by the City. This includes issuing building permits for any construction and remodeling, and enforcing all other applicable codes which regulate building construction within the City. It is anticipated that these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

6. PLANNING AND ZONING

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The City Council, the Planning Commission, and City staff regulate development and land use through the administration of the City’s Code of Ordinances which will extend to the newly annexed Area on the effective date of the annexation. It is anticipated these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

7. FLOODPLAIN MANAGEMENT

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The Engineering Services Division provides floodplain management services, and these services will extend to the newly annexed Area on

Page 371: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

the effective date of the annexation. These services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

8. ANIMAL CONTROL

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The City and its Animal Services Division will provide animal control services to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City. It is anticipated that these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

9. NUISANCE CONTROL

A. Existing Services: Currently the Area is under the jurisdiction of the Tom Green County Sheriff’s Office which may be able to address some nuisance issues.

B. Services to be Provided: The City by its various departments and divisions, will provide nuisance control services through the administration of the City’s Code of Ordinances to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City with similar topography, land use and population as that within the newly annexed Area. It is anticipated that the implementation of nuisance control services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

10. WATER SERVICES

A. Existing Services: The Area is outside a service district.

B. Services to be Provided: Water utility service to the Area will be provided in accordance with applicable City codes, ordinances and policies.

11. SANITARY SEWER SERVICES

A. Existing Services: The Area is outside a service district.

B. Services to be Provided: The City sewer service network may be connected to or extended to the Area, subject to the City’s Subdivision Ordinance. Sanitary serwer services to the Area will be provided in accordance with applicable City codes, ordinances, and policies.

12. MAINTENANCE OF WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES

A. Existing Services: The Area is outside a service district.

Page 372: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

B. Services to be Provided: In the event water and wastewater facilities are constructed in the Area, the City will maintain such facilities to the same extent and degree that it maintains such facilities in other areas of the City with similar topography, land use and population as that within the newly annexed Area.

13. MAINTENANCE OF ROADS AND STREETS

A. Existing Services: There are no public roads located in the Area proposed for annexation.

B. Services to be Provided: Upon annexation of the Area, the City will maintain any dedicated public roads and streets to the same extent and degree that it maintains other public roads and streets in the City.

14. MAINTENANCE OF PARKS, PLAYGROUNDS AND SWIMMING POOLS

A. Existing Services: The City is not aware of the existence of any public parks, playgrounds or public swimming pools now located in the Area proposed for annexation.

B. Services to be Provided: In the event municipal public parks, playgrounds or swimming pools are developed in the Area, the City will maintain such facilities to the same extent and degree that it maintains parks, playgrounds and swimming pools in other similar areas of the City.

15. MAINTENANCE OF ANY PUBLICLY OWNED FACILITY, BUILDING OR MUNICIPAL SERVICE

A. Existing Services: The City is not aware of the existence of any publicly owned facility, building or other municipal service now located in the Area proposed for annexation.

B. Services to be Provided: In the event any other publicly owned facilities, buildings or municipal services do exist, the City will maintain such facilities, buildings or services to the same extent and degree that it maintains publicly owned facilities, buildings or municipal services in the City.

CONSTRUCTION OF ANY CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

Section 43.056(e) of the Texas Local Government Code requires that the City include a program under which the City will initiate after the effective date of the annexation the acquisition or construction of capital improvements necessary for providing municipal services adequate to serve the Area. Any capital improvements to be constructed in the area being annexed shall be constructed pursuant to the terms of the City’s Ordinance and policies. No capital improvements are contemplated or necessary at this time. Upon annexation, this Area will be evaluated

Page 373: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

periodically by the City. Should the need for capital improvements develop, such projects will be included in the city’s Capital Improvements Plan.

Page 374: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE ANNEXING INTO THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TOM GREEN COUNTY, TEXAS, ON PETITION OF PROPERTY OWNERS, TERRITORY GENERALLY DESCRIBED AS 8.995 ACRES LOCATED WEST/SOUTHWEST OF THE CITY AT ABOUT NORTHWEST OF MILLS PASS DRIVE, EAST OF COMMUNITY OF FAITH SUBDIVISION AND SOUTHWEST OF SAM’S CLUB ADDITION, ADJACENT AND CONTIGUOUS TO THE PRESENT CORPORATE LIMITS OF THE CITY, OUT OF THE DEAF AND DUMB ASYLUMS LANDS SURVEY NO. 2, ABSTRACT NO. 8211, TOM GREEN COUNTY; DESCRIBING THE TERRITORY ANNEXED; FINDING THAT ALL NECESSARY AND REQUIRED LEGAL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED; PROVIDING FOR AMENDMENT OF THE OF THE BOUNDARIES AND OFFICIAL MAP OF THE CITY; APPROVING A SERVICE PLAN THEREFORE; SUBJECTING THE PROPERTY SITUATED THEREIN TO BEAR ITS PRO RATA PART OF TAXES LEVIED; PROVIDING RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES AS WELL AS DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF INHABITANTS OF SAID TERRITORY; DIRECTING THE FILING OF THE ORDINANCE IN THE MANNER REQUIRED BY LAW; DIRECTING NOTICE TO SERVICE PROVIDERS; DIRECTING PRECLEARANCE; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; DECLARING COMPLIANCE WITH OPEN MEETINGS ACT; AND, PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo, Texas is a home-rule municipality authorized by State law and the City Charter to extend its boundaries and to annex area adjacent and contiguous to its corporate limits; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Texas Local Government Code, Section 43.028, all of the owner of a tract of land containing 8.995 acres, more or less, out of the Deaf and Dumb Asylums Lands Survey No. 2, Abstract No. 8211, Tom Green County, Texas, located at about northwest of Mills Pass Drive, east of Community of Faith Subdivision and southwest of Sam’s Club Addition, more fully described in Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes (hereinafter the “Area” or “Territory”), has petitioned the City Council in writing to annex the Area into the corporate limits of the City of San Angelo; and, WHEREAS, the Area is (a) one-half mile or less in width; (b) contiguous to the City; and (c) vacant and without residents; and, WHEREAS, the City Council accepted the Petition Requesting Annexation by Area Landowners, and directed Planning staff to proceed with the proposed annexation schedule, at a regularly held meeting of the City Council on , 2012; and, WHEREAS, a service plan has been prepared that provides for the extension of appropriate municipal services to the Area to be annexed, which service plan is more fully described in Exhibit “B”, attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes; and the City of San Angelo is able to provide such services by any of the methods by which the City extends the services to any other area of the City, and,

Page 375: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

WHEREAS, the notice, publication, time periods and other procedural requirements of Subchapter C-1 of the Texas Local Government Code have been complied with, including with respect to this annexation that three public hearings have been held at which persons interested in annexation of the Area into the corporate limits of the City were given the opportunity to be heard, the first on December 18, 2012, the Second on January 8, 2013, and the third on January 22, 2013; and, WHEREAS, the Area and Territory as more particularly described in Exhibit “A” is not within the boundaries of any other municipality, lies within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, and lies adjacent to and is contiguous with the present boundaries of the City of San Angelo;

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS: Section 1. Findings of Fact. All of the above premises are hereby found to be true and correct and are incorporated into the body of this ordinance as if fully set forth. Section 2. Annexation. The Territory described in Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, said Territory lying adjacent to and contiguous with the present boundaries of the City of San Angelo, Texas, be and is hereby added and annexed into the City of San Angelo, Texas, and said Territory shall hereafter be included within the corporate limits of the City of San Angelo, and the present boundary lines of said City, at various points contiguous with the Area annexed, are hereby altered, extended and amended so as to include said Area within the corporate limits of the City of San Angelo, Texas. Section 3. Amendment of Boundaries and Official Map of City. The official map and boundaries of the City of San Angelo, Texas, heretofore adopted and amended, shall be and are hereby amended so as to include the aforementioned annexed Territory as part of the City of San Angelo, Texas. Section 4. Service Plan. The service plan attached hereto as Exhibit “B” is hereby approved and is incorporated herein for all purposes. The City of San Angelo makes an affirmative determination that this service plan provides for services to the annexed Territory which are comparable to other areas within the City of San Angelo with similar land utilization, population density and topography. It is further found that those characteristics of land use, population density and topography which distinguish this Territory from other areas of San Angelo are considered a sufficient basis for providing a different level of services in the annexed Territory. Section 5. Pro rata Share of Taxes. The annexed Territory being a part of the City of San Angelo for all purposes, the property situated therein shall bear its pro rata part of taxes levied by the City of San Angelo; and, Section 6. Rights, Privileges and Duties of Inhabitants. The inhabitants of the annexed Territory shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of the other citizens of the City of San Angelo and shall be bound by the Charter, Ordinances, Resolutions and other regulations of the City of San Angelo.

Page 376: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Section 7. Filing of Ordinance and Preclearance. The City Clerk is hereby directed to file a certified copy of this Ordinance with the County Clerk of Tom Green County, Texas, the Voting Registrar of Tom Green County, the Tom Green County Appraisal District, The Texas Secretary of State, and the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts in the manner required by law. The City Secretary is further directed to notify any service providers of services in the annexed Area and to submit preclearance of the annexation with the United States Department of Justice pursuant to State law and the federal Voting Rights Act. Section 8. Severability. If any part, provision, section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance (or the application of same to any person or set of circumstances) is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, void, or invalid, the validity of the remaining parts of this ordinance (or their application to other persons or sets of circumstances) shall not be affected thereby, it being the intent of City Council in adopting this ordinance, that no part thereof or provision contained herein shall become inoperative or fail by reason of any unconstitutionality of any other part hereof, and all provisions of this ordinance are declared to be severable for that purpose. Section 9. Open Meeting Act Compliance. The City Council for the City of San Angelo hereby finds and declares that the meetings at which this ordinance was introduced and finally passed were open to the public as required by law and that public notice of the time, place and purpose of said meetings was given as require by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551 of the Texas Government Code. Section 10. Effective Date. This ordinance will become effective sixty (60) days from and after its adoption.

INTRODUCED on the 5th day of February, 2013, and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND

ADOPTED on this the 22nd day of February, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

_________________________________ Alvin New, Mayor ATTEST: _________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO CONTENT APPROVED AS TO FORM

A. J. Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 377: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “A” legal description of area encompassed by annexation of land located northeast of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas

Page 378: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “B”

ANNEXATION SERVICE PLAN

FOR APPROXIMATELY 8.995 ACRES OF LAND LOCATED WEST/SOUTHWEST OF THE CITY AT ABOUT NORTHWEST OF MILLS PASS DRIVE, EAST OF COMMUNITY OF FAITH SUBDIVISION AND SOUTHWEST OF SAM'S CLUB ADDITION, OUT OF THE SOUTH 1/2, DEAF AND DUMB ASYLUMS LANDS SURVEY NO. 2, ABSTRACT NO. 8211, ANNEXED INTO THE CITY ON FEBRUARY 19, 2013

SERVICES TO BE RENDERED AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANNEXATION

Pursuant to Section 43.065 of the Texas Local Government Code, each of the below services must be provided on the effective date of annexation of the area (“Area”):

1. POLICE PROTECTION

A. Existing Services: Currently, the Area is under the jurisdiction of Tom Green County Sheriff's Office.

B. Services to be Provided: The City and its Police Department will provide police protection to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City and will extend regular and routine patrols to the Area. It is anticipated that the implementation of police patrol activities can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

2. FIRE PROTECTION

A. Existing Services: Currently, the Area is under the jurisdiction of Dove Creek Volunteer Fire Department.

B. Services to be Provided: The City of San Angelo Fire Department will provide fire prevention and suppression services to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City. It is anticipated that the implementation of these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

3. EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES

A. Existing Services: Currently, the Area is under the jurisdiction of the City of San Angelo Fire Department and the emergency medical services provided are at a comparable level of service to that within the corporate limits of the City.

B. The City of San Angelo Fire Department will continue to provide emergency medical services to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City. The City is not aware that the annexation of this

Page 379: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

property will change or impact emergency medical services currently provided to the Area by the City of San Angelo Fire Department.

4. SOLID WASTE COLLECTION

A. Existing Services: Currently, there are no residences or commercial endeavors located in the Area and therefore there is no existing solid waste collection service activity in the Area.

B. Services to be Provided: The City contracts with Trashaway for collection of solid waste and refuse within the corporate limits of the City. Upon compliance with all City ordinances, policies, and regulations, solid waste collection will be provided to residents in the newly annexed Area at the same level now being provided to other areas of the City with similar topography, land use and population within the City to the extent that the City’s contractor has access to the Area to be serviced.

5. BUILDING INSPECTION

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The City will provide code enforcement services upon annexation of the Area in accordance with the City’s Code of Ordinances and other Codes adopted by the City. This includes issuing building permits for any construction and remodeling, and enforcing all other applicable codes which regulate building construction within the City. It is anticipated that these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

6. PLANNING AND ZONING

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The City Council, the Planning Commission, and City staff regulate development and land use through the administration of the City’s Code of Ordinances which will extend to the newly annexed Area on the effective date of the annexation. It is anticipated these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

7. FLOODPLAIN MANAGEMENT

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The Engineering Services Division provides floodplain management services, and these services will extend to the newly annexed Area on the effective date of the annexation. These services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

Page 380: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

8. ANIMAL CONTROL

A. Existing Services: None.

B. Services to be Provided: The City and its Animal Services Division will provide animal control services to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City. It is anticipated that these services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

9. NUISANCE CONTROL

A. Existing Services: Currently the Area is under the jurisdiction of the Tom Green County Sheriff’s Office which may be able to address some nuisance issues.

B. Services to be Provided: The City by its various departments and divisions, will provide nuisance control services through the administration of the City’s Code of Ordinances to the newly annexed Area at the same or similar level of service now being provided to other areas of the City with similar topography, land use and population as that within the newly annexed Area. It is anticipated that the implementation of nuisance control services can be effectively accommodated within the current budget and staff appropriation.

10. WATER SERVICES

A. Existing Services: The Area is outside a service district.

B. Services to be Provided: Water utility service to the Area will be provided in accordance with applicable City codes, ordinances and policies.

11. SANITARY SEWER SERVICES

A. Existing Services: The Area is outside a service district.

B. Services to be Provided: The City sewer service network may be connected to or extended to the Area, subject to the City’s Subdivision Ordinance. Sanitary sewer services to the Area will be provided in accordance with applicable City codes, ordinances, and policies.

12. MAINTENANCE OF WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES

A. Existing Services: The Area is outside a service district.

B. Services to be Provided: In the event water and wastewater facilities are constructed in the Area, the City will maintain such facilities to the same extent and degree that it maintains such facilities in other areas of the City with similar topography, land use and population as that within the newly annexed Area.

Page 381: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

13. MAINTENANCE OF ROADS AND STREETS

A. Existing Services: There are no public roads located in the Area proposed for annexation.

B. Services to be Provided: Upon annexation of the Area, the City will maintain any dedicated public roads and streets to the same extent and degree that it maintains other public roads and streets in the City.

14. MAINTENANCE OF PARKS, PLAYGROUNDS AND SWIMMING POOLS

A. Existing Services: The City is not aware of the existence of any public parks, playgrounds or public swimming pools now located in the Area proposed for annexation.

B. Services to be Provided: In the event municipal public parks, playgrounds or swimming pools are developed in the Area, the City will maintain such facilities to the same extent and degree that it maintains parks, playgrounds and swimming pools in other similar areas of the City.

15. MAINTENANCE OF ANY PUBLICLY OWNED FACILITY, BUILDING OR MUNICIPAL SERVICE

A. Existing Services: The City is not aware of the existence of any publicly owned facility, building or other municipal service now located in the Area proposed for annexation.

B. Services to be Provided: In the event any other publicly owned facilities, buildings or municipal services do exist, the City will maintain such facilities, buildings or services to the same extent and degree that it maintains publicly owned facilities, buildings or municipal services in the City.

CONSTRUCTION OF ANY CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

Section 43.056(e) of the Texas Local Government Code requires that the City include a program under which the City will initiate after the effective date of the annexation the acquisition or construction of capital improvements necessary for providing municipal services adequate to serve the Area. Any capital improvements to be constructed in the area being annexed shall be constructed pursuant to the terms of the City’s Ordinance and policies. No capital improvements are contemplated or necessary at this time. Upon annexation, this Area will be evaluated periodically by the City. Should the need for capital improvements develop, such projects will be included in the city’s Capital Improvements Plan.

Page 382: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CITY OF SAN ANGELO STORM WATER PRESENTATION 2/19/2013

Page 383: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 384: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

What is storm water??

• Storm water is the volume and timing of runoff water following a rain event and potential contaminants that the water is carrying.

• Storm water pollution is typically called

“Non-Point Source Pollution“

Page 385: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

STORM WATER PROJECT TASKS

• Storm Water Monitoring

• Water Quality Database

• Computer Modeling

• Education/Outreach

• BMP Structural Controls

• Special Projects

Page 386: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 387: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo Storm Water Monitoring Stations

Page 388: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 389: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 390: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 391: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

August 13, 2011 Event

Page 392: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 393: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 394: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

DATE SITE Total P mg/L NO3-NO2 mg/L TKN mg/L TSS mg/L BOD VOLUME(AC-FT) P load(lbs) N load(lbs) TSS (lbs) BOD (lbs)

8.13.11 2 0.75 0.3 2.28 782 5.3 1851.7 3776.5 11480.7 3937676 26687.6 RA at WTP

DATE SITE Total P mg/L

NO3-NO2 mg/L

TKN mg/L

TSS mg/L BOD

VOLUMEAC-FT P load (lbs) N load(lbs) TSS (lbs) BOD (lbs)

8.13.11 2 0.75 0.3 2.28 782 5.3 1851.7 3776.5 11480.7 3937676 26687.6

Page 395: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 396: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Education/Outreach

Page 397: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 398: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 399: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 400: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 401: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 402: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 403: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 404: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 405: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 406: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 408: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: March 1, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: John Seaton, Risk Manager

Subject: Agenda Item for 3/5/13 Council Meeting

Contact: John Seaton, Risk Management 657-4359

Caption: Regular Item

Acceptance of the FY 2012 Actuarial Report submitted by Jason Martin of Towers Watson: approval of their recommendation and authorizing funding for the self-insurance fund consisting of the Workers’ Compensation Fund in the amount of $2,675,000 and the Property Casualty Fund in the amount of $1,973,000.

Summary: Jason Martin, Towers-Watson and John Seaton, Risk Manager will present the annual Actuarial Report, summarize the City’s self-insurance fund activity for 2012, and recommend funding approval for 2013.

History: Annual report to Council.

Financial Impact: The amounts approved for the Property/Casualty and Workers’ Compensation funds will determine the availability of funds for claims handling for the period 10/1/12-9/30/13.

Related Vision Item

Not applicable

Recommendation: Staff recommends Council approval of the Actuary’s report and $2,675,000 in funding for the Workers’ Compensation fund and $1,973,000 in funding for the Property Casualty fund.

Attachments: 2012 Actuarial Report (hard copy)

Presentation: Power Point presentation

Publication: none

Reviewed by Director:

Lisa Marley, HR/Risk Director

Page 409: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved.

Actuarial Report as of September 30, 2012

A Presentation to the City of San Angeloby Jason Martin, FCAS, MAAAMarch 2013

Page 410: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

Limitations on Analysis

These results are intended for the internal use of the City of San Angelo.

Judgments about the findings contained in this presentation should be made only after reviewing our report titled “Actuarial Analysis of Self-Insured Programs as of September 30, 2012” in its entirety.

It should be noted that due to the inherent uncertainty in the projection of future events, actual losses could vary, perhaps materially, from the estimates contained herein.

Page 411: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

2

Table of Contents

Self-insured Program Background

Actuarial Report Objectives/Scope

Actuarial Report Findings

Variability of Estimates

Page 412: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

3

City of San Angelo Self-Insurance Program Background

Self-insurance program inception:

January 1, 1988 for Workers Compensation (WC)

October 1, 1987 for Automobile and Liability

Current self-insured retentions/deductibles:

Coverage Self-Insured Retentions/Deductibles

Workers Compensation $500,000

General Liability & Auto Liability Unlimited - No Excess Insurance*

Law Enforcement & Public Officials $500,000

Property $25,000 Vehicles/Equipment$10,000 Other Property

* Subject to Texas Tort Claims Act limits of $250,000/$500,000 Bodily Injury and $100,000 Property Damage

Page 413: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

4

City of San Angelo Actuarial Report

Objective/Scope of Actuarial Report

Unpaid loss and allocated loss adjustment expense (ALAE) as of 9/30/2012

Forecasted loss and ALAE for 10/1/2012 to 9/30/2013

Surplus analysis of self-insured funds

Analysis performed for each self-insured coverage

Estimates reflect self-insured retentions/deductibles

Page 414: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

5

Actuarial Terminology

Loss and ALAE Components of a Claim

Paid Amounts

— Actual amounts paid to date

Case Reserves

— Current estimates of future payments on known claims

Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR)

— Unpaid amounts for claims incurred but not yet reported

— Additional development on case reserves for known claims

— Actuarially determined amount

Ultimate Loss & ALAE = Paid Amount + Case Reserves + IBNR

Page 415: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

6

Unpaid Loss & ALAE

Unpaid Loss & ALAE as of September 30, 2012

Unpaid Estimates ($000s)Self-Insured Coverage Undiscounted Discounted

Workers Compensation $1,501 $1,454

Liability & PropertyAutomobile $312 $310General Liability 515 511Property 4 4Total $832 $825

Total $2,332 $2,279

Note: Discounted estimates based on 0.6% annual rate of return as requested by the City

Page 416: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

7

Reconciliation of Unpaid Estimates

Current Estimates Reconciled to Prior Estimates(Amounts in $000s)

Reconciliation Workers Compensation

Property & Liability Total

Prior Unpaid Estimate as of 9/30/2011 $1,302 $474 $1,775

+ New Losses from 10/1/2011 to 9/30/2012 615 503 1,118

+ Ultimate Loss Estimate Change 171 (10) 161

- Payments from 10/1/2011 to 9/30/2012 587 136 722

= New Unpaid Estimate as of 9/30/2012 $1,501 $832 $2,332

Change in Unpaid Estimate $199 $358 $557

Page 417: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

8

Forecasted Loss & ALAE

Forecast for October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013

Forecasts ($000s)Self-Insured Coverage Undiscounted Discounted

Workers Compensation $629 $615

Liability & PropertyAutomobile $135 $134General Liability 327 322Property 67 67Total $529 $523

Total $1,158 $1,138

Note: Discounted estimates based on 0.6% annual rate of return as requested by the City

Page 418: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

9

Estimates at Higher Confidence Levels

Discounted Estimates with Risk Margins as of September 30, 2012(Amounts in $000s)

Discounted EstimatesSelf-Insured Coverage at 75% CL at 90% CL

Workers CompensationUnpaid Loss & ALAE as of September 30, 2012 $1,657 $1,879Forecast Loss & ALAE for 10/1/2012-2013 701 796Total Loss & ALAE $2,358 $2,675

Total Risk Margin $289 $606

Liability & PropertyUnpaid Loss & ALAE as of September 30, 2012 $940 $1,208Forecast Loss & ALAE for 10/1/2012-2013 596 766Total Loss & ALAE $1,537 $1,973

Total Risk Margin $189 $626

Page 419: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

10

Surplus Analysis

Workers Compensation & Property/Liability Funds as of September 30, 2012

(Amounts in $000s)

Workers Property/Compensation Liability Benchmark

Fund Fund Ratios

Surplus EstimateFund Assets at 9/30/2012 $1,603 $2,024Unpaid Estimates - Discounted $1,454 $825Estimated Surplus $150 $1,199

Surplus RatiosUnpaid Estimate / Surplus 9.71 0.69 < 3.0Loss Forecast / Surplus 4.20 0.44 < 3.0Surplus / Maximum $500K Retention 0.30 2.40 5.0 to 20.0

Page 420: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

11

Workers Compensation - Loss Cost (Per $100 of Payroll)

Increasing trend since 2003

Significant variability in loss costs by year 2007 & 2010 due to impact of large losses

Page 421: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

12

General Liability - Loss Cost (Per $1000 of Expenditures)

Loss cost variability primarily due to impact of large losses Large losses in 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2012

2013 based on long-term average of loss costs trended to current levels

Page 422: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

13

Auto Liability - Loss Cost (Per Vehicle)

Loss cost variability primarily due to impact of large losses $279,000 loss in 2012; 45% of losses from 3 claims in 2007 and 2010

2013 based on long-term average of loss costs trended to current levels

Page 423: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

towerswatson.com© 2013 Towers Watson. All rights reserved. Proprietary and Confidential. For Towers Watson and Towers Watson client use only.

14

Variability of Estimates

Variability of estimates is expected due to: Low number of claims

Impact of large losses

“Long-tailed” lines of business

Difficult to predict with certainty the course and outcome of future events Influenced by external factors

— Jury verdicts, legislative changes, public attitude, inflation, changes in medical conditions

Influenced by internal factors— Case reserving accuracy, claim settlement speed, retention level, risk/quality control

Potential variability of the City’s Unpaid Estimate at 9/30/2012

One additional $500,000 claim could increase:— Workers Compensation unpaid loss estimate of $1.5 million by 33%

— Liability & Property unpaid loss estimate of $0.83 million by 60%

Page 424: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: March 5, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Kevin Boyd, Planner

Subject: Awning Approval: Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC, a

request to allow for an awning to extend within the public right-of-way of the following property:

Location: 212 South Irving Street, located southeast of the intersection of

South Irving Street and West Twohig Avenue; more specially occupying the San Angelo Addition, Block 2, Lot 18 & West 3.11 FT of Lot 17, in central San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval of this request will allow for the proposed awning to

extend within the public right-of-way.

Contact: Janie Rodriguez, Representative 325-227-3375

Kevin Boyd, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: Consideration of a resolution of the City of San Angelo

authorizing the City Manager or his designee to execute a temporary revocable license agreement with Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC and Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo Salon for constructing and maintaining an awning adjacent to the east side of the property located at 212 South Irving Street, and such other instruments as may be necessary or convenient for carrying out such purposes; and, finding a public purpose and benefit therein

Summary: The City Council may:

Approve the request to place an awning in the public right-of-way; or Deny the request to place an awning in the public right-of-way.

Page 425: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Recommendation: City staff recommends approving the placement of the

proposed awning in the right-of-way.

History and Background:

On September 2012, Jamie Rodriguez, lessee of the NoCo Salon building which is owned by Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC, made a request for a permit to remodel an existing awning. Since the awning is located within a dedicated right-of-way, the applicant’s request was denied. Construction or alterations of fixed structures within the city-owned rights-of-way require City Council’s approval and a licensing agreement, per Section 12.608 of the Ordinance.

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: S Irving Street is designated as a “local street,” which receives minimum traffic at low speeds. Given the characteristics of the street, placement of an awning within the public right-of-way at the location in question would not pose a hazard to pedestrians or passing motorists.

Past Cases: N/A Applicable Regulations: Section 12.604.b.2.A. Area. Total aggregate area of a canopy or

fixed awning shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the area of the wall on which it is attached or fronts.

Analysis

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below.

Jamie Rodriguez, the applicant and lessee of NoCo Salon, has made a request to reconstruct an existing awning within the public right-of-way. The subject property is located at 212 South Irving Street and is owned by Texas Theater of San Angelo, LLC. Situated in the downtown area, the property is part of the Central Business District.

Page 426: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Located in San Angelo Addition, Block 2, the building resides one of the oldest parts of the city. It was built at the property line, and subsequent search of the San Angelo City Directory indicates that the it was constructed around 1944. The proposal to place an awning along the front face of the building will have a clearance of roughly 12 feet above the sidewalk. Given that the structure will extend 7 feet 4 inches from the exterior wall of the building, the encroachment would encompass the entire right-of-way along this segment of the street. The total length of the awning, roughly 25 feet 9 inches, will be entirely open and allows pedestrians to safely navigate under and around the structure. The roofing materials will consist of metal and cloth materials and cover approximately 178 square feet. This request, along with the licensing agreement, will enable the applicant(s) to utilize a designated portion of the sidewalk right-of-way for the purposes of renovating and maintaining an awning over the sidewalk area. The structure being built at the property line is generally characteristic of many buildings in the Central Business District. The building was constructed during when the front setback was measured from the center line rather than from some point of property line. More, exceptions have been in the past to allow for such a placement of awnings within the right-of-way in the generalized area.

The plan to reconstruct the awning seeks to visually enhance and bring about structural improvements to the structure. This request, if approved, will have adhere to the current building code requirements. The proposal to reconstruct the existing awning is part of a complete renovation of the entire front façade of the building. It serves as a centerpiece to the overall design which includes removal of the existing period tile for a more contemporary stucco finish. The style of building's renovation will be consistent with and reflect the architecture of other buildings found downtown.

The proposed construction of an awning will be beneficial for patrons that visit the building. It will provide a means of shelter from sudden weather events, such as a rain storm, and reduce direct sun exposure. This is especially the case for the area in question, the east side of the block lacks street trees or any natural barrier from the elements.

In examining the rendering of the proposed awning, staff feels that proposed structure along the front face of the building will not detrimentally effect passing pedestrians and motorist. Situated in the downtown area, views from either direction of this portion of South Irving Street is relatively flat and devoid of vegetation. Elevated power lines run along the opposite side of S Irving, and lines and transmissions exists to the south along the alley - 52 feet from the subject building. There are several street lights, as some 45 degree angle parking are also present along the street. None of which pose as major visual obstructions. The pavement width of the local street measures roughly 68’ which exceed the minimum requirement of 40’, outlined in Chapter 10, Section III of the Sign Ordinance.

Page 427: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Proposed Conditions

1. Placement of the awning must reflect the rendering provided to staff upon submittal of this application.

Attachments: Excerpt from zoning map, showing the

general location within the City of San Angelo; Excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject

property; Aerial photo, highlighting subject property; Plan View of Street License Area;

Photo of the existing structure; Rendering of the proposed awning; Proposed elevation for the subject building; License Resolution; Revocable License Agreement For Awning; and Insurance Requirements.

.

Presentation: AJ Fawver, AICP, Planning Manager

Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (02/20/13)

Approved by Legal: (2/7/2013)

Page 428: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 429: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 430: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 431: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 432: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 433: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 434: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 435: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGINEE TO EXECUTE A REVOCABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR AWNING, IN SUBSTANTIALLY THE ATTACHED FORM, AS SHOWN IN EXHIBIT “B” BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS AND TEXAS THEATRE OF SAN ANGELO, LLC AND JANIE RODRIGUEZ D/B/A NOCO SALON FOR CONTRUCTING AND MAINTAINING AN AWNING AT 212 SOUTH IRVING STREET AND SUCH OTHER INSTRUMENTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY OR CONVENIENT FOR CARRYING OUT SUCH PURPOSES; AND, FINDING A PUBLIC PURPOSE AND BENEFIT THEREIN.

WHEREAS, Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC and Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo Salon the applicants for license, are the owners of certain real property and commercial establishment commonly known as NoCo Salon, 212 South Irving Street, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas; and, WHEREAS, said real property is located within the Central Business District and Downtown Development District; and, WHEREAS, applicants would like to utilize a designated portion of the sidewalk right-of-way at 212 South Irving Street, along the east side of South Irving Street for purposes of constructing and maintaining an awning over the sidewalk area; and, WHEREAS, use of a designated portion of the sidewalk right-of-way along the east side of South Irving Street as described more particularly in Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the purpose of constructing and maintaining an awning over the sidewalk area, would be consistent with development of the Central Business District and said intersection in particular; and, WHEREAS, the proposed awning would serve as an architectural element as plans are to renovate the façade of the building to include stucco, reflective of a style of architecture found throughout downtown; and, WHEREAS, for patrons of business and nearby businesses, the awning would provide a means of shelter from the elements, sudden rain storms and reduce direct sun exposure; and, WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that the granting of the application for a revocable license for purposes of constructing and maintaining an awning at 212 South Irving Street for a portion of the sidewalk area would be in the public interest and benefit:

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS THAT:

Page 436: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

All of the recitals hereinabove stated are found to be true and correct and are incorporated herein and made a part of this resolution.

The City Council of the City of San Angelo, Texas, hereby determines that there is a public necessity for, and the public welfare and convenience will be served by, granting of the application made by Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC and Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo Salon for a revocable license for purposes of constructing and maintaining an awning over the sidewalk in compliance with all applicable state law and City ordinances, at 212 South Irving Street, applicable to a portion of the sidewalk area as described more particularly in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes. .

The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to negotiate and execute on behalf

of the City of San Angelo a Revocable License Agreement, in substantially the attached form, between City and Licensees for purposes of constructing and maintaining an awning over the sidewalk area at 212 South Irving Street, applicable to a portion of the sidewalk area as described more particularly in Exhibit A, and such other instruments as may be necessary or convenient for carrying out such purposes.

PASSED and APPROVED THIS DAY OF , 2012.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

Alvin New, Mayor Attest: Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved As to Form: Approved As to Content: ______________________________ ______________________________ Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney AJ Fawver, AICP, Planning Manager

Page 437: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “A”

Page 1 of 2 pages

The Licensed Premises shall consist of that portion of the sidewalk area at 212 South Irving Street, City of San Angelo, being a portion of Lot Seventeen (17) and Lot Eighteen (18), Block Two (2), San Angelo Addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, more particularly described as follows:

That portion of the 212 South Irving Street sidewalk right-of-way described as follows:

COMMENCING along the property line, approximately 55’ north of the southwest corner of Lot 18, Block 2, San Angelo Addition, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas;

Proceeding westerly within the right-of-way towards South Irving Street from Lot 18, Block 2, San Angelo Addition, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, for a distance of 7’ 4”;

Proceeding northward 25' 9” within the right-of-way between South Irving Street and Lot 18, Block 2, San Angelo Addition, San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas;

Proceeding easterly within the right-of-way to the property line, for a distance of 7' 4”;

THENCE continuing south, along the property line to said point, at a width of 7 feet 4 inches a distance of 25 feet 9 inches and comprising 178 square feet more or less as depicted on Exhibit A attached.

Page 438: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “A”

Page 2 of 2 pages

Plan View of Street License Area

212 South Irving Street

Page 439: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “B”

THE STATE OF TEXAS §

TOM GREEN COUNTY §

REVOCABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR AWNING

THIS REVOCABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR AWNING, hereinafter referred to

as (“License”), effective the day of 2013, by and

between the City Of San Angelo, a municipal corporation of the of the State of Texas, hereinafter

referred to as (“Licensor” or “City”), and Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC, a Texas Limited

Liability Company, and Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo Salon hereinafter referred to as

(“Licensees”).

WHEREAS, Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC and Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo

Salon, the applicants for this license, entered into a Lease Agreement on September 13, 2012.

WHEREAS, Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC and Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo

Salon are the owner and lessee, respectively, of certain real property and commercial

establishment commonly known as NoCo Salon, 212 South Irving Street, San Angelo, Tom

Green County, Texas (Licensed Premises); and,

WHEREAS, said real property is located within the Central Business District and

Downtown Development District; and,

Page 440: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

WHEREAS, applicants would like to utilize a designated portion of the sidewalk right-

of-way at 212 South Irving Street, along the east side of South Irving Street for purposes of

constructing and maintaining an awning over the sidewalk area; and,

WHEREAS, use of a designated portion of the sidewalk right-of-way along the east side

of South Irving Street as described more particularly in Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and made a

part hereof for all purposes, for the purpose of constructing and maintaining an awning over the

sidewalk area, would be consistent with development of the Central Business District and said

intersection in particular; and,

WHEREAS, the proposed awning would serve as an architectural element as plans are to

renovate the façade of the building to include stucco, reflective of a style of architecture found

throughout downtown; and,

WHEREAS, for patrons of business and nearby businesses, the awning would provide a

means of shelter from the elements, sudden rain storms and reduce direct sun exposure; and,

WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that the granting of the application for a

revocable license for purposes of constructing and maintaining an awning at 212 South Irving

Street for a portion of the sidewalk area would be in the public interest and benefit.

NOW THEREFORE THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

That Licensor, for consideration of ten dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable

consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, does hereby grant to Licensees the

non-exclusive, temporary, revocable right, privilege and license to use the following described

Page 441: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

property located in Tom Green County, Texas, hereinafter referred to as the “Licensed

Premises”, being a portion of Lot Seventeen (17) and Lot Eighteen (18), Block Two (2), San

Angelo Addition to the City of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas, more particularly

described as follows:

That portion of the 212 South Irving Street sidewalk right-of-way

described as follows:

COMMENCING along the property line, approximately 55’ north

of the southwest corner of Lot 18, Block 2, San Angelo Addition, San

Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas;

Proceeding westerly within the right-of-way towards South Irving

Street from Lot 18, Block 2, San Angelo Addition, San Angelo, Tom

Green County, Texas, for a distance of 7’ 4”;

Proceeding northward 25' 9” within the right-of-way between

South Irving Street and Lot 18, Block 2, San Angelo Addition, San

Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas;

Proceeding easterly within the right-of-way to the property line, for

a distance of 7' 4”;

THENCE continuing south, along the property line to said point, at

a width of 7 feet 4 inches a distance of 25 feet 9 inches and comprising

178 square feet more or less as depicted on Exhibit “A” attached.

Page 442: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

The “Permitted Use” as set forth herein, commencing from the foregoing effective date, and

subject to the conditions, restrictions, covenants and exceptions set forth in this License.

1. Interest Conferred by this License: This License confers no exclusive possession or

tenancy of Licensed Premises. The Licensees cannot exclude City from Licensed Premises.

This License solely authorizes Licensees to the temporary use of Licensed Premises for the

limited purposes set forth herein and for no other purpose. The parties hereby agree that the

provisions of this License do not constitute a lease. The rights of Licensees hereunder are not

those of a tenant, but are a mere personal privilege to do certain acts of a temporary character on

Licensed Premises and to use Licensed Premises, subject to the terms of this License. City

retains dominion, possession and control of the Licensed Premises. Therefore, no lease interest

in Licensed Premises is conferred upon Licensees under the provisions hereof. Licensees do not

and shall not claim at any time any interest or estate of any kind or extent whatsoever in

Licensed Premises by virtue of this License or its use of Licensed Premises hereunder.

Additionally, Licensees do not and shall not claim at any time any interest or estate of any kind

or extent whatsoever in Licensed Premises by virtue of any expenditure of funds by Licensees

for improvements, construction, repairs, partitions, or alterations to Licensed Premises which

may be authorized by City.

2. Permitted Use: Licensed Premises shall be used for the limited purpose of construction

and maintenance of an awning over said Licensed Premises, including all support structure and

Page 443: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

in accordance with a building permit for construction of said awning issued by the City of San

Angelo Community & Economic Development Department, Permits and Inspections Division.

3. Occupancy & Term: This License is revocable-at-will by City subject to the notice

provisions of Section 4 herein as applicable. Unless this License is revoked or terminated as

provided in this License Agreement, this License shall commence on the Effective Date.

3. Non-exclusive License: This license is non-exclusive and is made expressly subject and

subordinate to the right of City to use Licensed Premises for any public purpose.

4. Reservation of Right of Termination: (a) The City Council of the City of San Angelo

reserves the right to terminate and cancel this License by resolution passed by said Governing

Body upon a finding that License is inconsistent with the public use of Licensed Premises or

whenever the purpose or use of License is or has become a nuisance as determined in the

discretion of the City Council, and all rights granted hereunder shall thereupon be considered

fully terminated and canceled and City shall not be held liable by reason thereof. The parties

hereto concur that said resolution shall be final and shall not be subject to review by the Courts.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4(a) above, Licensees and Licensor

shall each have the right of cancellation of this License upon giving the other party

sixty (60) days written notice of the party’s intention to cancel.

Page 444: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

(c) Upon termination or cancellation by City or Licensees, this License shall become

null and void and Licensees or anyone claiming any rights under this instrument shall

remove, to the extent required by City, any or all improvements, appurtenances and

encroachments owned by Licensees from Licensed Premises at Licensee’s expense,

and shall restore Licensed Premises to its condition on the effective date of this

License at the sole cost of Licensees. In the event that Licensees shall fail to remove

their improvements, appurtenances and encroachments as required and to restore

Licensed Premises, City shall have the right to do the necessary work to remove said

improvements, appurtenances and encroachments and to restore Licensed Premises to

its condition at the effective date of this License, or to cause such work to be done,

and to assess reasonable allocated costs or the incurred cost of all such work against

Licensees.

5. Fixtures: Licensees may install an awning and support structure as more particularly

described in Exhibit “B” attached and made a part hereof for all purposes, within Licensed

Premises. Licensees shall not install any additional permanent fixtures within the sidewalk right-

of-way without first securing the written permission of City.

6. Codes, Ordinances and Regulations: Licensees shall comply with all applicable codes,

ordinances and regulations of local, state and federal governments in the exercise of its use of

Licensed Premises. This requirement shall include, but not be limited to, compliance at all times

with the Texas Architectural Barriers Act, Texas Accessibility Standards, Americans with

Page 445: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Disabilities Act, as well as local ordinances and regulations relating to occupancy loads and

unobstructed passage ways, entrances and exits.

7. Improvements: It is further understood that if and when City, in the exercise of its

discretion, shall determine that the grade of any street or sidewalk should be modified or

changed, or that any other work should be done in connection with any public improvement

which will affect Licensed Premises, Licensee’s improvements or appurtenances thereon, or the

use thereof by Licensees, City may proceed with such improvement or work without liability to

Licensees. Further, any modifications or changes to Licensee’s facilities in the licensed area or

in construction or reconstruction of any public improvement attributable to Licensee’s use of the

licensed area and/or its installations and improvements shall be made at the sole expense of

Licensees and to the satisfaction of City.

8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION: At such time as this license is granted, it

is agreed that Licensees shall hold harmless and indemnify City and procure and keep in

full force and effect Insurance coverage of the kind and in the minimum amounts, all as set

forth in Exhibit “C”, attached and made a part hereof for all purposes, which provisions

shall survive termination or expiration of the term of this License Agreement.

9. Reservations: This License is subject to any existing utilities or communication facilities,

including drainage, presently located within or about Licensed Premises, owned or operated by

Page 446: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City or any utility or communications company, public or private, and to any vested rights

presently owned by any utility or communications company, public or private, for the use of

Licensed Premises for facilities presently located within the boundaries of said Licensed

Premises. No improvement or appurtenance shall be constructed or placed upon, over or across

Licensed Premises in such a manner as to interfere with the operation of any utilities or

communication facilities. All and any communication company and utility, both public and

private, shall have the right to remove and keep removed all or parts of any improvement or

appurtenance which may in any way endanger or interfere with the construction, maintenance or

efficiency of its respective systems within Licensed Premises. All communication companies

and utilities, both public and private, shall have the full right to remove and keep removed all

parts of any improvements or appurtenances which in any way may endanger or interfere with

the construction, maintenance and efficiency of its respective system and shall at all times have

the full right of ingress and egress to or from and upon Licensed Premises for the purpose of

constructing, relocating, inspecting, patrolling, maintaining and adding to or removing all or part

of its respective systems without the necessity at any time of procuring the permission of

Licensees.

10. Successors and Assigns: The terms of this License shall be binding upon Licensees and

Licensee’s successors and assigns.

11. Non-assignable: This License may not be assigned by Licensees without the prior

written approval from City. The assignee shall deliver a copy of the assignment, along with the

Page 447: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

assignee’s written acceptance of the provisions of this License, to the Director of Community

Development for the City of San Angelo, or his designee, within ten (10) days of such

assignment. Should Licensees fail to obtain prior written approval for assignment of this License

or fail to provide City with the required written acceptance and a copy of the assignment as

provided, the Director of Community & Economic Development, or his designee, may terminate

this License.

Page 448: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate and intend to be legally bound thereby.

LICENSOR:

CITY OF SAN ANGELO

BY:

ATTEST: Daniel Valenzuela, City Manager

Date: , 2013

Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

LICENSEE:

Texas Theatre of San Angelo, LLC.

BY: _____

Addison Lee Pfluger, Managing Partner

Date: , 2013

LICENSEE:

Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo Salon

BY:___________________________

Janie Rodriguez, Owner

Page 449: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

STATE OF TEXAS §

COUNTY OF TOM GREEN §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the _____ day of ________________, 2013, by Daniel Valenzuela, City Manager of the CITY OF SAN ANGELO, a Texas home rule municipal corporation, on behalf of said corporation pursuant to resolution of its governing body.

Notary Public, State of Texas

STATE OF TEXAS §

COUNTY OF TOM GREEN §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the _____ day of ________________, 2013, by Addison Lee Pfluger, as Managing Partner of Texas Theatre of San Angelo LLC, a Texas Limited Liability Company, on behalf of said company.

___________________________________

Notary Public, State of Texas

STATE OF TEXAS §

COUNTY OF TOM GREEN §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the _____ day of ________________, 2013 by Janie Rodriguez d/b/a NoCo Salon, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed.

___________________________________

Notary Public, State of Texas

Page 450: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “A”

Page 451: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “B”

Page 452: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “C”

REVOCABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

1. INDEMNIFICATION.

1.1 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. LICENSEE AGREES TO

INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD CITY, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS,

BOARD AND COMMISSION MEMBERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS, GUESTS,

INVITEES, CONSULTANTS AND EMPLOYEES FREE AND HARMLESS

FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, PROCEEDINGS,

SUITS, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, PENALTIES, FINES, DAMAGES, LOSSES,

ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES ASSERTED BY ANY PERSON OR

PERSONS, INCLUDING AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF LICENSEE OR CITY,

BY REASON OF DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONS, OR LOSS OR DAMAGE

TO PROPERTY, RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF, THE

VIOLATION OF ANY LAW OR REGULATION OR IN ANY MANNER

ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY ACT OF COMMISSION, OMISSION,

NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF LICENSEE, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES,

OR THE JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF LICENSEE AND ANY OTHER ENTITY,

AS A CONSEQUENCE OF ITS EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

CONTRACT OR SUSTAINED IN OR UPON THE PREMISES, OR AS A

RESULT OF ANYTHING CLAIMED TO BE DONE OR ADMITTED TO BE

DONE BY LICENSEE HEREUNDER. THIS INDEMNIFICATION SHALL

SURVIVE THE TERM OF THIS CONTRACT AS LONG AS ANY LIABILITY

COULD BE ASSERTED. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL REQUIRE LICENSEE

TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND OR HOLD HARMLESS ANY INDEMNIFIED

PARTY FOR THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR

WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

1.3 PROSPECTIVE APPLICATION. ANY AND ALL INDEMNITY

PROVIDED FOR IN THIS CONTRACT SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION

OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE DISCHARGE OF ALL OTHER

OBLIGATIONS OWED BY THE PARTIES TO EACH OTHER HEREUNDER

AND SHALL APPLY PROSPECTIVELY NOT ONLY DURING THE TERM OF

THIS CONTRACT BUT THEREAFTER SO LONG AS ANY LIABILITY

(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIABILITY FOR CLOSURE AND

POST CLOSURE COSTS) COULD BE ASSERTED IN REGARD TO ANY ACTS

Page 453: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

OR OMISSIONS OF LICENSEE IN PERFORMING UNDER THIS

CONTRACT.

2. Insurance.

2.1 General Conditions. The following conditions shall apply to all insurance policies obtained by

Licensee for the purpose of complying with this Contract.

2.1.1 Satisfactory Companies. Coverage shall be maintained with insurers and under forms of

policies satisfactory to City and with insurers licensed to do business in Texas.

2.1.2 Named Insureds. All insurance policies required herein shall be drawn in the name of Licensee,

with City, its council members, board and commission members, officials, agents, guests,

invitees, consultants and employees named as additional insureds, except on Workers’

Compensation coverage.

2.1.3 Waiver of Subrogation. Licensee shall require its insurance carrier(s), with respect to all

insurance policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its council members, board

and commission members, officials, agents, guests, invitees, consultants and employees.

2.1.4 Certificates of Insurance. At or before the time of execution of this Contract, Licensee shall

furnish City’s Risk Manager with certificates of insurance as evidence that all of the policies

required herein are in full force and effect and provide the required coverages and limits of

insurance. All certificates of insurance shall clearly state that all applicable requirements have

been satisfied. The certificates shall provide that any company issuing an insurance policy

shall provide to City not less than thirty (30) days advance notice in writing of cancellation, non-

renewal or material change in the policy of insurance. In addition, Licensee and insurance

company shall immediately provide written notice to City’s Risk Manager upon receipt of notice

of cancellation of any insurance policy, or of a decision to terminate or alter any insurance

policy. Copies of required endorsements will be attached to the certificates to confirm the

required endorsements are in effect. Certificates of insurance and notices of cancellations,

terminations or alterations shall be furnished to City’s Risk Manager at City Hall, 52 W College

Avenue, San Angelo, Texas 76903.

2.1.5 Licensee’s Liability. The procurement of such policy of insurance shall not be

construed to be a limitation upon Licensee’s liability or as a full performance on its part of the

Page 454: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

indemnification provisions of this Contract. Licensee’s obligations are, notwithstanding any

policy of insurance, for the full and total amount of any damage, injury or loss caused by or

attributable to its activities conducted at or upon the premises. Failure of Licensee to maintain

adequate coverage shall not relieve Licensee of any contractual responsibility or obligation.

2.1.6 Sub-Licensees’ Insurance. Licensee shall cause each Sub-Licensee and Sub-

Sub-Licensee of Licensee to purchase and maintain insurance of the types and in the amounts

specified below. Licensee shall require Sub-Licensees and Sub-sub-Licensees to furnish copies

of certificates of insurance to Licensee’s Risk Manager evidencing coverage for each Sub-

Licensee and Sub-Sub-Licensee.

2.2 Types and Amounts of Insurance Required. Licensee shall obtain and continuously maintain

in effect at all times during the term hereof, at Licensee’s sole expense, insurance coverages

as follows with limits not less than those set forth below:

2.2.1 Commercial General Liability. This policy shall be an occurrence-type policy and shall

protect the Licensee and additional insureds against all claims arising from bodily injury,

sickness, disease or death of any person (other than the Licensee’s employees) and damage

to property of the City or others arising out of the act or omission of the Licensee or its

agents and employees. This policy shall also include protection against claims for the

contractual liability assumed by Licensee under the paragraph of this Contract entitled

“Indemnification.” Coverage shall not be less than:

$ 1,000,000.00 General Aggregate

$ 1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence

2.2.7 Liquor Liability. This insurance shall be in comprehensive form and shall protect the

Licensee and the additional insureds against all claims arising from bodily injury, sickness,

disease or death of any person (other than Licensee’s employees) or damage to the

property of others, which arises out of the sale or distribution of alcoholic beverages.

Coverage shall be no less than:

$1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit, each occurrence

Page 455: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

REVOCABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR AWNING

BETWEEN CITY OF SAN ANGEL, TEXAS AND TEXAS THEATRE OF SAN ANGELO, LLC AND JANIE RODRIGUEZ D/B/A NOCO SALON

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:

Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney A. J. Fawver, Planning Manager

_________________ ________________

Date Date

APPROVED AS TO INSURANCE REQUIREMENT

______________________________

John Seaton, Risk Manager

________________

Date

Page 456: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: March 5, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner

Subject: PD 13-01 West Company/Granger Macdonald, A request for

approval of a zone change from a combination of Single-Family Residential (RS-1) and General Commercial (CG) to Planned Development (PD) to specifically allow for multi-family living and a lease house /amenity center on the following property:

Location: an unaddressed 9.8 acre property, located directly west of the

intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road. The property specifically occupies a proposed Second Replat of Arden Acres, Section Three, Block 3, Tract 3 in western San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval of this request will change the zoning designation on the

property and allow the construction of multi-family dwelling units.

Contacts: Andrew Mellen, West Company 432-682-0588

Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an Ordinance

amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

PD 13-01: West Company/Granger Macdonald AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE

CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: an unaddressed 9.8 acre property out of approximately 75 acres currently described as Section 3, Arden Acres, which is located adjacent to and directly west of the

Page 457: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2

intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road. The property specifically occupies a proposed Second Replat of Arden Acres, Section Three, Block 3, Tract 3 in western San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a combination of Single-Family Residential (RS-1) and General Commercial (CG) to Planned Development (PD) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

Summary: The City Council may:

(1) Approve the proposed zone change;

(2) Remand the application back to Planning Commission for further discussion, in

which case another public hearing will need to be scheduled; or

(3) Approve subject to modification OR acceptance of proposed conditions; or (4) Deny the proposed zone change

Recommendation: Planning staff recommends approving the proposed zone

change, subject to the Conditions listed in Conditions 5-14 of the attached draft ordinance. Planning Commission recommended approval of this request by a 5-0 vote on February 18, 2013.

History and Background:

General Information

Existing Zoning: Single-Family Residential (RS-1) and General

Commercial (CG) Existing Land Use: undeveloped, vacant property Surrounding Zoning/Land Use:

North: CH Undeveloped open property

West: CG & RS-1 Undeveloped property & ball fields

South: RS-1 Red Arroyo, vacant land

East: CG Vacant property & retail establishments

Page 458: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

3

Thoroughfares/Streets: Northwest Drive is defined as a collector street in

this area and is designed to collect local street traffic carrying it to arterial streets at a moderate speed.

Green Hill Road is defined as a local street and is

designed to carries light neighborhood traffic at lower speeds and generally connects to collector streets.

Zoning History: No previous zoning history on this property. The

general area was annexed into the City Limits in November of 1997

Development Standards: All required off-street parking and the

connection(s) to a public right-of-way are required to be paved.

Construction of more than one principal building

for multi-family use on a lot requires an Urban Design Review to be completed and approved before construction may take place.

Other applicable development standards are

included in the draft ordinance at the end of this report.

Vision Plan Map: Commercial Comp Plan Excerpts: Goal Three from the Neighborhood Section of the

2009 Comprehensive Plan states that (the city should), "Improve relationship between adjacent commercial and residential land use adjacencies." One action step of this goal states that (the city should), " Require a buffer separating commercial, industrial, or agricultural zoned lands from neighborhoods. This buffer may be an intermediate “mixed-use” zone, a landscape buffer, or public right-of-way.

Goal One from the Commercial Section of the

2009 Comprehensive Plan states that (the city should), "Establish transition areas between commercial areas and nearby neighborhoods."

Page 459: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

4

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: Changing the zoning from residential and commercial to Planned Development with the allowance for a multi-family living facility will certainly generate additional traffic than if the property remained as is. Northwest Drive has immediate access to the Houston Harte Expressway and Arden Road; both of these roadways are designed to carry traffic at higher speeds with limited access.

Parking Requirements: See Section 11 of the attached draft ordinance. Parking Provided: No off-street parking is currently provided. Density: No development is currently open space is

currently present in this area Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 1

Responses in Favor: 0 Responses in Opposition: 0

Analysis:

In order to approve this zone change request, the City Council members are first required to consider the following criteria: 1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is compatible

with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

Page 460: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

5

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed

amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below. Staff finds this request to be consistent and compatible with the plans and policies adopted by the community for this particular area. When examining the comprehensive Plan as a whole, the intent is to transition from more intense zoning classifications slowly into neighborhoods. In examining this particular request, staff believes a multi-family complex will serve as this transition in this area. The areas along Houston Harte are intended for higher trafficked and more intense commercial uses. In examining this particular area, there is neighborhood development called for to the west. Staff believes this request is consistent with the goals of the community's comprehensive plan and this particular development will serve as a gentle transition into the neighborhood areas. Given the current zoning of the property, a much higher intensity usage would be allowed and also be a much less suitable into the neighborhood areas identified within the vision plan. It is the belief of staff that a Planned Development for this particular property will generally be consistent with the intent of the Zoning Ordinance. The introduction of a multi-family dwelling unit development in this area is compatible with the surrounding area. The street network's capability in this area and isolated location make this an area where staff believes a multi-family dwelling will be successful. This higher intensity, residential development will not generate the traffic that a retail establishment has the potential to, but at the same time the number of visitors to and from the site will be more like a traditional neighborhood, but a more compact scale. Staff is confident this Planned Development will serve as a buffer from the higher intensity commercial uses that may occur along northwest to the envisioned neighborhood development areas to the west. The Zoning Ordinance and Comprehensive Plan seek to create these transition areas between land uses and in turn help to create orderly predictable development in this area. This proposal will not alter development patterns in this area, in fact this development may serve as a catalyst for infill development in this area, something that is also encouraged within the Comprehensive Plan.

Page 461: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

6

The intent of the Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Ordinance is to create transitional zones between commercial zoning and residential zoning within the community. Multi-family developments tend to be a bit of a hybrid regarding the actual land use. These types of developments are residential in nature and use, but depending upon the size, can generate traffic at a higher rate than a lower density neighborhood can. While apartments can be part of a successful neighborhood (one which offers a wide variety of housing options), staff believes this Planned Development and the intensity it is seeking to create on the property will be consistent with the goals and intent of the Comprehensive Plan for this area. As such, no vision Comprehensive Plan amendment will be required to approve this request. This proposal will certainly have an effect on the natural environment in this area as the land is currently undeveloped and in its natural state. The proximity to the Red Arroyo and the sheer size of this development will require some storm water mitigation through the platting process. The applicant is aware of the effect this development will have on the area and it is the understanding of staff that there are plans being worked on to account for this effect on the environment in this area. The development is located nearby other businesses at this time, but given the size of the parcels in this area will be somewhat isolated when it is completed. Given the development patterns of the area and isolation from other properties, staff believes that neighboring properties will see little to no detrimental effects from this proposed development. The community is certainly growing and a need for more housing and housing choices certainly comes along with the anticipated growth. Staff believes this area has a great potential for infill development or both commercial and residential opportunities. A multi-family development will serve as a transition between zoning districts and will help to ensure consistent development patterns in this area. This region of town has some commercial uses and lower density residential zoning and development in place currently. This mix of housing choices in the region will help to solidify the development patterns and be highly consistent with the goals of the Comprehensive Plan in staff's opinion. The commercial zoning present along Houston Harte and Arden Road will need a population base to develop successfully in staff's opinion. Allowing for a multi-family development in this area would add population that can utilize the existing businesses, and also has the potential to create demand for new businesses. This relationship between commercial and residential properties in this area can be promoted and protected further by introducing this Planned Development District to serve as a transition and a compliment to current and future development for the area. The draft ordinance accompanying this report is designed in a manner that ensures that the plans and renderings submitted will occur on this property. Due to the nature of the Planned Development, any deviations in design or layout of the site would require rehearing. Staff believes a project of this size and scale in this area, the design and site layout are essential. The site plan allows for circulation inside and outside the site in a logical, orderly pattern; in addition the renderings of the buildings and proposed

Page 462: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

7

materials are aesthetically pleasing and will be a compliment to the area in staff's opinion.

Proposed Conditions

Conditions of the Planned Development are listed in the draft ordinance at the end of this report in sections 5 through 14.

Attachments: excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location within

the City of San Angelo; excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject property; aerial photo, highlighting subject property; excerpt from the comprehensive plan vision map highlighting

the subject property; draft minute excerpt from the February 18, 2013 Planning

Commission meeting; draft ordinance with site plan; and large scale site plan.

Presentation: AJ Fawver, AICP Interim Director of Development Services

Page 463: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 464: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

9

Page 465: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

10

Page 466: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

11

Page 467: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

B. PD 13-01: West Company/ Granger Macdonald A request for approval of a zone change from a combination of Single-Family

Residential (RS-1) and General Commercial (CG) to Planned Development (PD) to specifically allow for multi-family living and a lease house /amenity center on the following property:

an unaddressed 9.8 acre property out of approximately 75 acres currently

described as Section 3, Arden Acres, which is located adjacent to and directly west of the intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road. The property specifically occupies a proposed Second Replat of Arden Acres, Section Three, Block 3, Tract 3 in western San Angelo.

Jeff Hintz, Planner, came forward to present this request, consistent with the staff recommendation of approval. He gave some background about the property, highlighting the classification for the property in the Vision Plan Map ("Commercial"). The area is surrounded by commercial properties, and there is some undeveloped property, as well as ball fields to the west. The area was annexed in 1997. Mr. Hintz reviewed the criteria required to be considered as part of zone change requests. The request is consistent with the City's plans, policies and ordinances and is compatible with the surrounding area. An Urban Design Review was required due to the size of the planned construction, and this UDR has been approved by the Interim Director/Planning Manager. This less intensive zoning will provide a better transition than the stark commercial to low-intensity residential change that exists today. The platting process will handle storm water requirements and other development-related standards. The Comprehensive Plan speaks to improving the relationship between adjacent commercial and residential land use adjacencies, which staff finds this plan actually does. This property also provides flexibility of design, meets the traffic capabilities of the area, and provides infill development. The PD is the most predictable type of zoning district, as a custom zoning ordinance is crafted for the use. Mr. Hintz addressed the community need - providing a diverse mix of housing, and that it is far less intensive than the current zoning allows. Mr. Hintz showed the planned subdivision plat and the UDR that was approved by the staff members. The concept plan for the ordinance, illustrating the layout of residential buildings on this tract. The proposed PD ordinance only allows for multi-family living and an amenity center. The development is in accordance with the standards of the Zoning Ordinance. Signage will match the materials of the dwelling units, and pole signs are strictly prohibited. Landscaping will be providing, and a wrought iron fence with brick columns will surround the exterior of the site along the boundaries. Sidewalks are also proposed, so it certainly makes this area a walkable one. Mr. Hintz offered to answer any other questions or get into the details of the ordinance more, but the Commission had no additional questions. Justin McDonald, representing the applicant, came forward to answer any questions the Commission had, and complimented the staff on their presentation. Mr. Wynne asked for the number of units, and Mr. McDonald stated that there are 176 units planned. Jennifer Boggs asked about the mix of units. Mr. McDonald mentioned that the units will be a mix of 1b/1b, 2b/2b, and 3b/2b. Mr. Hintz answered

Page 468: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

specifically the number of units that are allocated for each group. Mr. McDonald mentioned that they also handled the apartment complex on Irene Street, and that it will somewhat resemble those units. No one else came forward to speak. Motion, to approve as presented, was made by Darlene Jones and seconded by Jennifer Boggs. The motion passed unanimously, 5-0.

Page 469: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: an unaddressed 9.8 acre property out of approximately 75 acres currently described as Section 3, Arden Acres, which is located adjacent to and directly west of the intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road. The property specifically occupies a proposed Second Replat of Arden Acres, Section Three, Block 3, Tract 3 in western San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a combination of Single-Family Residential (RS-1) and General Commercial (CG) to Planned Development (PD) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: PD 13-01: West Company/Granger Macdonald

WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: an unaddressed 9.8 acre property out of approximately 75 acres currently described as Section 3, Arden Acres, which is located adjacent to and directly west of the intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road in western San Angelo shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Planned Development (PD) District allowing for multi-family living and a lease house/amenity center.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

Page 470: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that, if any

portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

SECTION 5: Except as otherwise specified or limited below, the use and

development of the subject property shall generally conform to a High Rise Multi-Family Residence (RM-2) zoning district unless specified as otherwise within this ordinance. All activities shall be limited to those associated with multi-family living, lease house/amenities center.

SECTION 6: Overall site use shall be in accordance with the map shown as Exhibit

A of this Ordinance. Changes to the usage of this property shall be approved through an amendment to this Planned Development District with approval from the Planning Commission and City Council.

SECTION 7: Design of the buildings, coloring, and materials shall conform to the

conditional approval given (see Urban Design Review 13-01) approved by the Planning Director on February 8, 2013 and as maintained on file in the offices of the Planning Division.

SECTION 8: The following uses are allowed on the subject property, and shall

include: 1. Apartment dwelling units for "Household Living" as defined in section 313.B.1 of

the Zoning Ordinance. 2. Offices are to be used solely for the management of the units developed on this

site as shown on the concept plan. 3. Incidental accessory uses are intended for tenants and their guests only; this

includes laundry facilities, lease house/amenities center, and recreational areas. SECTION 9: Signage shall be allowed within this Planned Development District,

provided it meets all of the following criteria:

Page 471: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

1. On-site signage shall be limited to free-standing (specifically monument) types only. Pole signage is expressly prohibited.

2. Internally illuminated signage is expressly prohibited. 3. All signage shall be constructed from the same materials and colors approved in

the conditional approval given (see Urban Design Review 13-01) approved by the Planning Director on February 8, 2013 and as maintained on file in the offices of the Planning Division.

4. Quantity of signage, area of signage, and placement of signage shall be as

directed within the Sign Ordinance for the City of San Angelo. SECTION 10: Fencing around the exterior of the site and the pool area shall be

of wrought iron with masonry and stone columns consistent with the conditional approval given (see Urban Design Review 13-01) approved by the Planning Director on February 8, 2013 and as maintained on file in the offices of the Planning Division. Other usage of fencing material for screening purposes, within the confines of the concept plan for this Planned Development shall be in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 509 of the Zoning Ordinance.

SECTION 11: Parking standards within this Planned Development District shall

be as follows: 1. One bedroom apartments shall have 1.5 parking spaces per unit. 2. Two bedroom apartments shall have 1.75 parking spaces per unit 3. Three bedroom apartments shall have 2.0 parking spaces per unit. 4. Areas used for the rental office shall have 1 parking space per 300 square feet

gross of office space. 5. Design standards for the parking spaces shall be in accordance with Section

511 of the Zoning Ordinance. Section 511.G of the Zoning Ordinance defines dimensions and maneuvering room. Section 511.F of the Zoning Ordinance defines the maintenance of parking facilities.

SECTION 12: The sidewalks as shown on the graphic concept plan identified in

Exhibit A shall be no less than four feet in width, shall be installed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, and shall meet all ADA accessibility standards.

SECTION 13: No outdoor storage shall be allowed within the boundaries of this

Planned Development District.

Page 472: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SECTION 14: This Planned Development district shall not be added to the Official Zoning Map for the City of San Angelo, until the replat establishing Tract 3, Block 3, in Section Three of the Arden Acres is recorded with the Tom Green County Clerk.

INTRODUCED on the 5th day of March, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 19th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Interim Director of Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney Development Services

Page 473: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Exhibit A, Site Plan

Page 474: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

NORTHW

EST

DR

GREEN HILL RD

É

WES

T C

OM

PAN

Y

OF

MID

LAN

D, I

NC

.

GREEN HILL RD

0'

SCALE 1" = 50'

50' 100' 150'

LEGEND

INGRESS & EGRESSGREEN HILL ROAD WILL BE EXTENDED FROM ITS

CURRENT INTERSECTION WITH NORTHWEST DRIVE AT

THE NORTHEAST CORNER PHASE I TO LOOP AROUND

AND INTERSECT NORTHWEST DRIVE AT THE SOUTHEAST

CORNER OF PHASE I

SIDEWALKSFOUR-FOOT WIDE SIDEWALKS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED

BEHIND BACK OF CURB ALONG PROPOSED GREEN HILL

ROAD, NORTHWEST DRIVE, AND PHASE I FRONTAGE

BUILDING SETBACKSBUILDING SETBACK DISTANCES OF 25 FEET FROM THE

PROPERTY LINE WILL BE OBSERVED ALONG GREEN HILL

ROAD AND NORTHWEST DRIVE

SITE UTILITIESEXISTING UTILITIES ARE IN PLACE. IT IS THE INTENT FOR

ADDITIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE TO BE BUILT AS SHOWN

ON THIS PLAN.

PARKING SPACESPER THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO'S PARKING REQUIREMENTS:

3-BED= 40(UNITS) x 2 SPACES= 80 (SPACES)

2-BED= 64(UNITS) x 1.75 SPACES= 112 (SPACES)

1-BED= 72(UNITS) x 1.5 SPACES= 108 (SPACES)

TOTAL REQUIRED 300 (SPACES)

TOTAL PROVIDED= 325 (SPACES)

FIRE PROTECTIONA 26' WIDE FIRE LANE HAS BEEN PROVIDED AT THE

FRONT OF ALL BUILDINGS. THE FIRE LANE WILL BE

IDENTIFIED BY PAINTED STRIPES AND CURBS PER IBC

CODE 2009.

DRAINAGEIT IS OUR INTENT TO PROVIDE A REGIONAL DETENTION

BASIN PER CITY OF SAN ANGELO REQUIREMENTS FOR

THIS MASTER PLAN DEVELOPMENT ALONG THE

FRONTAGE OF THE SOUTHERN SEWER EASEMENT WITH

APPROPRIATE CONVEYANCE ACROSS THE EXISTING

SEWER LINE ROUTING TO THE CHANNEL.

TRASH ENCLOSURESTRASH DUMPSTERS TO BE PLACED AS SHOWN.

ENCLOSURES TO BE BUILT OF FENCE-CRETE OR CMU,

AND WILL MATCH DESIGN OF SCREENING WALL.

NOTES1. ALL BUILDINGS ARE 2 STORY.

2. ALL AMENITIES ARE FOR RESIDENCE ONLY.

PROPOSED FENCING

Page 475: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: February 19, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Roxanne Johnston, Planner

Subject: Z13-02: Debbie Clark. A request for approval of a zone

change from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to specifically allow for “Household Living” as allowed in RS-2 zoning districts on the following property:

Location: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of

the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval or modification of this request by the Planning

Commission would forward the recommendation to City Council for a final decision on the matter.

Contacts: Debbie Clark 325-659-3901

Roxanne Johnston, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an Ordinance

amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-02: Debbie Clark

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING

Page 476: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Two-Family Residential (RS-2) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

Summary: The City Council may:

(1) Approve this zone change request from RS-1 to RS-2 which would allow for “Household Living” as allowed in RS-2 zoning districts; or

(2) Modify the application to some alternative zoning classification believed to

be more appropriate; or (3) Deny this zoning request from RS-1 to RS-2.

Recommendation: City staff recommends approving the proposed zone change. On January 28, 2013, the Planning Commission recommended approval of this request by a unanimous vote of 5-0.

History and Background:

General Information

Existing Zoning: Single Family Residential (RS-1) Existing Land Use: Vacant property, vacant residence Surrounding Zoning/Land Use:

North: RS-1 Residential

West: RS-1 & RS-2 Residential

South: RS-1 & OW Residential & vacant property

East: RS-1 & CO Residential & vacant property

Thoroughfares/Streets: Montague Avenue is defined as a “major

collector” and is designed to carry traffic at

Page 477: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

moderate speeds to connect arterials to local streets

Beacon Street is defined as a “local street”

which carries light neighborhood traffic at lower speeds and generally connects to collector streets.

Zoning History: The property has been a part of the city

limits since at least 1949 with little change in zoning and use to the immediate area.

Applicable Regulations: Allowed uses for this property can be

found in Section 310 (Use Table) of the Zoning Ordinance.

Section 511.B of the Zoning Ordinance requires two off-street parking spaces per dwelling unit.

Development Standards: Residential development setbacks are

outlined in Section 501 of the Zoning Ordinance.

All required off-street parking and the

connection(s) to a public right-of-way are required to be paved as defined in Section 511.F.3 of the Zoning Ordinance.

Vision Plan Map: Neighborhood for the subject properties with

a Transitional Zone located directly south on Beacon Street as a buffer to Commercial envisioned areas further south.

Related Comp Plan Excerpts: “Create new physical connections to

neighborhoods lined with transitional and intermediate uses."

"Promote neighborhood diversity and security by encouraging a mix of age, income, and housing choices within San Angelo's neighborhoods.” "Encourage in-fill development sensitive to the existing and desired content of the area” “Encourage the re-use of vacant buildings in the city. Carefully integrate new uses into older

Page 478: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

areas, in a manner that encourages comfort, accessibility, efficiency and aesthetic gratification for resident and visitor alike.”

“All residents within each neighborhood boundary should be able to meet their daily needs within a reasonable and accessible distance from their home.” "Variety of residential product types - multi-family, townhomes, courtyard homes, patio homes, etc."

Establish transition areas to better "scale-

down" intensity of use from commercial centers to neighborhoods."

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: Changing the zoning to RS-2 will create little impact on the volume of traffic than if the property remained as-is, being that 4 of the lots are vacant at this time.

Parking Requirements: New residential units require a minimum of

two off-street parking spaces. All areas used for off-street parking shall be paved, per Section 511.F.3 of the Zoning Ordinance.

Parking Provided: No paved parking spots at this time. Density: Surrounding uses are predominately of a

low density residential nature. There are many vacant lots in the area.

Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 22

Responses in Favor: 3 Responses in Opposition: 0

Analysis:

In order to approve this Zone change request, City Council members are first required to consider the following criteria:

Page 479: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is compatible with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below.

The applicant stated to Planning Staff that she wished to re-zone so that she could convert an existing vacant building into a duplex. This zone change request from RS-1 to RS-2 is a only a slight change from current zoning and Staff feels that the proposed change is in keeping with the 7 criteria listed above, all of which will be explained in the following. A zone change to RS-2 will allow the owner and future owners to enjoy the same residential uses that are allowed by right as current zoning with just one exception. Essentially, the only difference is that it allows a two family residence or accessory apartment on the property. Because of this minute difference, the proposed zone change is consistent with both the Zoning Ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan. Again, since there is little change from its current zoning the immediate area will remain residential. The proposed zone change area lies amid an older, more established low-density residential area with large sections of undeveloped land nearby to the east and north. Beacon Street dead ends

Page 480: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

about 200 feet east of the property. As a major collector, Montague Street is situated west of the subject property and ties into East Houston Harte Expressway, located approximately 390 feet south of the property. The Comprehensive Plan calls for residential areas to be typified by a mix of housing stock, which in this case refers to the addition of a duplex, and for housing to be in close proximity to commercial zones, which is also the case here. Two different uses were introduced nearby; in 1982, an area approximately 155 feet west of the subject property was re-zoned from RS-1 to RS-2 to allow for a duplex. In 1985, Special Permit 1122 was given to allow for “a mobile home to be owner family occupied and to have two residences on one zoning lot.” These illustrate a precedence by the City Council to allow a mix of housing stock to the area, which was and still is in keeping with the Comprehensive Plan as would allowing an additional zone change from RS-1 to RS-2 in this area. Conditions would remain relatively the same or may even improve should the zone change be approved. There are several vacant lots in and around the subject property. The Vision Plan calls for the subject property to remain as ‘Neighborhood’ in nature with a “Transitional” zoning district directly to the south. This “Transitional” zone creates a buffer between commercial areas further south, which is an ideal situation in terms of the Vision Plan. Therefore, the zone change request is consistent with aspects of the Vision Plan and will most certainly have a positive impact on current and future land uses. RS-2 zoning here for a duplex could also encourage redevelopment and provide encouragement for future neighborhood development that would be compatible with surrounding uses, including Holiman Elementary School to the north of this neighborhood and Producer’s Park to the northwest. This zoning request would have minimal negative impacts on the natural environment, again, since there is a little change between RS-1 and RS-2 uses. The only perceivable difference would be that a minimum of two paved parking spaces per dwelling unit and the access from the street to them are required per Section 511 of the Ordinance, but this would cause overall minimal runoff to the area as would the construction of a larger building footprint. These would most likely not negatively affect neighboring properties. San Angelo is experiencing a need for increased housing stock as our population has been increasing. According to the United States Department of Commerce, population increased by nearly 5,000 between the years 2000 and 2010.1 In this instance, an existing vacant house would be repurposed to provide more housing to assist with community need, so Criteria 6 would be met should the zone change be approved. Smart Also addressing community need is this: the proposed area is situated in what contains several potential components of a walk-able community from a Smart

1 www.quickfacts.census.gov (accessed 01/18/13).

Page 481: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Growth point of view. Smart Growth, can be defined as “development that serves the economy, the community and the environment”2 and promotes strong neighborhoods through choices in transportation and housing. Smart Growth also offers a higher level of social interaction, reduced emissions caused by automobile travel and greater opportunities for physical opportunity that are brought about by higher pedestrian and bicycling uses. Both Holiman Elementary north on Montague Street and Producer’s Park to the northwest off of Magnolia Street are located less than 1/3 of a mile from the subject property. Commercial access exists less than a half a mile west from the subject property along Bell Street. These are just three examples of current locations that area residents have reasonable pedestrian and bicycle access to. In addition to meeting Criteria 1-6, Staff feels this request is in keeping with Criteria 7. A rezone to RS-2 is most certainly a logical progression in terms of development patterns. Again, the change is very slight from the current zoning and the Vision Plan calls for the area to remain residential. A rezone to RS-2 would have little negative impact on the area, if any, and again, could help encourage future development in a predictable, orderly manner which is exactly the intent of the Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Ordinance.

Proposed Conditions

N/A

Attachments: Excerpt from zoning map, showing the general

location within the City of San Angelo; excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject

property; aerial photo, highlighting subject property; excerpt from the Comprehensive Plan Vision map

highlighting the subject property; and notification map highlighting responses from

neighboring properties. citizen response letters; draft minutes from January 28, 2013 Planning

Commission meeting; and

2 www.smartgrowthpa.org (accessed 01/22/13).

Page 482: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

draft Ordinance.

Presentation: Roxanne Johnston, Planner

Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (01/21/13)

Page 483: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo; changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Two-Family Residential (RS-2) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-02: Debbie Clark WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Two-Family Residential (RS-2) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

Page 484: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that,

if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 19th day of February, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 5th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________

Page 485: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 486: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 487: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 488: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 489: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 490: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 491: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 492: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 493: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 494: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

MINUTE RECORD OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING HELD ON MONDAY, October 15, 2012 AT 9:00 AM IN THE SOUTH MEETING ROOM OF THE SAN ANGELO CONVENTION CENTER, 500 RIO CONCHO DRIVE, SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

PRESENT: Joe Grimes, Bill Lawrence, Jennifer Boggs, Darlene Jones,

Bill Wynne ABSENT: Sebastian Guerrero (AE), Sam Tambunga (AE) STAFF: AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Jeff Hintz, Planner Kevin Boyd, Planner Roxanne Johnston, Planner B. Z 13-02: Debbie Clark A request for approval of a zone change from Single-Family Residential (RS-

1) to Two-Family Residential (RS-2) to specifically allow for “Household Living” as allowed in RS-2 zoning districts on the following property:

2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of

Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo.

Roxanne Johnston came forward to present this item, consistent with the staff recommendation of approval. There were 22 notifications sent out, with 3 returned in favor and 0 returned in opposition of the request. She showed a series of maps to the Commission members, illustrating the area in which the subject property is located. She illustrated the tracts representing owners who were in favor of this request. Ms. Johnston also reviewed the criteria of approval which the Zoning Ordinance requires to be considered in all zone change cases. Ms. Johnston discussed that the Comprehensive Plan discusses establishing a mix of housing within neighborhoods and encourages "neighborhood" development in this area, which staff feels this would meet. This is especially so when realizing that there is an area for "transitional" development immediately adjacent to the property. The area is largely developed in a traditional neighborhood style, with infrastructure and a street network largely reflective of - and appropriate for -

Page 495: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

this type of development. There is a school in this neighborhood area, along with a city park. There are a few businesses in the area that help promote a walkable community. Staff feels a minor change in land use fits in and meets all of the criteria which are required for consideration in this area as outlined in the Comprehensive Plan. There were no questions for Ms. Johnston. Debbie Clark, the proponent, came forward to speak in favor of this request. She would like to develop this area now and in the future. There was no one else in attendance who desired to speak on this item. Motion, to approve as presented, was made by Bill Wynne and seconded by Jennifer Boggs. Motion passed unanimously, 5-0.

Page 496: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo; changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Two-Family Residential (RS-2) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-02: Debbie Clark WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Two-Family Residential (RS-2) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY:

Page 497: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that, if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 19th day of February, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 5th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 498: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San

Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: February 19, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner

Subject: Z 13-03 Tom Green County: A request for approval of a

zone change from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood Commercial (CN) to specifically allow for commercial opportunities as allowed in CN zoning districts on the following property:

Location: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the

intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval of this request would zone the property

Neighborhood Commercial (CN)

Contacts: Judge Michael D. Brown 325-653-3318

Jeff Hintz, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an

Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-03: Tom Green County AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF

THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A

Page 499: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

Summary: The City Council may:

(1) Approve the proposed zone change; or

(2) Remand the application back to Planning Commission for further discussion,

in which case another public hearing will need to be scheduled; or (3) Deny the proposed zone change.

Recommendation: Planning staff recommends approving the proposed

zone change. The Planning Commission recommended approval of this request 5-0 at the January 28, 2013 Meeting.

History and Background:

General Information

Existing Zoning: Single-Family Residential (RS-1) Existing Land Use: Vacant office building and parking lot Surrounding Zoning/Land Use:

North: CG/CH Various retail establishments

West: RS-1 Mobile Home Park

South: RS-1 Church & single-family residences

East: CN & RS-1 Church & single-family residences

Page 500: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Thoroughfares/Streets: Pulliam Street & North Bell Street are defined as "arterial streets," and designed to connect collector streets to freeways and other arterials carrying large volumes of traffic at high speeds. Access is secondary and mobility is the primary function of these streets.

Zoning History: Special Permit 200 approved in August of

1966 allowed the construction of a "welfare building" in an RS-1 zoning district.

Applicable Regulations: Allowed uses for this property can be

found in Section 310 (Use Table) of the Zoning Ordinance

Development Standards: Section 502 of the Zoning Ordinance

covers general development standards for the property.

In CN districts, “Type 1 Outdoor Display

shall be allowed adjacent to a principal building wall and extending to a distance no greater than 5 feet from the wall. Such storage shall not be permitted to block windows, entrances or exits, and shall not impair the ability of pedestrians to use the building.”

Vision Plan Map: Neighborhood Center Comp Plan Excerpts: Within the Comprehensive Plan, Goal 3 of

“Neighborhoods” is to “improve the relationship between adjacent commercial and residential properties”. CG/CH zoning currently borders the RS-1 properties, a CN zoning would be a more suitable and less harsh buffer between the two.

“Commercial properties tend to be

organized in a single use, isolated pattern of development. This form generates little synergy between businesses and land uses and often results in incompatibility.”

“All residents within each neighborhood

boundary should be able to meet their daily needs within a reasonable and accessible distance from their home.”

Page 501: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

“Promote better transition between nearby commercial and residential use of land and buildings.”

“Rezone or remove any CG/CH zoning

from adjacent to existing neighborhoods." “Require a buffer separating commercial,

industrial, or agricultural zoned lands from neighborhoods.”

“Establish transition areas between

commercial areas and nearby neighborhoods.”

“Organize commercial uses in nodes to

avoid deteriorating corridors.”

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: Changing the zoning from residential to commercial generally will add traffic to an area, however given the past zoning history on the property, this residential property has functioned as commercial property for decades.

Parking Requirements: Section 511 of the Zoning Ordinance

covers parking standards and requirements vary by proposed usage(s).

Parking Provided: It appears off-street parking is available on

this lot; the number of spots will depend upon lot orientation and future building configuration.

Density: This general area is of medium density

residential and higher intensity commercial uses that are of a lower density.

Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 17

Responses in Favor: 0 Responses in Opposition: 0

Page 502: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis:

In order to approve this zone change request, the City Council members are first required to consider the following criteria: 1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is

compatible with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below. In looking at this proposal, Planning staff has found that a CN zoning district is compatible with the plans and policies in place for the community and that the zone change is consistent with the zoning ordinance. This particular property has functioned as a public building in some fashion for nearly 50 years despite the RS-1 zoning. This area between Pulliam Street and Koberlin Street is a mixed use are with a multitude of varying uses. Houses, churches, and some lower intensity commercial opportunities make sense; the plans and policies in place for the community recognize this need for neighborhood serving businesses that a CN zoning district will allow for. Introducing a more intensive zoning district would not be appropriate for this area given the intensive land uses allowed for in CG/CH zoning that is present on

Page 503: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Pulliam. A CN zoning designation will provide a suitable buffer into the neighborhoods that are prevalent to the south of this subject property without diminishing the ability for this property to develop. At the same time, a CN zone will also allow the responsible and sustainable development of the neighborhoods to the south. This zone change request is certainly in line with the intent of the Zoning Ordinance as responsible & predictable development for properties both new and in the future is exactly the intent of the Zoning Ordinance. Staff believes that the CN zoning in this area is compatible with the surrounding area; as previously mentioned, the lower intensity commercial opportunities that are allowed within this zoning district have high potential to be an asset to the neighborhood in both the short and long term. While not all types of commercial activities would be appropriate for this particular property (given the proximity to the neighborhood, churches, and other lower intensity businesses) staff believes some lower intensity neighborhood serving businesses would be a fit that is compatible with the surrounding area. Several properties to the south of this general area provide prime opportunities for some infill development; some new businesses that serve the area may have the potential to revitalize this area and usher in the infill development. This area is envisioned within the Comprehensive Plan's Vision Map as a "Neighborhood Center." CN zoning fits in this vision. Neighborhood Center envisioned areas are designed to compliment neighborhoods with opportunities for higher density residential opportunities and some lower intensity, lower scale commercial opportunities. In this case, the Neighborhood Center envisioned area provides these development opportunities, and serves as a buffer from the "Industrial" and higher intensity "Commercial" envisioned areas just to the northwest of this area. Since this particular zone change is in harmony with the Comprehensive Plan, there is no need for an amendment to the Comprehensive Plan to approve this request. In addition, staff does not believe the impact on the natural environment will be detrimentally affected through the approval of this zone change. While some impact due to storm water runoff will certainly be taking place (since the property is already improved) staff is unable to find any other negative environmental consequences that will result from this zone change. Staff also believes this zone change request has potential to serve a community need in this particular area. Pulliam Street offers multiple opportunities for higher intensity commercial development in the CG/CH zoning district in this area, however the opportunities for neighborhood serving, walkable businesses in this area are less prevalent. From this standpoint, staff believes this proposal for CN zoning will help to fill a community need and be a benefit to the area. Staff finds that a CN zoning district on the subject property will create an orderly development pattern that is consistent with the surrounding area. As one travels

Page 504: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

south from Pulliam along Bell Street, the character of the area is much less intense and becomes solely residential fairly quickly. Staff feels anything more intensive in this area has the potential to upset this balance and encroach into a long standing neighborhood. It should be mentioned that this neighborhood has been zoned as RS-1 since approximately 1954 and for the most part has developed as such with little commercial encroachment. Staff finds is necessary to protect and promote the current and future growth of this neighborhood; the introduction of CN zoning will allow this to occur while serving the needs of the residents of this neighborhood at the same time. Neighborhood serving, walkable businesses will serve the neighborhood in this area both now and in the future; the goals of infill, walkable development are highly in line with the City's Comprehensive Plan and sound neighborhood development principles. Staff believes this request will be a responsible addition, that is in harmony with the neighborhood and will only aid in the future development of the area.

Proposed Conditions

N/A

Attachments: excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location

within the City of San Angelo; excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject

property; aerial photo, highlighting subject property; excerpt from the Comprehensive Plan Vision Map

highlighting the subject property; draft minutes from 01/28/13 Planning Commission

meeting; and Draft Ordinance.

Presentation: AJ Fawver, Interim Director of Development Services.

Page 505: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 506: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 507: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 508: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 509: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

C. Z 13-03: Tom Green County A request for approval of a zone change from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to

Neighborhood Commercial (CN) to specifically allow for commercial opportunities as allowed in CN zoning districts on the following property:

318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North

Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo.

Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner, came forward to present this request, consistent with the staff recommendation of approval. Mr. Hintz began by revealing that 17 notifications were sent out on this request, and 0 were received in favor or in opposition to this request. Mr. Hintz explained that Tom Green County is looking to sell this property. Mr. Hintz revealed that the Vision Plan map calls for "neighborhood center" at this location. A number of photographs were shown on and around the site. There are two churches in close proximity to this location, and a large neighborhood, which is mostly developed. The Comprehensive Plan encourages buffer zones to be located between commercial properties and residential neighborhoods. This property is in a prime location to provide such a buffer zone, and the proposal is consistent with that idea. There is a mix of zoning districts in the area, as well as a special permit in place which would allow a "welfare building" on the property - which is what the county utilized that site for at one time. He referred back to the criteria of approval which Ms. Johnston reviewed in depth in the previous case. Mr. Hintz also reviewed several excerpts from the city's Comprehensive Plan which supports this type of zoning at this location. This proposal is consistent with the City's plans and policies. Staff believes this type of zoning is suitable for this area and is a good fit as opposed to heavier types of commercial zoning. This does follow development patterns for this area. Staff sees little anticipated effect on the natural environment, especially when considering that the building is already constructed and in place. Bill Lawrence asked for clarification regarding the buffer zone placement at this location and addressed the opportunity for a better and more appropriate transition to be placed at this site. The "neighborhood center" is intended for higher-density residential development, and so the current zoning does not work in line with that intention. Bill Wynne stated his opinion that this would correct the zoning that has long been in place. Judge Mike Brown, with Tom Green County, came forward to speak in favor of this request. He stated that their objective is to have the zoning changed to something more marketable in order to offer it for sale down the road. The building is currently vacant. There were no other comments in favor or in opposition of the request.

Page 510: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Motion, to approve as presented, was made by Joe Grimes and seconded by Jennifer Boggs. The motion passed unanimously, 5-0.

Page 511: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood

Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-03: Tom Green County WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

Page 512: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood

Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-03: Tom Green County WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35 acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San Angelo, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

Page 513: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that,

if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 19th day of February, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 5th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 514: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that,

if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 19th day of February, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 5th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 515: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San

Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: February 19, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Roxanne Johnston, Planner

Subject: Z 13-04 Abel Fernandez. A request for approval of a zone

change from Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood Commercial (CN) to specifically allow for commercial opportunities as allowed in CN zoning districts on the following property:

Location: 1006 East 14th Street, located approximately 170 feet from the

northeast intersection at East 14th Street and Wade Street. This property specifically occupies the Exall Addition, Block 9, Lot 8 Exc. West 88.7’, in north central San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval or modification of this request by the Planning

Commission would forward that recommendation to City Council for a final decision on the matter.

Contacts: Abel Fernandez, property owner 325-482-0946

Roxanne Johnston, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an

Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-04: Abel Fernandez

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE

Page 516: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 1006 East 14th Street, located approximately 170 feet from the northeast intersection at East 14th Street and Wade Street. This property specifically occupies the Exall Addition, Block 9, Lot 8 Exc. West 88.7’, in north central San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

Summary: The City Council may:

(1) Approve this zone change request from RS-1 to RS-2 which would allow for “Household Living” as allowed in RS-2 zoning districts; or

(2) Modify the application to some alternative zoning classification believed to

be more appropriate; or

(3) Deny this zoning request from RS-1 to RS-2. Recommendation: City staff recommends approving the proposed zone change. On January 28, 2013, the Planning Commission recommended approval of this request by a unanimous vote of 5-0.

History and Background:

General Information

Existing Zoning: Single-Family Residential (RS-1) Existing Land Use: Vacant residential Surrounding Zoning/Land Use:

North: RS-1 Single-Family Residential

West: RS-1 Single-Family Residential

South: RS-1 Single-Family Residential

East: RS-1 Single-Family Residential

Page 517: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Thoroughfares/Streets: East 14th Street is defined as a “collector street” which provides direct access to residential, commercial and other land uses.

Wade Street is defined a "local street" and

is designed to carry light traffic at lower speeds and generally connects to collector streets.

East Main Street is defined as an “arterial

street” and is designed to connect collector streets to freeways and other arterials carrying large volumes of traffic at high speeds. Access is secondary and mobility is the primary function of these streets.

Zoning History: Residential as early as 1939. Applicable Regulations: Allowed uses for this property can be

found in Section 310 (Use Table) of the Zoning Ordinance. . Refer to off-street parking standards, per Section 511. Section 602. “B. No nonconforming structure may be enlarged, expanded or extended in such a manner that it shall be made more nonconforming… A non-conforming structure may be enlarged expanded or extended so long as the nonconforming feature is not enlarged, expanded or extended, thereby making the structure more nonconforming.”

Development Standards: Section 502. Nonresidential Development

Standards Neighborhood Commercial (CN) requires a 25 feet front setback for commercial structures. No side or rear setback are required in commercial districts unless the lot abuts a residential district or use, where a minimum of 10 feet is required.

Page 518: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Section 504 of the Zoning Ordinance covers outdoor storage and display. Aside from Type 1 outdoor display, no other outside storage is allowed here.

A.1. “Type 1 Outdoor Display shall be

allowed adjacent to a principal building wall and extending to a distance no greater than 5 feet from the wall. Such storage shall not be permitted to block windows, entrances or exits, and shall not impair the ability of pedestrians to use the building.

E.1. “Unless specifically authorized

elsewhere… all outdoor storage and display shall be located outside the public right-of-way and/or at least 15 feet from the back edge of the adjacent curb or street pavement.

Section 509. Fences A.1. “A privacy fence shall be required

where the side or rear lot line of a nonresidential use is adjacent to either of the following.

a. A residential district boundary other than the R&E District.

b. An existing residential use.

Vision Plan Map: Neighborhood Center & Neighborhood Comp Plan Excerpts: Within the Comprehensive Plan, Goal 3 of

“Neighborhoods” is to “improve the relationship between adjacent commercial and residential properties”.

“All residents within each neighborhood

boundary should be able to meet their daily needs within a reasonable and accessible distance from their home.”

“Promote better transition between nearby

commercial and residential use of land and buildings.”

Page 519: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

“Establish transition areas between commercial areas and nearby neighborhoods.”

“Address issues related to the transition of

older homes into offices, including parking and compatibility with surrounding areas.”

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: Changing the zoning from residential to commercial use will generally add traffic to an area, but due to the small lot size and that CN is the least intensive of commercial zoning, potential businesses locating there will most likely yield little traffic than would more intensive uses.

Parking Requirements: Section 511 of the Zoning Ordinance

covers parking standards; the requirement varies depending on the proposed usage(s). The requirement for a tax service establishment, for example, would be 1 space paved per 300ft2 gross floor area.

Parking Provided: It appears off-street parking opportunity is

available on this lot; the number of spots will depend upon lot orientation and future building configuration.

Density: This general area is of light to medium

density residential with lower density businesses outside of the current RS-1 zone. The zone change request complies with the Vision Plan, which calls for a continuation of the future development of this area as “Neighborhood Center."

Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 13

Responses in Favor: 0 Responses in Opposition: 0

Analysis:

Page 520: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

In order to approve this zone change request, the City Council members are first required to consider the following criteria: 1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is

compatible with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below. The subject property is located on the fringes of an older RS-1 zoning district within 300 feet of North Main Street. The applicant is planning to operate a tax service business from the property and seeks to repurpose a vacant house to do so. Atmos Energy, a planned development, is located near the property to the northeast. There are a variety of mixed uses and zoning to the east and southeast of the subject property which include an assisted living and retirement facilities. To the north, within walking distance of well under ½ a mile, are a variety of businesses that support neighborhood services such as restaurants and car repair shops. Near the same area to the north are more intense land uses (CG/CH) that allow for heavy land use, such as junk yards; although certainly not allowed on the subject property. In the future, the Vision Plan calls for CG/CH zoning districts to be phased out.

Page 521: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

In looking at this proposal, Planning Staff has found that a CN zoning district is compatible with the plans and policies in place for the community and that the zone change is consistent with the Zoning Ordinance. Staff feels this request is compatible with and appropriate to the surrounding area. A CN zoning district lies less than 35 feet from the southeastern section of the property. The Vision Plan calls for about 1/3 of the subject property to the east to be zoned “Neighborhood Center” with the remaining staying “Residential.” Due to the size of this property, the nature of businesses that could locate there in the future are constricted by the lot size and limited area for parking, so this property use will likely remain smaller and less intensive in nature and would generate little traffic to the area. Residential near CN zoning which allows lower intensity commercial opportunities make sense; the plans and policies in place for the community recognize this need for neighborhood serving businesses that a CN zoning district will allow for. With the subject property's proximity to North Main Street to the east, the area has already seen a variety of change. The second possible challenge is that a portion of a neighboring residence is located on the western side of subject property and is legally non-conforming as it has been there since 2000. The proposed zone change would necessitate the construction of an opaque fence between the residence to the west and businesses located on the subject property. According to Section 502 of the Zoning Ordinance, there can be no fewer than 10 feet between the proposed use and a residence. There is currently a 4’ chain link fence between the building on the subject property and the neighboring residence to the west.

Staff believes that the CN zoning in this area is compatible with the surrounding area. As previously mentioned, the lower intensity commercial opportunities that are allowed within this zoning district have high potential to be an asset to the neighborhood in both the short and long term. While not all types of commercial activities would be appropriate for this particular property, given the lot size and proximity to the neighborhood and other lower intensity businesses, staff believes some lower intensity neighborhood serving businesses would be a fit that is compatible with the surrounding area. Since this particular zone change is in harmony with the Comprehensive Plan, there is no need for an amendment to the Comprehensive Plan to approve this request. Staff does not believe the impact on the natural environment will be detrimentally affected through the approval of this zone change. Staff is unable to find any negative environmental consequences that will result from this zone change. Given that semi-industrial uses are not allowed within CN zoning, the zone change will not bring about the noises and odors often associated with a heavier commercially zoned district. Staff also believes this zone change request has potential to serve a community need in this particular area, even given the example of the applicant’s desire to locate a tax service business there. Other businesses that would be a fit for the same property include those of a

Page 522: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

community services nature and a small new or used retail sales and services business such as product repair, for example (since the property is relatively small) to name just a few. Staff finds that a CN zoning district on the subject property will create an orderly development pattern that is consistent with the surrounding area. CG/CH, RS-2, CG, and CN zoning currently borders the RS-1 properties. Staff feels anything more intensive in this area has the potential to upset this balance and encroach into a long standing neighborhood. This neighborhood has been zoned residential since at least 1939 and has experienced, for the most part, a sensible mix of zoning around it. Staff finds it necessary to protect and promote the current and future growth of this neighborhood and the introduction of CN zoning will allow this to occur while serving the needs of the residents of this neighborhood both now and in the future. The goals of infill and walk-able development are highly in line with the City's Comprehensive Plan and are in harmony with the neighborhood. Lastly, it is possible that this development may serve to aid in future area development.

Proposed Conditions

N/A

Attachments: excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location

within the City of San Angelo; excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject

property; aerial photo, highlighting subject property; excerpt from the Comprehensive Plan Vision Map

highlighting the subject property; and draft minutes from January 28, 2013 Planning

Commission meeting; and draft Ordinance

Presentation: Roxanne Johnston, Planner

Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (01/21/13)

Page 523: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 524: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 525: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 526: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 527: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

MINUTE RECORD OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING HELD ON MONDAY, January 28, 2013 AT 9:00 AM IN THE SOUTH MEETING ROOM OF THE SAN ANGELO CONVENTION CENTER, 500 RIO CONCHO DRIVE, SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

PRESENT: Joe Grimes, Bill Lawrence, Jennifer Boggs, Darlene Jones, Bill Wynne

ABSENT: Sebastian Guerrero (AE), Sam Tambunga (AE) STAFF: AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Jeff Hintz, Planner Kevin Boyd, Planner Roxanne Johnston, Planner

D. Z 13-04: Abel Fernandez A request for approval of a zone change from Single-Family Residential (RS-

1) to Neighborhood Commercial (CN) to specifically allow for a tax service business as allowed in CN zoning districts on the following property:

1006 East 14th Street, located approximately 170 feet from the northeast

intersection at East 14th Street and Wade Street. This property specifically

occupies the Exall Addition, Block 9, Lot 8 Exc. West 88.7’, in north central San Angelo.

Roxanne Johnston, Planner, came forward to present this request, consistent with the staff recommendation of approval. Ms. Johnston noted that there were 13 notifications sent out on this request, with 0 returned in favor or in opposition to the request. The subject property is a residential structure, which sits on the edge of a neighborhood and near Main Street, which has a mix of zoning district types. There are also some empty lots in this area. The eastern section of the subject property terminates at an alley bifurcating the neighborhood, creating a triangular shaped property. There is a single-family residential area in and around this location, and the residential usage of the area dates back to 1939. The subject property is located on the fringe of an RS-1 neighborhood. The desire is to have a tax service business at this location. There are several zoning districts within a 1/2 mile of this location. A CN zoning district would be compatible with the plans and policies of the city. She again referred to the need and appropriateness for a buffer between the mix of uses nearby and this large residential area. The concept of "neighborhood" is for low-impact business, of which this is one. CN is the least intensive type of commercial zoning. The small lot size does limit naturally the types of businesses which could locate on the lot. However, the scale of a neighborhood center would be appropriate. There is a CN zone currently in existence less than 35' from the subject property. The zone change does trigger placement of a 6' opaque privacy fence to screen from the residential area nearby. The request is consistent with the Vision Plan map as well as the city plans and criteria outlined in the Zoning Ordinance. Businesses that are allowed in CN allow small new or used retail sales or services, along with office usage. More intensive zoning

Page 528: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

would potentially upset the balance and encroach into a large and long-established neighborhood. Darlene Jones asked if this business would strictly be a business or if it would also be a residential use. It was responded that it would be allowed to be a business only - this type of zoning would not allow residential living. Jennifer Boggs also asked a couple of questions regarding the parking. Fortunately, the floor-area ratio limit for this site would limit much of an additional expansion, meaning that parking would not likely need to increase by more than one space in the future. The proponent, Abel Fernandez, came forward and spoke in favor of this request. He stated that he does not currently have any employees. Joe Grimes asked if the stipulations that were required were fine with the applicant. Mr. Fernandez expressed his acceptance of the requirements. No one else came forward to speak on this request. Motion, to approve as presented, was made by Darlene Jones and seconded by Joe Grimes. The motion passed unanimously, 5-0.

Page 529: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 1006 East 14th Street, located approximately 170 feet from the northeast intersection at East 14

th Street and Wade Street. This

property specifically occupies the Exall Addition, Block 9, Lot 8 Exc. West 88.7’, in north central San Angelo; changing the zoning classification from a Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to a Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-04: Abel Fernandez WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This property specifically occupies the Avondale Addition, Block 10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo; shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Neighborhood Commercial (CN) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

SEVERABILITY:

Page 530: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that, if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 19 day of February, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 5th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 531: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: March 5, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Kevin Boyd, Planner

Subject: Z 13-06: City of San Angelo Development Corporation, a request for a

zone change from Light Manufacturing (ML) to Heavy Manufacturing (MH) to allow for activities allowed within MH zoning districts, on the following property:

Location: 1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the intersection of

Gateway Drive and FM 380; more specially occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1 and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in northeast San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval of this request would zone the property Heavy

Manufacturing (MH).

Contacts: COSA Development Corporation, owner 325-653-7197

Kevin Boyd, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an Ordinance

amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-06: City of San Angelo Development Corporation AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE

OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the intersection of Gateway Drive and FM 380; more specially occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1 and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in northeast San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from

Page 532: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2

Light Manufacturing (ML) to Heavy Manufacturing (MH) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

Summary: The City Council may:

(1) Approve the proposed zone change as requested; or (2) Remand the application back to Planning Commission for further discussion, in

which case another public hearing will need to be scheduled; or

(3) Deny the proposed zone change.

Recommendation: Planning staff recommends approving the proposed zone

change.

History and Background:

General Information

Existing Zoning: Light Manufacturing (ML) Existing Land Use: Undeveloped land Surrounding Zoning/Land Use:

North: Light Manufacturing (ML) Angelo Achieves

West: Light Manufacturing (ML) Undeveloped land

South: Unincorporated Undeveloped land

East: Light Manufacturing (ML) Undeveloped land

Thoroughfares/Streets: FM 380 is classified as an ‘arterial street’ which is

designed to be a major thoroughfare that carries heavy traffic to points of interest throughout the city.

Gateway Drive is classified as a "local street" and

is designed to carry light traffic at lower speeds and generally connects to collector streets.

Zoning History: The property was annexed into the city in

November 1997 and later rezoned to Light Manufacturing (ML) in December 1997, refer to case Z 97-51.

Page 533: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

3

Applicable Regulations: 316.B.1 of the Zoning Ordinance states, ..."If the

uses routinely subject the surrounding area to noxious or malodorous impacts, they are considered heavy manufacturing and production.."

Development Standards: All required off-street parking and the

connection(s) to a public right-of-way are required to be paved.

Vision Plan Map: Industrial Related Comp Plan Excerpts: Intent of Industrial in the Comprehensive

Plan is to, “[dedicate areas for] supporting the local economy while mitigating some of their potentially undesirable secondary effects on nearby residences.”

Industrial section goal one of the

Comprehensive Plan is to "Organize LULUs (Locally Undesirable Land Uses) into clusters." The purpose of this goal is to: "Cluster potentially hazardous industries into a limited number (given the size of San Angelo) of larger, isolated areas will minimize negative effects on residential areas, while balancing access to these businesses within the region, rather than putting all of them into one location."

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: Changing the zoning to a more intensive industrial district has the potential to generate additional traffic than if the property remained as-is. However, given the limited number of visitors to industrial zoned properties, and ease of access to the highway for transport, staff is not concerned with the development of this property as heavy industrial.

Parking Requirements: Vary depending upon the use of the property, see

Section 511. Parking Provided: Currently, no parking exist on the site, though it is

a sizable tract.

Page 534: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

4

Density: Predominantly large tracts of undeveloped land in

the surrounding areas. The Vision Plan also calls for a continuation of the future development of this area as Industrial, creating an industrial hub.

Notification Required: Yes Notifications Sent: 1

Responses in Favor: 0 Responses in Opposition: 1

Analysis:

In order to approve this zone change request, the Planning Commission members are first required to consider the following criteria: 1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is compatible

with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

Page 535: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

5

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below. The zone change request was initiated in an effort to market the properties to various industrial opportunities. The 89 acre tract consists of three adjacent properties zoned Light Manufacturing (ML), and are part of the City’s Business and Industrial Center –located in the northeast part of town. Generally speaking, the proposal for Heavy Manufacturing (MH) will allow for the most intense and noxious possible within the city limits. Given the extreme nature of allowed uses, careful consideration was given in formulating this recommendation. The Vision Plan envisions the subject property, and areas to the north, east and west to remain 'industrial'. Industrial allows for clustering potentially hazardous industries into limited, isolated parts of the city. Although portions to the south calls for neighborhood development, no residences currently exist along FM 280 or anywhere within 3/4 of a mile of the site. This particular property is isolated from the surrounding area through the large tracts of land in the area. Loud noises and the occasional odd smells that may potentially be emitted from property are not likely to bother neighboring properties, given their distance from the site. After carefully assessing the factors to the proposal for a zone change, staff has determined that such a location would be appropriate for intense uses, for this and other reasons articulated below. A zone change from ML to MH is an appropriate transition given the location of the site. In some respect, the two zoning districts are similar in terms of allowed uses. One exception is that MH provides opportunities for heavy processing and manufacturing that is inherently noxious and dangerous due to the chemicals or processes involved. Other uses allowed in MH zoning include warehouse and freight movement, wholesale trade, heavy manufacturing and production and fabrication of wearing apparel including boots and shoes, and mining and waste-related uses as conditional uses. Since the site is several miles from populated areas, noxious sounds and odors will likely go unnoticed by a vast majority of people who visit and live within San Angelo. This request for MH zoning is compatible with much of the surrounding area. The land surrounding the site remains largely undeveloped and varies from open plains to a mix of light to heavy brush. Two noticeable nearby structures are Angelo Achieves, which occupies the property directly to the north, and a vacant distribution center at the intersection of North Loop 306 Frontage and Venture Drive. In November 2012, City Council approved a request for a "Major Entertainment Event" to temporarily develop a tract on the properties immediately north of the subject property, for the Lucas Oil Track. No other structures exist within 1/2 a mile of the site. The fact that the site is in one of the most isolated and undeveloped areas allows COSADC opportunities to develop the site for the most intensive uses, with the least potential impacts.

Page 536: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

6

As referenced above, ML and MH zoning districts are very similar. The exception is that MH zoning allows for greater flexibility in the intent as it relates to intensity and the level of noxious uses allowed. Heavy manufacturing and production, for example, is allowed in MH zoning. In ML districts, no vibrations can be produced which are transmitted through the ground at any point beyond the lot line. There are also measures to reduce noise and emission of airborne particles. Conceivably, with a more intense MH zoning, these uses would be allowed, subject to applicable state and federal environmental regulations in regards to environmental quality.

Depending on the intensity of the use, the transition may have an effect on the natural environment. Staff believes that efforts to cluster these high intense uses into a few isolated areas follows the goal of the Comprehensive Plan, and diminishes potential for any unforeseen negative impacts. A zoning of this intensity would not normally be appropriate near areas identified as ‘Neighborhood’ but it has, for some time, been planned and dedicated for intense industrial uses (for many of the reasons mentioned above), staffs feels the proposed zoning is appropriate. The site measures over 2,300 feet from any significant water feature – the nearest is the Concho River, which flow west to east into the O.H. Ivie Reservoir (away from the city). Due to isolation of this property and the area in general, staff is confident that there will be a suitable buffer from residential development. The community needs zoning districts that are this intense in nature to be isolated from residences and highly trafficked areas. Few people will ever see the outdoor storage that is possible in this zoning district, and those who are subjected to it are not residences but rather industrial users of property themselves. The Comprehensive Plan seeks to buffer residences from the tendency of industry to have outdoor storage of materials and goods. The request is consistent with aspects of the Vision Plan and as such, will not require amendment to the plan. In the manufacturing and production field, materials and freight need quick access to highways for transport to other locations. There are not many areas in the city that are isolated from residences and that provide for quick access to a highway, which is vital in the manufacturing field. North Loop 306, a freeway, measures less than 1/3 of a mile, to the west of the site. Still, given its short distance from the Loop – it is somewhat removed from the thoroughfare (separated by a 55 acre tract zoned for ML) and is an ideal fit for the most noxious of uses, which shields potential effects from passing motorists along the freeway. The request also offers a nice transition of permissible uses (ML zoning between the highway and the proposed MH district), in that regard. The property is near the edge of the city-limits – positioned nearly 2,000 feet to the east of the boundary – which allows for easy access to routes that led outside of the city. Quick access to the highway system, while not abutting highly trafficked residential or commercial thoroughfares, makes this one of the safest locations within the city limits to locate heavy industries.

Page 537: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

7

Proposed Conditions

N/A

Attachments: Excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location within

the City of San Angelo; Excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject property; Aerial photo, highlighting subject property; Excerpt from the comprehensive plan vision map highlighting

the subject property; Excerpt of the favor/opposition notification map; Citizen Response; Draft minutes from 02/18/13 Planning Commission meeting;

and Draft Ordinance.

Presentation: Kevin Boyd, Planner

Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (02/11/13)

Page 538: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 539: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

9

Page 540: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

10

Page 541: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

11

Page 542: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

12

Page 543: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 544: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

D. Z 13-06: City of San Angelo Development Corporation A request for approval of a zone change from Light Manufacturing (ML) to Heavy

Manufacturing (MH) to allow for activities allowed within MH zoning districts, on the following property:

1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the intersection of Gateway

Drive and FM 380; more specially occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1 and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in northeast San Angelo.

Kevin Boyd, Planner, came forward to present this request, consistent with the staff recommendation of approval. One notification was required to be sent, and one was received in opposition to the request. Mr. Boyd described the subject property and its general location in the city. Mr. Boyd explained that the rquest complies with the Vision Plan Map, which calls for "Industrial" at this location. The Economic Development Staff, working as representatives for the San Angelo Development Corporation, made this request because they are looking to diversify the offerings of the Industrial Park. MH zoning is very similar to the current ML zoning, but the section being considered for this change is very remote (not highway frontage), and allows more flexibility and higher intensity. This is one of the most isolated and undeveloped parts of the city, and it would allow opportunities to develop as originally intended, far removed from neighborhoods and commercial corridors. Mr. Boyd explained that another rationale for approval is the fact that the property being proposed is not within the direct line of site Bob Schneeman, the Interim Director of Economic Development, came forward to speak in favor of this request. The infrastructure improvements in this area were done in 2004, but little interest has so far been seen for developing the area. The influx of oilfield-related activity prompted Economic Development and COSADC to re-examine the allowed uses at this site in order to better bring activity to it - as initially intended. There are a significant amount of deed restrictions on the property in addition to the zoning. Those could not be changed without approval of the property owners, and there is a design committee that oversees all development within the Industrial Park. They are willing to work with the property owner who wrote in as opposition, to skirt their property and to site operations appropriately. There has been interest from some businesses about locating in this park. Mr. Schneeman also expressed that there is some natural buffering due to a rather large drainage easement that would prohibit buildings to be placed within it. In addition, there are plans for a street to be extended to the east, which would also create a buffer to the owner in opposition. As such, mitigation of negative impacts should be greatly reduced as opposed to most properties. Mr. Schneeman outlined some of the deed restrictions that are in place, prohibiting things such as feed lots, rendering plants, height restrictions (cell towers, for example), among other things. There was some additional discussion of the potential uses allowed in MH districts and the specific use standards of ML districts that are different from MH district regulations. There was also a question of utilizing a "buffer zone" for this business,

Page 545: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

but staff reminded the Commission that zoning changes cannot carry conditions with them. There were several questions asked of staff regarding the potential for future uses at this location. John Dugan, with the Chamber of Commerce, came forward to speak in favor of this request, stating that there were several types of interests in this location that would not work under the current zoning. This would make the property more attractive. No one else came forward to speak in favor of this request. HR Wardlaw came forward to speak in opposition to this request, stating that the neighbor in this area needed to be "made whole" and that endangering this particular property owner was not the correct approach. He also stated that the original intent of the park was to function as an office park. He asked the Commission to keep the zoning as it is today. Bill Wynne stated that the nearby business's issues could potentially be handled via an air conditioning system. Jennifer Boggs discussed that the discussions about the potential legal ramifications (privately) were not the responsibility of the Commission members to oversee and handle/enforce. Joe Grimes explained that the Chamber, COSADC, Eco Dev, exist to bring in revenue to the city and market it in a way that brings industry into town rather than pushing it out into Tom Green County. Bill Lawrence considered the fact that, to have this industry somewhere in San Angelo, it should be considered where the most appropriate place is in the city. Bill Lawrence also suggested that replatting could change the boundaries, and staff agreed that it would, but that it would have to precede any change of zoning. Motion, to approve, was made by Bill Wynne and seconded by Joe Grimes. The motion passed by a motion of 4-1, with Darlene Jones in opposition to the change.

Page 546: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: 1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the intersection of Gateway Drive and FM 380; more specially occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1 and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in northeast San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from Light Manufacturing (ML) to Heavy Manufacturing (MH)

District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-06: City of San Angelo Development Corporation WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: 1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the intersection of Gateway Drive and FM 380; more specially occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1 and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in northeast San Angelo, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Heavy Manufacturing (MH) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

Page 547: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that,

if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 5th day of March, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 19th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 548: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City Council March 5, 2013

Page 549: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Zone Change

Z 13-06: City of San Angelo Development Corporation

• A request for a zone change from Light Manufacturing

(ML) to Heavy Manufacturing (MH) to allow for activities

allowed within MH zoning districts, on the following

property:

• 1020, 1030, & 1040 Gateway Drive, located east of the

intersection of Gateway Drive and FM 380; more specially

occupying the Gateway Addition, Section 1, Block 3, Lots 1

and 2 and Tract A, in Section 1 being a 20.059 acres, in

northeast San Angelo.

One (1) notification was sent and returned in opposition.

Page 550: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 551: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 552: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial Map

Page 553: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 554: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 555: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Photographs of Subject Property Looking East at the Subject Property from

Gateway Drive

Page 556: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Photographs of Subject Property Looking East at the Subject Property

Page 557: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Photographs of Subject Property Looking East along FM 380

Page 558: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Photographs of Subject Property Looking West along FM 380

Page 559: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking North at the Subject Property from FM 380

Page 560: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• Approve the proposed zone change as presented; or

• Remand the application back to Planning Commission

for further discussion, in which case another public

hearing will need to be scheduled; or

• Deny the proposed zone change.

Page 561: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Staff Recommendation

• Planning staff recommends approving the proposed

zone change request.

• Planning Commission recommended approval of this

request by a vote of 4-1 on February 18, 2013.

Page 562: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• Light Manufacturing (ML) zoning;

• Vacant open land;

• Annexed in 1997;

• Only ML zoning in the area; and

• Open space – light to heavy brush, Angelo Achieves,

vacant distribution center and Lucas Oil Track.

Page 563: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria of Application

• Compatible with Plans and Policies

• Consistent with Zoning Ordinance

• Compatible with Surrounding Area

• Changed Conditions

• Effect on Natural Environment

• Community Need

Page 564: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria of Application

• Development Patterns

Page 565: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Complies with the Vision Plan which calls for ‘Industrial’

• Although lots to the south are envisioned for

neighborhood development, no residences exist along

FM 280 or anywhere within 3/4 of mile of the site.

• For some time, the area has been planned and

dedicated for intense industrial uses.

• Clustering high intensive uses into isolated areas

follows the goal of the Comp Plan – diminishes the

potential for any unforeseen negative impacts

• Loud noises and the occasional odd smells emitting from

the site will not likely bother neighboring property, given

their distance from the site.

Page 566: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• In terms of allowed uses ML and MH are similar – MH

allows for heavy manufacturing and production

• In ML zoning, no vibration can be produced which are

transmitted through the ground at any point beyond the

lot line.

• There are also measures to reduce noise and emission

of airborne particles – conceivably in MH these uses

may be allowed such limitations do not apply.

• MH zoning allows for greater flexibility in the intent as it

relates to intensity and the level of noxious uses

allowed.

Page 567: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Depending on the intensity of the uses, the transition may

have an effect on the natural environment

• The site measures over 2,300 feet from any significant

water feature – the nearest is the Concho River, which

flows west to east (away from the city)

• This is one of the most isolated and undeveloped areas of

the city

• Allows for opportunities to develop the site for the most

intensive uses, with the least potential impacts

• Provides opportunities to develop areas for heavy

industrial within the city limits serves a community need

Page 568: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• The site is not directing abutting to N Loop 306, rather

separated by a sizeable 55 acre tract of land zoned for

ML – which provides a suitable buffer for passing

motorist on the major highway

• The site provides quick access to highways and points

outside the city

• There are not many areas in the city that are isolated

from residences that provide such access to a highway,

vital in the manufacturing field

• The property is positioned nearly 2,000 feet the city

limits to the east.

Page 569: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 570: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Awning Approval

Texas Theatre of San Angelo

• A request to allow for an awning to extend within the public

right-of-way of the following property:

• 212 South Irving Street, located southeast of the intersection of

South Irving Street and West Twohig Avenue; more specially

occupying the San Angelo Addition, Block 2, Lot 18 & West

3.11 FT of Lot 17, in central San Angelo.

No notifications were required with this request.

Page 571: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

General Map

Page 572: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Site Map

Page 573: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial Map

Page 574: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 575: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 576: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 577: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking North along S Irving Street

Page 578: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking at the Subject Property from S Irving Street

Page 579: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking South along S Irving Street

Page 580: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• Approve the request to place an awning in the public

right-of-way; or

• Deny the request to place an awning in the public

right-of-way.

Page 581: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Staff Recommendation

City staff recommends approving the awning request.

Page 582: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• The lot is zoned CBD;

• The building was constructed around 1944;

• CBD zoning in the area; and

• Vehicle repair, offices, theater, vacant lots and surface

parking are the surrounding uses.

Page 583: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Location within the Central Business District;

• Proposal will serve as an architectural feature for the

building;

• Provides cover from outside elements of rains and direct

sun exposure;

• The structure will be structurally sound and allows for

pedestrians to safely navigate from end to end; and

• The area is relatively flat and free of visual obstructions.

Page 584: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Proposed Conditions

• Placement of the awning must reflect the rendering

provided to staff upon submittal of this application.

Page 585: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 586: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Zone Change

Z13-02 Debbie Clark

• A request for approval of a zone change from Single-

Family Residential (RS-1) to Two-Family Residential (RS-

2) to specifically allow for “Household Living” as allowed in

RS-2 zoning districts on the following property:

• 2008 Beacon Street, located on the northeast corner of the

intersection of Beacon Street and Montague Avenue. This

property specifically occupied the Avondale Addition, Block

10, Lots 15-20, in central San Angelo.

Twenty-two (22) notifications were sent, 3 in favor.

Page 587: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 588: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Map

Page 589: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 590: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 591: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 592: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Subject Property looking

north from Beacon Street

Page 593: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Residence northeast of subject property

Page 594: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Subject property looking north from Beacon

Street

Page 595: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• Approve the proposed zone change as presented; or

• Remand the application back to Planning Commission

for further discussion, in which case another public

hearing will need to be scheduled; or

• Deny the proposed zone change.

Page 596: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Staff Recommendation

• Planning staff recommends approving the proposed

zone change.

• Planning Commission recommended approval of this

request by a vote of 5-0 on January 28, 2013.

Page 597: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• Currently Single-Family Residential (RS-1)

• Vacant property/vacant residence.

• Residential and vacant properties surrounding subject property.

• Residential zoning since 1949; no zoning changes to immediate

area.

Page 598: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Compatible with Plans and Policies

• Consistent with Zoning Ordinance

• Compatible with Surrounding Area

• Changed Conditions

Page 599: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Effect on Natural Environment

• Community Need

• Development Patterns

Page 600: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Intent of applicant is to convert an existing house into a duplex.

• RS-1 change to RS-2 slight. The difference is that this change

allows a two-family residence or accessory building on the

property.

• Comprehensive Plan calls for a mix in housing stock in

proximity to commercial zones- addresses a community need.

• Currently RS-2 nearby with a duplex to the west on Beacon

Street, mobile to the east- these illustrate precedence by City

Council to allow a mix of housing.

Page 601: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Due to the size of the subject area, conditions would change

only slightly in the long run than what currently exists with

regard to residential traffic. Any other more intense use would

not be allowed.

• The Vision Plan calls for “Neighborhood” with a “Transitional”

zoning district to the south side of Beacon Street as a buffer.

• Two parking spaces per dwelling per Section 511 of the Zoning

Ordinance may cause some storm water runoff; any new

development would, as well.

• Neighbors would most likely not be affected by runoff.

Page 602: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Staff feels a minor change in land use through a rezoning here

fits in with the Vision Plan, so development pattern is

consistent.

• Smart Growth in action here. This is a walk-able ½ mile radius

+ or - neighborhood with an elementary school to the north,

Producer’s Park and a restaurant at the stockyards to the NW.

• Zone change could have a positive impact on the area by

encouraging future residential development; all in line with

Comprehensive Plan.

Page 603: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 604: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Zone Change

Z 13-03: Tom Green County

• A request for approval of a zone change from Single-Family

Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood Commercial (CN) to

specifically allow for commercial opportunities as allowed in CN

zoning districts on the following property:

• 318 North Bell Street, located on the northeast corner of the

intersection of North Bell Street and Spaulding Street. This

property specifically occupies the Bell Addition, Block 9, 2.35

acres in the southwest corner of Block 9, in north central San

Angelo.

Seventeen (17) Notifications sent. None received

Page 605: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 606: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Map

Page 607: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 608: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 609: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking northwest from the subject property

Page 610: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking south from the subject property

Page 611: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking east from the subject property

Page 612: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• Approve the proposed zone change as presented; or

• Remand the application back to Planning Commission

for further discussion, in which case another public

hearing will need to be scheduled; or

• Deny the proposed zone change.

Page 613: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Staff Recommendation

• City staff recommends approving the proposed zone

change

• Planning Commission recommended approval of this

request by a vote of 5-0 on January 28, 2013

Page 614: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• Area Residential in nature, intense uses on Pulliam

• CN, CG/CH and RS-1 zoning in the area;

• County Offices, churches; and

• SP 200 allowed for a welfare building on the property.

Page 615: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Compatible with Plans and Policies

• Consistent with Zoning Ordinance

• Compatible with Surrounding Area

• Changed Conditions

Page 616: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Effect on Natural Environment

• Community Need

• Development Patterns

Page 617: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Within the Comprehensive Plan, Goal 3 of

“Neighborhoods” is to “improve the relationship

between adjacent commercial and residential

properties”. CG/CH zoning currently borders the RS-1

properties, a CN zoning would be a more suitable and

less harsh buffer between the two.

• “Rezone or remove any CG/CH zoning from adjacent

to existing neighborhoods."

Page 618: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Consistent with the City’s plans, policies, and

ordinances;

• Compatible with the surrounding area;

• Follows development patterns of City;

• Little anticipated effect on the natural environment;

Page 619: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Neighborhood oriented business(es) great fit in CN

zoning given the characteristics of the area;

• Provide a buffer from the CG/CH zoning on Pulliam;

• Area is in need of neighborhood serving businesses

and is a well established area;

• Will allow walkable development that is highly in-line

with the goals of the Comprehensive Plan.

Page 620: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 621: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Zone Change

Z13-04: Abel Fernandez

• A request for approval of a zone change from Single-

Family Residential (RS-1) to Neighborhood Commercial

(CN) to specifically allow for commercial opportunities as

allowed in CN zoning districts on the following property:

• 1006 East 14th Street, located approximately 170 feet from

the northeast intersection at East 14th Street and Wade

Street. This property specifically occupies the Exall

Addition, Block 9, Lot 8 Exc. West 88.7’, in north central

San Angelo.

Thirteen (13) notifications were sent, none returned.

Page 622: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 623: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 624: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 625: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 626: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Subject property looking north from E.

14th St.

Page 627: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Subject Property north from E. 14th St.

Page 628: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Eastern section of subject property

Page 629: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• Approve the proposed zone change as presented; or

• Remand the application back to Planning Commission

for further discussion, in which case another public

hearing will need to be scheduled; or

• Deny the proposed zone change.

Page 630: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Staff Recommendation

• Planning staff recommends approving the proposed

zone change.

• Planning Commission recommended approval of this

request by a vote of 5-0 on January 28, 2013

Page 631: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• Currently Single-Family Residential (RS-1)

• Vacant residence.

• Single-family residential and vacant lots in areas

surrounding subject property.

• Residential as early as 1939.

Page 632: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Compatible with Plans and Policies

• Consistent with Zoning Ordinance

• Compatible with Surrounding Area

• Changed Conditions

• Effect on Natural Environment

• Community Need

• Development Patterns

Page 633: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Location of subject property on fringe of RS-1.

• Applicant wants zoning for a tax services business.

• Several zoning districts lie within ½ mile of the subject property

providing neighborhood services such as restaurants and car

repair shops interspersed with more intense land uses more

industrial in nature which are located within the CG/CH zones

to the north.

• A CN zoning district here would be compatible with plans &

policies in place for the community.

Page 634: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Vision Plan calls for “Neighborhood” which includes the concept

of low impact businesses that can serve area residents.

• CN is the least intense of commercial zoning; serves to provide

a buffer between residential and higher impact commercial

zoning.

• Small lot size limits businesses that could locate on the subject

property; an inherent form of land use management here.

• Zone change triggers placement of a 6 foot opaque fence

between residence to the west.

Page 635: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Low density commercial would be a potential asset to the

surrounding neighborhood both short and long term.

• No need to amend the Comprehensive Plan (or Vision Map,

either) with this zone change.

• Natural environment minimally impacted; allowable low impact

commercial uses plus the small lot should not cause storm

water runoff to be an issue nor noise and odors associated with

heavier commercial uses.

• Businesses allowed in CN include small new or used retail

sales and services businesses such as product repair.

Page 636: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Staff feels proposed zoning will create an orderly development

pattern consistent with surrounding area.

• This zoning promotes infill as vacant residence on property is

repurposed into an office.

• Goals of infill and walk-able development are highly in line with

Comprehensive Plan and in harmony with the neighborhood.

• This potential zone change could aid in future area

development.

Page 637: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 638: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Planned Development

PD 13-01: West Company/ Granger Macdonald

• A request for approval of a zone change from a combination of

Single-Family Residential (RS-1) and General Commercial

(CG) to Planned Development (PD) to specifically allow for

multi-family living and a lease house /amenity center on the

following property:

• an unaddressed 9.8 acre property, located directly west of the

intersection of Northwest Drive and Green Hill Road. The

property specifically occupies a proposed Second Replat of

Arden Acres, Section Three, Block 3, Tract 3 in western San

Angelo.

One notification was sent, none were returned

Page 639: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 640: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Map

Page 641: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 642: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 643: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking north across the subject property

Page 644: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking northeast from the subject property

Page 645: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking west across the subject property

Page 646: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• approve the proposed zone change as presented;

• Remand the application back to Planning Commission for

further discussion, in which case another public hearing

will need to be scheduled; or

• modify the conditions to those believed to be more

appropriate; or

• deny the proposed zone change.

Page 647: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Recommendation

• City staff recommends approving the proposed

Planned Development District subject to the

conditions of the accompanying ordinance.

• Planning Commission approved this request by a 5-0

vote on February 18, 2013.

Page 648: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• Area is generally undeveloped

• Residences in the distance & open space readily

present;

• CG, CH and RS-1 zoning in the area;

• Ball fields to the west & undeveloped property; and

• Area Annexed in 1997.

Page 649: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Compatible with Plans and Policies

• Consistent with Zoning Ordinance

• Compatible with Surrounding Area

• Changed Conditions

Page 650: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

• Effect on Natural Environment

• Community Need

• Development Patterns

Page 651: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

"Improve relationship between adjacent commercial

and residential land use adjacencies." One action step

of this goal states that (the city should), " Require a

buffer separating commercial, industrial, or agricultural

zoned lands from neighborhoods. This buffer may be

an intermediate “mixed-use” zone, a landscape buffer,

or public right-of-way.”

"Establish transition areas between commercial areas

and nearby neighborhoods."

Page 652: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

Zoning Ordinance Section 306

“promote the efficient use of land”

“allow diversification of uses, structures, and open

spaces”

“promote flexibility of design in a manner compatible

with…adjacent properties”

Page 653: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Compatible with Area and Plans/Policies of the City

• Traffic capabilities of area

• Provides a transition into the neighborhood

• Transitioning uses and buffering neighborhoods is

highly consistent with the Zoning Ordinance

• PD is the most predictable type of development

• Compatible with the surrounding area

• Infill development

• High mixed use potential

Page 654: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Effects on natural environment being addressed

• Storm Water mitigation

• Household living much less intense than commercial

• Project is serving a community need

• Diverse mix of housing opportunities

• Transitioning into an envisioned neighborhood

development

• Consistent with the development patterns of the area

Page 655: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 656: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 657: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 658: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

Proposed PD ordinance:

• Only allows for multi-family living and a lease

house/amenity center with related accessory uses

• Development in accordance with:

• Proposed site plan

• Built with materials and colors as approved in Urban

Design Review 13-01

• Signage matching the materials of the dwelling units

• Sidewalks

Page 659: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 660: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Zone Change

Z13-07 COSA Planning

• A request for approval of a zone change from Planned

Development (PD) to Single- Family Residential (RS-1) to

specifically allow for “Household Living” as allowed in RS-

1 zoning districts on the following property:

• An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end

of Twin Mountain Drive. This property specifically

occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey

0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B

of The Homestead Additions, in southwest San Angelo.

• Thirteen (13) notifications were sent, 2 returned, in favor.

Page 661: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Overview map

Page 662: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Map

Page 663: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 664: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 665: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Aerial photo

Page 666: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 667: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking east from dead-end

of Twin Mountain Drive

Page 668: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking south from Twin Mountain

Drive at NE section of property

Page 669: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Looking West from Twin

Mountain Drive

Page 670: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Subject Property looking

west from Lydian Court

Page 671: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Subject property looking southeast from

Lydian Court

Page 672: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Options

In considering this application, the Council may:

• approve the proposed zone change as presented;

• Remand the application back to Planning Commission for

further discussion, in which case another public hearing

will need to be scheduled; or

• modify the conditions to those believed to be more

appropriate; or

• deny the proposed zone change.

Page 673: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Recommendation

• City staff recommends approving the proposed zone

change.

• Planning Commission approved this request by a 5-0

vote on February 18, 2013.

Page 674: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

History & Background

General Information

• Currently remnant of a Planned Development (PD)

• Undeveloped property

• Residential and vacant properties surround subject

property.

• Annexed in April, 2006 and zoned R&E. Rezoned as PD in

June 2006.

Page 675: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Criteria for Approval

Whether and the extent to which the proposal is:

• Compatible with plans and polices

• Consistent with Zoning Ordinance

• Compatible with surrounding area.

• Changed conditions

• Effect on natural environment

• Community need

• Development patterns

Page 676: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Remaining section of a PD. Original plan called for a

gated community, Homeowner’s Association and with

additional amenities. Other area sections rezoned RS-

1 from original PD on January 17, 2012 (Z11-23 &Z11-

24).

• PDs are basically a development agreement where

approved plans should not change – Developer went

out of business and bank did not want to adhere to

plan.

Page 677: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Zoning Ordinance Section 210.H.1: “No building permit

may be issued and no construction or development

requiring a building permit and situated within a PD

District may commence unless a site plan has been

approved for that phase of the project that is

consistent with the approved concept plan.”

• Rezone to RS-1 corrects changed conditions and

would keep this area more consistent with surrounding

zoning and Vision Plan. The Vision Plan calls for

“Neighborhood.”

Page 678: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Leaving PD “as is” would make development nearly

impossible since land transactions may be less

attractive to prospective buyers who would want to use

their own plans.

• New developers and homeowners may not be able to

or not want to contribute ($) to required common areas

originally envisioned for the PD.

• Residential opportunities still continue to address

community need for housing, and…

Page 679: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Community need also met by not requiring area

residents to pay Homeowner Assoc. fees and for

amenities.

• Rezone allows for a mix of development concepts

allowing for more diverse home stock.

• Recent development has yielded in thoughtful and

consistent development patters on surrounding

properties recently rezoned RS-1 from PD- exactly

what the Zoning Ordinance seeks to create.

Page 680: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Analysis – Basis for Recommendation

• Environmental impacts from RS-1 zoning would be

similar to PD. All subdivisions reviewed by City which

will help monitor possible environmental impacts.

• No chance of over-development. All development has

to adhere to RS-1 development standards, ensuring

consistency.

Page 681: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 682: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San

Angelo

Memo

Meeting Date: February 20, 2013

To: City Council members

From: Roxanne Johnston, Planner

Subject: Z 13-07: COSA Planning

A request for approval of a zone change from a Planned Development (PD) zoning district to Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to specifically allow for “Household Living” as defined in Section 310 of the Zoning Ordinance on the following property:

Location: An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end

of Twin Mountain Drive. This property specifically occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey 0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B of The Homestead, in southwest San Angelo.

Purpose: Approval of this request would zone the property RS-1

Contacts: Roxanne Johnston, Planner 325-657-4210

Caption: First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an

Ordinance amending Chapter 12, Exhibit “A” (Zoning Ordinance) of the Code of Ordinances, City of San Angelo

Z 13-07: COSA Planning

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE

Page 683: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end of Twin Mountain Drive. This property specifically occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey 0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B of The Homestead, in southwest San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Planned Development (PD) to a Single Family Residential (RS-1) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

Summary: The City Council may: (1) Approve this zone change request from PD to RS-1 which would allow for

“Household Living” as allowed in RS-1 zoning districts; or (2) Remand the application back to Planning Commission for further discussion,

in which case another public hearing will need to be scheduled; or (3) Deny this zoning request from PD to RS-1.

Recommendation: Planning staff recommends approving the proposed

Zone Change. On February 18, 2013, the Planning Commission recommended approval of this request by a unanimous vote of 5-0.

History and Background:

PD 06-01 was approved by City Council on June 20, 2006, which encompassed this property and others that have since been rezoned to RS-1 on January 17, 2012 (cases Z11-23 & Z11-24). This Planned Development called for several community areas and single family residences that must generally conform to an RS-1 (Single Family Residential) District. The original developer of this PD has since gone out of business and the property has reverted back to the bank and then was recently sold to a private buyer. The subject property is the last remaining section of this Planned Development District. Originally, a clubhouse, pool, and other private amenities were proposed to go along with the 118 single family home sites within this area and even more sites beyond. The intent was for it to function as a gated community. Once the developer went through the

Page 684: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

bankruptcy process, First Financial Bank took control of the properties in this area which had been under that developer's ownership. In December of 2011 the Planning Commission approved a zone change on adjacent properties making up this Planned Development, resulting in a Single Family Residential (RS-1) zoning district. The bank did not wish to pursue a clubhouse and other amenities on the subject property and the homeowners association is defunct, so staff believes a RS-1 zoning classification gives future developers the best opportunity to make use of the property at the highest and best use.

General Information

Existing Zoning: Planned Development (PD) Existing Land Use: Vacant property Surrounding Zoning/Land Use:

North: RM-1 undeveloped property

West: R & E; County

undeveloped property

South: R & E undeveloped property

East: RS-1 undeveloped property, vacant lots & residences

Thoroughfares/Streets: Twin Mountain Drive is defined as an

“arterial” street which is designed to connect collector streets to freeways and carries large volumes of traffic at high speeds. Access is secondary and mobility is the prime function of these streets.

Zoning History: The area was annexed into the City in April

of 2006. PD 06-01 was established June 20, 2006. This land was previously zoned Ranch & Estate (R & E).

Applicable Regulations: Section 212.A.2.d. “An application for an amendment of the

Official Zoning Map…shall only be filed by… the Planning Director, acting in his/her capacity as technical advisor to the Planning Commission.”

Development Standards: Zoning Ordinance Section 501.A. Minimum Lot Area – 5,000 sq ft

Page 685: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Minimum Lot Dimensions – 50x100 Minimum Front Yard – 25 ft Minimum Side Yard – 5 ft Minimum Rear Yard – 20 ft Maximum Floor Area Ratio – 0.4 (40%) Maximum Height – 35 ft Vision Plan Map: Neighborhood

Special Information

Traffic Concerns: There are currently no traffic concerns as

this area has not been developed and has no “local” streets. Twin Mountain Drive currently ends at the northeast section of the subject property. Once the northern section of the property is developed, Twin Mountain Drive is projected to lie along the northern boundary of the subject property and will be an arterial which will connect with Sherwood Way to the northwest.

The impact of future local streets will be determined as the area is subdivided and plans are submitted to the Planning Division for approval. The property experiences a variety of terrain, elevation, and washes that will certainly be impacted by any development.

Parking Requirements: Zoning Ordinance Section 511.B. Two off-street parking spaces are required

for each single-family residence. Section 511.D.1. “All required off-street parking spaces shall

be located on the same lot or tract of land as the building and/or activity they are intended to serve”

Section 511.F.3. “All areas used for required off-street parking

shall be paved” Density: The property is currently undeveloped with

no internal street access. Low density residential property lies to the north and east.

Notification Required: Yes

Page 686: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Notifications Sent: 13

Responses in Favor: 2 Responses in Opposition: 0

Analysis:

In order to approve this Zone change request, City Council members are first required to consider the following criteria: 1. Compatible with Plans and Policies. Whether the proposed amendment is compatible

with the Comprehensive Plan and any other land use policies adopted by the Planning Commission or City Council.

2. Consistent with Zoning Ordinance. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would conflict with any portion of this Zoning Ordinance.

3. Compatible with Surrounding Area. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment is compatible with existing and proposed uses surrounding the subject land and is the appropriate zoning district for the land.

4. Changed Conditions. Whether and the extent to which there are changed conditions that require an amendment.

5. Effect on Natural Environment. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in significant adverse impacts on the natural environment, including but not limited to water and air quality, noise, storm water management, wildlife, vegetation, wetlands and the practical functioning of the natural environment.

6. Community Need. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment addresses a demonstrated community need.

7. Development Patterns. Whether and the extent to which the proposed amendment would result in a logical and orderly pattern of urban development in the community.

The staff recommendation is based upon the statements listed below.

Given the history of this property stated above whereby the original developer went out of business, a zone change to Single Family Residential would better fall in line with the plans, policies and Zoning Ordinance adopted by the Planning Commission and City Council. There are several reasons for this to hold true. To begin with, there is currently no financial backing to ensure the development of the several community buildings and open spaces

Page 687: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

originally planned for in the Planned Development (PD) would occur. Either way, the development standards for both categories of residential zoning (PD and RS-1) are very similar. Section 306.B.2 of the Zoning Ordinance states, ”It is intended that PD Districts conform as closely as possible to established zoning and subdivision regulations…” Both zoning districts (the PD currently in place and the proposed RS-1rezone) require the same setback and height requirements as well as signage, landscaping and off-street parking. By doing nothing to the zoning, the property is not as consistent with surrounding zoning as it would be if it were rezoned to RS-1. Future developers may have a hard time developing since this is currently a remnant from the original PD. A requirement of any PD is that the original plans approved as a condition of the PD be adhered to and any changes would require a review. Section 210.H.1 of the Zoning Ordinance states, “No building permit may be issued and no construction or development requiring a building permit and situated within a PD District may commence unless a site plan has been approved for that phase of the project that is consistent with the approved concept plan. A site plan that is not consistent with the approved concept plan and specific PD District ordinance shall not be approved.” These statements illustrates that conditions of the PD must be met. This is virtually impossible now given the changed circumstances now that the PD no longer exists in its entirety, so current zoning creates a special circumstance that could keep the area from developing and could make land transactions less attractive to prospective buyers who would want to create their own plans. These developers may not wish to contribute to the required common areas as originally envisioned when the development was first conceived. Staff feels that a zone change would continue to be in line with the Comprehensive Plan’s Vision map which calls for neighborhood in this area. Additionally, staff feels that a zone change continues to address community need, as it does under the current zoning, for creating residential opportunities here. As such, an amendment to the Vision Plan would not be required with this particular request. Although the original PD plan encompassed a large section beyond the subject property, it theoretically would have ensured more consistency with regard to building, street, and general layout design and design concepts than a usual RS-1 zone would. As previously mentioned, the development standards would not change as a result of a zone change. Therefore, one could argue that there can now be a mix of development concepts in the area which could allow for more diverse home stock. So far the development that has occurred since the recent zone changes to

Page 688: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

surrounding the property has yielded in thoughtful and consistent development patterns, which is what the Zoning Ordinance seeks to create. It is possible, too, that new development patterns on the subject property could actually result in fewer residential lots than originally planned. For example, it is conceivable that a land-owner of the subject property would wish to keep the property in its natural state. Again, any development occurring within the proposed zoning district would be required to adhere to RS-1 development standards, so there is no chance of over-developing the subject property. This would also ensure consistent development patterns as directed in Criteria 7. Furthermore, Criteria 2 would be met because an amendment here would be consistent with the Zoning Ordinance. It would also be compatible with surrounding zoning and therefore meets the objective of Criteria 3.

In addressing environmental impacts resulting from this rezoning; second only to Ranch & Estate zoning districts (R&E), RS-1 creates the least use demand on the property. Whereas no heavier use zoning is planned for this area in the Vision Plan, any development or future subdivisions will most likely be reviewed by the City to ensure that environmental impacts are minimized. Also, until plans are made for the vacant property, it would not be possible to forecast the direct environmental impacts on this property that enjoys a variety of open space, gullies and topographic changes. With either zoning (PD or RS-1), this uncertainty would remain the same. To summarize, staff feels a zone change from PD to RS-1 on the subject property meets with all of the above criteria which include conformity with the Zoning Ordinance, plans and policies, compatibility with the surrounding area, and corrects changed conditions that resulted from the end of the original PD agreements. This proposal also does not create additional adverse impacts on the property than would the PD, it meets a community need by not requiring surrounding property owners to pay for the amenities and Homeowner’s Association fees set forth in the original PD plan, and ensures logical and consistent development patterns to protect the area from over development. Lastly, a zone change will most likely result in a logical and consistent pattern of residential development.

Attachments: excerpt from zoning map, showing the general location

within the City of San Angelo; excerpt from zoning map, highlighting subject

property;

Page 689: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

aerial photo, highlighting subject property; excerpt from the Comprehensive Plan Vision map

highlighting the subject property; original PD concept plan; notification map highlighting responses from

neighboring properties; citizen response letters; draft minutes from February 18, 2013 Planning

Commission meeting; and, draft Ordinance.

Presentation: AJ Fawver, Planning Manager

Reviewed by: Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner (02/11/13)

Page 690: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 691: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 692: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 693: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 694: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 695: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 696: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 697: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 698: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

MINUTE RECORD OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING HELD ON MONDAY, February 18, 2013 AT 9:00 AM IN THE SOUTH MEETING ROOM OF THE SAN ANGELO CONVENTION CENTER, 500 RIO CONCHO DRIVE, SAN ANGELO, TEXAS PRESENT: Joe Grimes, Bill Lawrence, Jennifer Boggs, Darlene Jones, Bill Wynne ABSENT: Sebastian Guerrero (AE), Sam Tambunga (AE) STAFF: AJ Fawver, Interim Director of Development Services Jeff Hintz, Interim Senior Planner Kevin Boyd, Planner Roxanne Johnston, Planner

C. Z 13-07: COSA Planning A request for approval of a zone change from a Planned Development (PD)

zoning district to Single-Family Residential (RS-1) to specifically allow for “Household Living” as defined in Section 310 of the Zoning Ordinance on the following property:

An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end of Twin Mountain

Drive. This property specifically occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey 0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B of The Homestead, in southwest San Angelo.

Roxanne Johnston, Planner, came forward to present this request, consistent with the staff recommendation of approval. 13 notifications were sent out on this request, 3 of which were returned in favor. There were no notifications returned in opposition to this request. Ms. Johnston gave some background on the area. Ms. Johnston explained that there is one remaining piece of this PD that remains in this area. The original plan called for a gated community, an HOA, and additional community amenities. Ms. Johnston explained the complications for each individual lot and individual owner, due to these requirements. This change has taken place throughout the other two pieces of the original PD district, and this would simply be the last piece, restoring all of the area to an RS-1 district, which is consistent with the Vision Plan Map category of "Neighborhood". The proposal is in line with development of the area, and activity in this area (by single, individual property owners, not an HOA) is increasing. All development must adhere to RS-1 development standards, so it would be consistent with the surrounding neighborhoods in the same general vicinity. There were no questions. No one came forward to speak in favor of this request. No one came forward to speak in opposition of this request. Motion, to approve as presented, was made by Jennifer Boggs and seconded by Bill Wynne. The motion passed unanimously, 5-0.

Page 699: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 12, EXHIBIT “A” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS, WHICH SAID EXHIBIT “A” OF CHAPTER 12 ADOPTS ZONING REGULATIONS, USE DISTRICTS AND A ZONING MAP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, BY CHANGING THE ZONING AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY, TO WIT: An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end of Twin Mountain Drive. This property specifically occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey 0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B of The Homestead, in southwest San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Planned Development (PD) to a Single Family Residential (RS-1) District; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY AND PROVIDING A PENALTY

RE: Z 13-07: COSA Planning WHEREAS, the Planning Commission for the City of San Angelo and the governing

body for the City of San Angelo, in compliance with the charter and the state law with reference to zoning regulations and a zoning map, have given requisite notice by publication and otherwise, and after holding hearings and affording a full and fair hearing to all property owners and persons interested, generally, and to persons situated in the affected area and in the vicinity thereof, is of the opinion that zoning changes should be made as set out herein; NOW THEREFORE,

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: That the basic zoning ordinance for the City of San Angelo, as enacted

by the governing body for the City of San Angelo on January 4, 2000 and included within Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, be and the same is hereby amended insofar as the property hereinafter set forth, and said ordinance generally and the zoning map shall be amended insofar as the property hereinafter described: An unaddressed tract of land located at the southwest end of Twin Mountain Drive. This property specifically occupies approximately 24 acres of the G. Maurer Survey 0182, Abstract 1649, west of Sections One-A and One-B of The Homestead, in southwest San Angelo, changing the zoning classification from a Planned Development (PD) to a Single

Family Residential (RS-1) District;, shall henceforth be permanently zoned as follows: Single Family Residential (RS-1) District.

The Director of Planning is hereby directed to correct zoning district maps in the office of the Director of Planning, to reflect the herein described changes in zoning.

SECTION 2: That in all other respects, the use of the hereinabove described

property shall be subject to all applicable regulations contained in Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo, as amended.

SECTION 3: That the following severability clause is adopted with this amendment:

Page 700: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that,

if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 4: That the following penalty clause is adopted with this amendment:

PENALTY: Any person who violates any provisions of this article shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be subject to a fine as provided for in Section 1.106 of the Code of Ordinances for the City of San Angelo. Each day of such violation shall constitute a separate offense.

INTRODUCED on the 5th day of March, 2013 and finally PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED on this the 19th day of March, 2013.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO

____________________________________

Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Approved As To Content: Approved As To Form: _________________________ ________________________ AJ Fawver, Planning Manager Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 701: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo Finance Department

Memo Date: February 6, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Morgan Trainer, Budget Manager

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Morgan Trainer, Budget Manager, 325-653-6291

Caption: Regular

Discussion of 2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan preparation, procedures, and submissions

Summary: The Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) is required by the City Charter and aids the City Council when making funding allocations in the annual operating budget. Capital projects are submitted and reviewed for priority, relevance to the community, and funding consideration each year.

The City Charter requires the CIP be introduced to City Council five (5) months prior to final submission of the budget to City Council. The Charter also requires a public hearing on the plan and adoption of the plan on or before adoption of the annual budget.

History: Preparation of the 2013-2018 CIP began November 20, 2012 with discussion with City Council. Budget staff provided instruction for division managers to prepare CIP projects December 10, 2012. On December 20, 2012, project managers submitted proposed projects. The committee reviewed projects January 31, 2013. Public meetings were held February 7 and 12, 2013. City Council Discussed the 2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) on February 21, 2013. The draft of the 2013-2018 CIP is attached for reference. Financial Impact: Not applicable at this time. Related Vision Item (if applicable): Infrastructure Vision and Financial Vision Other Information/Recommendation: Attachments: CIP Calendar, 2013-2018 CIP Draft Presentation: Powerpoint

Publication: N/A

Reviewed by Service Area Director: Michael Dane, Assistant City Manager/CFO

Page 702: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 703: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018

Capital Improvement Plan

Page 704: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 CIP Calendar

11/20/2012 Discuss CIP with City Council

12/10/2012 Budget Division sent out CIP forms

and instructions to divisions

12/20/2012 Projects submitted by divisions

1/31/2013 Committee reviewed draft CIP

2/7-12/2013 Public meetings

2/19/2013 Discuss CIP with City Council

2/26/2013 City Council Strategic Planning

Meeting

3/5/2013 Discuss CIP with City Council

Page 705: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

• Public meetings were held:

1) February 7 Convention Center

3) February 12 Lincoln Middle School

• Meetings were publicized with the help of Public

Information via City Council meetings; Channel 17;

www.sanangelotexas.us; Facebook; Twitter; and local

media (newspaper, radio, television).

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Page 706: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Public Meeting # 1

Location: Convention Center

Time: Thursday, February 7th at 6 p.m.

Number of Attendees: 66 citizens

Summary of Public Comments:

Fairmount Cemetery Phase I improvements

(9 people)

Martin Luther King Blvd improvements (41

people)

Police building and other support

Page 707: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Public Meeting # 1 (cont.)

Location: Convention Center

Time: Thursday, February 7th at 6 p.m.

Number of Attendees: 66 citizens

Summary of Public Comments:

Fort Concho historic preservation (5 people)

Bell Street reconstruction and maintenance

Page 708: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Public Meeting # 2

Location: Lincoln Middle School

Time: Tuesday, February 12 at 6 p.m.

Number of Attendees: 38 citizens

Summary of Public Comments:

Fairmount Cemetery Phase I improvements

(13 people)

Martin Luther King Blvd improvements

(12 people)

Police building and other support (11 people)

Page 709: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Infrastructure

Twin Buttes Eco-System Restoration FUNDED

Replace School Zone and Crosswalk Equipment

FUNDED

Storm Water Quality Improvement Projects FUNDED

Storm Water Quality – Sunset Lake Improvements

FUNDED

Remediation of Drainage: W. Ave. P at Bryant

FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 710: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Infrastructure (continued)

Street Reconstruction (multiple projects)

Sealcoat Program

Mill & Overlay 14th St. from Chadbourne to Main

FUNDED

Mill & Overlay 19th St. from Bryant to Concho River

FUNDED

Mill & Overlay Main from Houston Harte to 19th St.

FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 711: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Infrastructure (continued)

Ave D Water Line Replacement FUNDED

Water Reclamation Plant Improvements FUNDED

Water Treatment Plant Improvements FUNDED

High Service Pump Station Rehabilitation FUNDED

Lift Station Improvements FUNDED

Automated Meter Reading System FUNDED

Clay Pipe Replacements FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 712: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Infrastructure (continued)

Collector Main Replacements FUNDED

Transmission Line Valves Replacements FUNDED

Transmission Mains FUNDED

Wastewater Service to Existing Developed Areas

FUNDED

Water Main Replacements FUNDED

Hickory Water Supply Development Phase I FUNDED

Nasworthy Dam Emergency Spillway FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 713: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Infrastructure (continued)

Lake Nasworthy Gate Operators FUNDED

Nasworthy Dam Stop Log System FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 714: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other

Concho River Dredging, Bank Stabilization, & Trails

Improvements FUNDED

EOC HVAC Replacement

Public Information Equipment Replacement

Fort Concho Barracks 6 New Floor

Heating and Cooling Unit Replacements at Fort

Concho

Fort Concho Post Bandstand

Funded Not Funded

Page 715: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other (continued)

Fort Concho Visitors Center Restoration Impr.

Fort Concho OQ1 Rear Room & Roof Repairs

Chase State Office Building Improvements

Water Billing and Customer Service Office Remodeling

Fire Station #4 Reconstruction

Fire Training Facility

Auditorium Renovation FUNDED*

Fairgrounds Livestock Barn FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 716: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other (continued)

Coliseum Improvements

Coliseum Roof Rehabilitation

Convention Center Improvements

Santa Fe Train Depot Improvements

Spur Parking Garage Renovation and Repair

29th Street Complex Renovation FUNDED

Community Aquatics Facility FUNDED

Air Conditioning at Recreation Centers

Funded Not Funded

Page 717: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other (continued)

Youth Soccer Complex at Glenna FUNDED

Police Department Administration Building

Boat Storage Dock

Mobile Command Center Storage Facility

Bradford Neighborhood & School Park FUNDED

Brentwood Neighborhood Park Renovation FUNDED

Brown Neighborhood Park Renovation FUNDED

Central Control Irrigation FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 718: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other (continued)

Hilltop Trail at Lake Nasworthy

Civic League Park, Additional Improvements (IWLC

Basin 4)

Fairmount Cemetery Phase I Improvements

Middle Concho Park Main Boat Ramp Improvements

Red Arroyo Trail FUNDED

Rio Vista Neighborhood Park Renovation FUNDED

Funded Not Funded

Page 719: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other (continued)

Rio Concho Community Park & Texas Bank Sports

Complex

Santa Rita Neighborhood Park Renovation

South Concho Park Main Boat Ramp Improvements

Sunken Garden Park and Sculpture Garden

Wayfinding Phases I-III

Neighborhood Pedestrian Improvement Program

Fire’s Mobile Data Terminals

Funded Not Funded

Page 720: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 Capital Improvement Plan

Other (continued)

Apron Joint Seal FUNDED

Runway 3-21 Runway Lights and Airport Beacon

Replacement FUNDED

Sign Reflectivity Upgrade FUNDED

Airport Terminal Renovation FUNDED

Server Upgrades FUNDED

Purchase IBM Power 7 Server FUNDED

Communications Technology Upgrade

Funded Not Funded

Page 721: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

2013-2018 CIP Calendar

11/20/2012 Discuss CIP with City Council

12/10/2012 Budget Division sent out CIP forms

and instructions to divisions

12/20/2012 Projects submitted by divisions

1/31/2013 Committee reviewed draft CIP

2/7-12/2013 Public meetings

2/19/2013 Discuss CIP with City Council

2/26/2013 City Council Strategic Planning

Meeting

3/5/2013 Discuss CIP with City Council

Page 722: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

City of San Angelo

Memo Date: February 20, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Michael Dane, ACM/CFO

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5, 2013 Council Meeting

Contact: Morgan Trainer, Budget, 325-653-6291

Caption: Regular Agenda

Discussion of revisions to the hotel occupancy tax allocations specifically reviewing the proposed Convention & Visitors Bureau contract and any action in connection thereto.

Summary: As discussed during the 2012-2013 budget preparation, changes will be made to hotel occupancy tax allocations this year. On February 5, 2013 staff received City Council input and direction on how to revise the allocation of hotel occupancy tax dollars. Before you today is a proposed contract with the Convention & Visitors Bureau to utilize hotel occupancy tax dollars to further the mission of tourism in San Angelo. This proposed contract includes revised methodology to allow City Council more flexibility and accountability to ensure the hotel occupancy tax is spent in accordance with state law and local ordinance. The proposed contract carries out City Council’s direction to ensure the entity communicates how the funds are expended, establishes performance benchmarks, demonstrates the value added by the entity’s services, and allows City Council to shape the entity’s activity.

History: The City of San Angelo levied the hotel occupancy tax for the operation of convention facilities, the promotion of tourism, and the improvement of the arts. Current contracts and ordinances allocate 48% of tax receipts to City of San Angelo Civic Events, 47% to the Convention & Visitors Bureau, and the remaining 5% to the San Angelo Cultural Affairs Council. The current tax rate is 7% for the City of San Angelo. The state levies an additional 6%. No change is proposed to the tax levy.

Financial Impact: The current budget for the Convention & Visitors Bureau contract is $693,250. The proposed contract would allocate $795,000 to the Convention & Visitors Bureau. Though this would require an increase to the budget of $101,750, this proposed allocation is less than last year’s transfer of $1,003,034.18. Though a budget amendment is required, there is ample funding available based on year to date trend to fund this contract with hotel occupancy tax.

Related Vision Item

(if applicable):

Financial Vision

Other Information/ Recommendation:

Staff recommends approval of the proposed Convention & Visitors Bureau contract

Attachments: Proposed Convention & Visitors Bureau contract and Exhibit

Page 723: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Presentation: None

Publication: None

Reviewed by Director:

Michael Dane, Finance, 2/20/2013

Approved by Legal: Yes

Page 724: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

INCOME:

Hotel/Motel Tax Receipts 795,000.00

Interest Income 350.00

Other Income/Visitor Center Sales 8,000.00

Community Events 0.00

Travel Cookbooks Income 0.00

TOTAL INCOME $803,350.00

OPERATING EXPENSES:

Extra Help/Part Time 17,500.00

Administrative Salaries 197,887.00

Social Security 11,800.00

Bookkeeping/Administration 17,000.00

Medicare 2,700.00

Employee Retirement 10,600.00

Unemployment Comp 600.00

Group Insurance 29,150.00

Audit/Legal 2,600.00

Facility Agreement 6,000.00

Rent/Storage Bldg. 1,000.00

Equipment Expense 18,000.00

Insurance 4,680.00

Postage 2,400.00

Telephone 7,000.00

Office Supplies 6,500.00

Automobile 19,000.00

Miscellaneous Office Support 2,000.00

Maintenance 11,600.00

Security 2,000.00

Utilities 14,000.00

Computers/Database Support 5,000.00

Christmas Lights Expense 1,750.00

Cornerstone Expense 200.00

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 390,967.00

CONVENTION & VISITORS BUREAU 2013 BUDGET

Exhibit "A"

Page 725: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

MARKETING/ADVERTISING

Professional Dues 7,000.00

Pro Training/Conferences 4,500.00

Subscriptions 5,000.00

Advertising/publicity 185,000.00

Volunteer Programs 2,400.00

Public Relations 5,000.00

Convention Servicing/Supplies 27,000.00

Promotional Items 11,500.00

Visitors & Travel Marketing 29,575.00

Convention & Travel Trade 48,000.00

Postage/marketing 3,500.00

800 Number (telephone) 400.00

Trade Shows 23,000.00

Visitor Center Merchandise 6,000.00

Brochure Development/Printing 12,000.00

Visitor Event Incentive 40,000.00

CVB Website 2,500.00

TOTAL MARKETING/ADV 412,375.00

TOTAL EXPENSES 803,342.00

SURPLUS (DEFICIT) 8.00

Page 726: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

CONVENTION AND VISITORS BUREAU CONTRACT

STATE OF TEXAS § §

COUNTY OF TOM GREEN §

This Convention and Visitors Bureau Contract (“Contract”) is between the City of San Angelo, Texas, a home rule municipal corporation (“the City”) acting herein by and through its duly authorized Interim City Manager, and the San Angelo Chamber of Commerce, Inc. a Texas non-profit corporation (“the Chamber”) acting herein by and through its duly authorized President, is effective as of October 1, 2012 (“the Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the City owns a coliseum, an auditorium, parks, sports facilities, and a convention center that are used to promote tourism, to host conventions, meetings, and sporting events, and to encourage and facilitate cultural events for the citizens of San Angelo;

WHEREAS, the Chamber, through its staff and membership, promotes, organizes, sponsors, advertises, and supports tourism, conventions, athletic events, hunting and fishing, boat and water sports, bus tours, festivals, summits, workshops, reunions, competitions, symposia, clinics, conferences, and similar events, and also operates a visitor’s center within its offices;

WHEREAS, the Chamber is therefore uniquely situated to promote tourism and the convention and hotel industry through its various activities and through its relationships with other persons and entities in San Angelo and the Concho Valley, including but not limited to the furnishing of facilities, personnel, and materials for the registration of convention delegates or registrants; advertising and conducting solicitations and promotional programs to attract tourists and convention delegates or registrants to the City of San Angelo and its vicinity; the encouragement, promotion, improvement, and application of the arts, including instrumental and vocal music, dance, drama, folk art, creative writing, architecture, design and allied fields, painting, sculpture, photography, graphic and craft arts, motion pictures, radio, television, tape and sound recording, and other arts related to the presentation, performance, execution, and exhibition of these major art forms; historical restoration and preservation projects or activities or advertising and conducting solicitations and promotional programs to encourage tourists and convention delegates to visit preserved historic sites or museums in and about San Angelo, all of which are frequented by tourists and convention delegates; encourage sporting events in which the majority of participants are tourists who substantially increase economic activity at hotels and motels within the municipality or its vicinity; the acquisition of signage directing the public to sights and attractions that are visited frequently by hotel guests in the municipality; and generally to enhance and promote tourism and the convention and hotel industry as permitted by Chapter 351 of the Texas Tax Code;

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo levies a tax upon hotel and motel occupancy within the City as authorized by law for the promotion, solicitation, encouragement, and development of tourism and conventions for City (“the Occupancy Tax”); and,

WHEREAS, the parties executed a Convention and Visitors Bureau Contract, effective October 1, 2010, through September 30, 2012, providing that the Chamber supervise those

Page 727: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

programs which promote tourism and the convention industry and which are funded by said hotel and motel occupancy tax by operating a Convention and Visitors Bureau (“Bureau”), and the parties desire to continue such funding and programs:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants herein contained, City and Chamber agree as follows:

1. Formation. City does hereby engage and hire Chamber to continue to manage and operate a Bureau and to render the services herein contained, and Chamber does hereby agree to accept such hiring and engagement and to discharge such duties in accordance with the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. Independent Contractor. In performing its duties and responsibilities hereunder, the parties acknowledge and agree that Chamber is and shall be an independent contractor and not an officer, agent, or employee of the City. This Contract is not intended to create a joint enterprise. There is no direct pecuniary purpose or profit motive, but rather the purpose of this Contract is to further the public good. Additionally, the Chamber has the sole right to continue and manage its operations.

3. Operation. The Bureau shall encourage, promote, and solicit tourism and conventions for the City of San Angelo.

4. San Angelo Convention and Visitors Board. To assist in encouraging, promoting, and soliciting tourism and conventions for City, Chamber shall appoint annually a San Angelo Convention & Visitors Board whose members and composition shall be determined by the Chamber. The Board shall perform, among others, the following functions:

4.1. Encourage and promote the development of tourism and conventions in the City of San Angelo.

4.2. Recommend to Chamber projects and programs to promote, encourage and solicit tourism and conventions for the City of San Angelo.

4.3. Advise and assist Chamber in the preparation of the annual budget of the Bureau.

5. Budget and Funding. Attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A” is a written operating budget for the Bureau for the term of this Contract (“the Budget”). City agrees to pay $795,000.00 (“the Contract Amount”) to the Chamber for the operation of the Bureau and the uses listed on the Budget. The execution of this Contract shall constitute the written approval of the Budget by City as well as City’s consent to the expenditure of the fund balances listed below. The Contract Amount shall be paid to the Chamber in quarterly installments without regard to the amount of Occupancy Tax revenue received over any period of time.

5.1. Fund Balances: The following fund balances are designated and approved for use by the Bureau in addition to the Contract Amount:

Page 728: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Working Capital: .............................$263,878.82 Sports Promotion: .............................$40,000.00 CVB Bid Incentive Project: ..............$40,000.00

6. Use of Funds. It is expressly understood and agreed by City and Chamber that all funds received from the Occupancy Tax that are paid to Chamber shall be used solely for the purposes set forth above with the overall goal of promoting and soliciting conventions and tourism for the City of San Angelo. The approval of this Contract evidences the consent of City for the expenditures set forth on the attached Exhibit “A” and the above-referenced funds balances. The parties to this Contract further stipulate that the amounts set forth on the Budget designated for day-to-day operations, supplies, salaries, office rental, travel expenses, and other administrative costs are to be incurred directly in the promotion of conventions and tourism for City. It is further agreed that contract amounts expended for travel shall be limited to events or activities the primary purpose of which is directly related to the promotion of tourism and the convention industry.

7. Benchmarks and Budget Conference. The parties expressly agree that no less than quarterly a representative of the Bureau shall meet with the Mayor, the City Manager, and an additional member of the City Council of the City of San Angelo, or a person designated by such City officials, with a view toward establishing objective goals and standards by which the expectations and performance of both parties to this Contract shall be evaluated and by which the goals and objectives of this Contract shall be measured (such criteria referred to herein as “Benchmarks”). The meetings to set and evaluate these Benchmarks shall be scheduled at least one month prior to the quarterly reports referenced in Paragraphs 8 and 10 below.

7.1. Budget Conference: No later than July 15th of each year or the first day in July after such date that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, one or more representatives of the Bureau will meet and confer with one or more representatives of the City to discuss and prepare a budget for the next calendar year.

8. Financial Records. Chamber shall maintain complete and accurate financial records of all expenditures of the Contract Amount by Chamber and shall make periodic reports to the City Council no less than quarterly listing all expenditures and evaluating the progress of the parties toward the fulfillment of the Benchmarks. In addition, the Contract Amount shall be segregated in one or more separate accounts and shall not be commingled with any other funds. The City Council may, upon reasonable notice, audit all books and records of Chamber and Bureau. All expenditures shall be made in accordance with the Budget or as authorized in a fund balance. Additionally, Chamber shall comply with Texas Tax Code, Section 351.108 as applicable.

9. Group Insurance Program Participation. Employees of the Bureau may participate in City group health, dental, and life insurance programs at the premium costs in effect for City employees, so long as such participation is legally permissible.

10. Reporting. Chamber shall report quarterly to the City Council on the Bureau’s progress and plans regarding advertising, promotions, travel shows, and the general progress of the Bureau in promoting tourism, conventions, and cultural events for the City of San Angelo.

Page 729: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

11. Unspent Funds Returned. Unless waived by the City, upon termination of this Contract the Bureau shall deliver to the City all unspent funds from the Contract Amount and all removable personal property purchased with the Contract Amount during the term of the Contract.

12. Term. This Contract shall be for a two (2) year term, beginning from its Effective Date on October 1, 2012, and ending September 30, 2014, unless sooner terminated. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the City and the Bureau will approve a new Budget for the second year of the Contract; provided, however, if the parties are unable to agree to a new Budget for the second year of this Contract, this Contract shall terminate unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

13. Termination. This Contract may be terminated for cause if after 30 days’ notice of any default of deficiency by City, Chamber fails or is unable to cure any specified default or deficiency.

14. Assignment. This Contract may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. Additionally, no sub-grants shall be allowed without prior written consent of the City.

15. Hold Harmless. To the extent permitted by law, each party agrees to indemnify, save harmless, and defend the other from any and all claims, causes of action, and damages of every kind arising from the operations of the other, its officers, agents, and employees, carried out in furtherance of this Contract.

{signatures appear on next page}

Page 730: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXECUTED in duplicate originals this _____ day of _______________, 2012.

THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS By: ______________________________ Michael Dane, Interim City Manager

ATTEST: __________________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

SAN ANGELO CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, INC. By: ______________________________ Phil Neighbors, President

APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: APPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________________ ________________________________ _____, Director of Finance _____, City Attorney

8432571v.3

Page 731: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

Page 1

City of San Angelo Office of the City Clerk

Memo Date: February 13, 2013

To: Mayor and Councilmembers

From: Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk

Subject: Agenda Item for March 5th Council Meeting

Contact: Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk, 657-4405

Caption: Regular Item

First Public Hearing and consideration of introduction of an Ordinance amending established boundaries of Single Member District 1

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS AMENDING THE ESTABLISHED BOUNDARIES OF SINGLE MEMBER DISTRICT NUMBER 1 FOR THE PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING NEWLY ANNEXED AREAS INTO SAID DISTRICT, PROVIDING FOR PRECLEARANCE AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY ACTIONS; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE

Summary: The City Council adopted two ordinances incorporating newly annexed areas in SMD 1. a. The public hearings were held on January 22, 2013 and February 5, 2013 and adopted an

ordinance on February 5, 2013. The area annexed is 20 acres located west/southwest of the city at about the southern corner of the intersection of U.S. Highway 67 (Sherwood Way) and a southward projection of Appaloosa Trail, adjacent and contiguous to the present corporate limits of the city. The area is uninhabited and situated adjacent to an apartment development currently undergoing construction.

b. The public hearings were held on February 5, 2013 and March 5, 2013 and adopted an ordinance on March 5, 2013. The area annex is 8.995 acres located west/southwest of the city at about northwest of mills pass drive, east of Community of Faith subdivision and southwest of Sam’s Club addition, adjacent and contiguous to the present corporate limits of the city. The area is uninhabited and situated adjacent to a growing residential subdivision.

As part of the submission under Section 5 of the Voting Rights Act, the annexations update and change to the established boundaries of single member districts shall be cleared through the Department of Justice. Both areas are uninhabited. The City will comply with all necessary requirements for the submission by adoption of this ordinance.

Financial Impact: None. Other Information/Recommendation: Staff recommends updating the established boundary of SMD #1. Attachments: Annexation Map A and B, Proposed Ordinance, and Revised 2013 SMD Map

Page 732: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 733: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 734: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 735: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 736: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 737: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS AMENDING THE ESTABLISHED BOUNDARIES OF SINGLE MEMBER DISTRICT NUMBER 1 FOR THE PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING NEWLY ANNEXED AREAS INTO SAID DISTRICT, PROVIDING FOR PRECLEARANCE AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY ACTIONS; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE

WHEREAS, the City of San Angelo is a Home Rule municipal corporation operating under a municipal charter that has been adopted as authorized by Article XI, Section 5 of the Texas Constitution; and,

WHEREAS, pursuant to the City of San Angelo Charter, Section 3 entitled “Annexation”, the City Council shall have the power, after public hearing, of fixing the boundaries of the City of San Angelo and to annex additional territory by ordinance; and

WHEREAS, on February 5, 2013 and March 5, 2013, the City Council adopted Ordinances #2013-02-021 and #2013-03-???, annexing certain uninhabited areas into the City of San Angelo; and

WHEREAS, it is now necessary to incorporate such areas into a Single Member District within the City of San Angelo in order to ensure future new residents of the right to vote; and

WHEREAS, changes in single member districts constitute a change from prior practices requiring preclearance under the Federal Voting Rights Act.

NOW THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SAN ANGELO:

SECTION 1: RECITALS INCORPORATED. The recitals set forth above are incorporated into the body of this Resolution as findings of the City Council as if fully set forth herein.

SECTION 2: DESIGNATION OF ESTABLISHED BOUNDARIES: The boundaries of Single Member District 1 be, and are hereby, amended as set forth in Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.

SECTION 3: SUBMISSIONS TO THE UNITED STATES JUSTICE DEPARTMENT: The City Clerk of the City of San Angelo, or her authorized agent, shall make such submissions as are necessary to the United State Justice Department to seek pre-clearance approval.

SECTION 4: NECESSARY ACTIONS: The Mayor and the City Clerk, in consultation with the City Attorney, are hereby authorized and directed to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with the provisions of the San Angelo Code of Ordinances, the Texas Election Code and any other Texas State or federal law in carrying out and designating established single member district boundaries for District 1, as amended, whether or not expressly authorized herein and all such actions of City officials previously taken for said purposes are hereby ratified.

Page 738: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

SECTION 5: SEVERABILITY: The terms and provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be severable in that if any portion of this Ordinance shall be declared to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 6: EFFECTIVE DATE: This ordinance shall be effective from and after adoption of this ordinance.

INTRODUCED on the 5th day of March, 2013, and finally PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED on this the 19th day of March, 2013.

CITY OF SAN ANGELO, TEXAS _________________________ Alvin New, Mayor

ATTEST: _________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Approved as to Content: Approved as to Form:

_________________________ __________________________ Alicia Ramirez, City Clerk Lysia H. Bowling, City Attorney

Page 739: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

EXHIBIT “A”

DESCRIPTION OF SINGLE MEMBER DISTRICT 1

FOR SAN ANGELO, TEXAS

BY 2010 U. S. CENSUS P. L. 94-171 TRACT AND BLOCK

TRACT / BLOCK TRACT / BLOCK TRACT / BLOCK 000300 1003 000300 1011 000300 1014 000300 1015 000300 1016 000300 1017 000300 1018 000300 1019 000300 1023 000300 1030 000300 1031 000300 1032 000300 1035 000300 1036 000300 1037 000300 1038 000300 1039 000300 1040 000300 1041 000300 1042 000300 1043 000300 1044 000300 1045 000300 1046 000300 1047 000300 1048 000300 1049 000300 1050 000300 1051 000300 1052 000300 1053 000300 1054 000300 1055 000300 1056 000300 1057 000300 1058 000300 1059

000300 1060 000300 1061 000300 1062 000300 1063 000300 1064 000300 1065 000300 1066 000300 1067 000300 1068 000300 1070 000300 1071 000300 1072 000300 1073 000300 1074 000300 1075 000300 1076 000300 1077 000300 1078 000300 1079 000300 1080 000300 1081 000300 1082 000300 1083 000300 1084 000300 1085 000300 1086 000300 1087 000300 1088 000300 1089 000300 1090 000300 1091 000300 1092 000300 1093 000300 1094 000300 1095 000300 1096 000300 1097

000300 1098 000300 1099 000300 1100 000300 1101 000300 1102 000300 1103 000300 1104 000300 1105 000300 1106 000300 1108 000300 1109 000300 1110 000300 1111 000300 1112 000300 1113 000300 1114 000300 1115 000300 2000 000300 2001 000300 2002 000300 2003 000300 2004 000300 2005 000300 2006 000300 2007 000300 2008 000300 2009 000300 2010 000300 2011 000300 2012 000300 2013 000300 2014 000300 2015 000300 2016 000300 2017 000300 2018 000300 2019

Page 740: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

000300 2020 000300 2021 000300 2022 000300 2023 000300 2024 000300 2025 000300 2026 000300 2027 000300 2028 000300 2029 000300 2030 000300 2031 000300 2032 000300 2033 000300 2034 000300 2035 000300 2036 000300 2042 000300 2043 000300 2044 000300 2045 000300 2050 000300 2051 000300 2052 000300 2053 000300 2054 000300 2084 000300 2085 000300 2086 000300 2087 000300 2088 000300 2106 000300 2107 000300 2108 000300 2109 000300 2110 000300 3000 000300 3001 000300 3002 000300 3003 000300 3004 000300 3005 000300 3006 000300 3007 000300 3008

000300 3009 000300 3010 000300 3011 000300 3012 000300 3013 000300 3014 000300 3015 000300 3016 000300 3017 000300 3018 000400 1000 000400 1001 000400 1002 000400 1003 000400 1004 000400 1005 000400 1006 000400 1007 000400 1008 000400 1009 000400 1010 000400 1011 000400 1012 000400 1013 000400 1014 000400 1015 000400 1016 000400 1017 000400 1018 000400 1019 000400 1020 000400 1021 000400 1022 000400 1023 000400 1024 000400 4000 000400 4001 000400 4002 000400 4003 000400 4004 000400 4005 000400 4006 000400 4007 000400 4008 000400 4009

000400 4010 000400 4011 000400 4012 000400 4013 000400 4014 000400 4015 000400 4016 000400 4017 000400 4018 000400 4019 000400 4020 000400 4021 000400 4022 000400 4023 000400 4024 000400 4025 000400 4026 000400 4027 000400 4028 000400 4029 000400 4030 000400 5000 000400 5001 000400 5002 000400 5003 000400 5004 000400 5005 000400 5006 000400 5007 000400 5008 000400 5009 000400 5010 000400 5011 000400 5012 000400 5013 000400 5014 000400 5015 000400 5016 000400 5017 000400 5018 000400 5019 000400 5020 000400 5021 000400 5022 000400 5023

Page 741: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

000400 5024 000400 5025 000400 5026 000400 5027 000400 5028 000400 5029 000400 6003 000400 6004 000400 6017 000400 6018 000400 6029 000400 6030 000400 7000 000400 7001 000400 7002 000400 7003 000400 7004 000400 7005 000400 7006 000400 7007 000400 7008 000400 7009 000400 7010 000400 7011 000400 7012 000400 7013 000400 7014 000400 7015 000400 7016 000400 7017 000400 7018 000400 7019 000400 7020 000400 7021 000400 7022 000400 7023 000400 7024 000400 7025 000400 7026 000400 7027 000400 7028 000400 7029 000400 7030 000400 7031 000400 7032

000400 8002 000700 3002 000801 2000 000801 2001 000801 2002 000801 2003 000801 2004 000801 2005 000801 2006 000801 2007 000801 2008 000801 2009 000801 2010 000801 2011 000801 2012 000802 1004 000802 1005 000802 1006 000802 1008 000802 1009 000802 1010 000802 1011 000802 1012 000802 1013 000802 1014 000802 1015 000802 1016 000802 1017 000802 1018 000802 1019 000802 1020 000802 1021 000802 1022 000802 1023 000802 1024 000802 1027 000802 1028 000802 1029 000802 1030 000802 1031 000802 1032 000802 1033 000802 1034 000802 1035 000802 1036

000802 1037 000802 1039 000802 1040 000802 1041 000802 1044 000802 1045 000802 1046 000802 1047 000802 1048 000802 1049 000802 2000 000802 2001 000802 2002 000802 2003 000802 2004 000802 2005 000802 2006 000802 2007 000802 2008 000802 2009 000802 2010 000802 2011 000802 2012 000802 2013 000802 2014 000802 2015 000802 2016 000802 2017 000802 2018 000802 2019 000802 2020 000802 2021 000802 3000 000802 3001 000802 3002 000802 3003 000802 3004 000802 3005 000802 3006 000802 3007 000802 3008 000802 3009 000802 3010 000802 3011 000802 3012

Page 742: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet

000802 3013 000802 3014 000802 3015 000802 3016 000802 3017 000802 3018 000802 3019 000802 3020 001600 3094 001600 3099 001600 3115 001600 3116 001600 3125 001600 3126 001800 2000 001800 2001 001800 2002 001800 2003 001800 2004 001800 2005 001800 2006 001800 2007 001800 2008 001800 2009 001800 2010 001800 2011 001800 2012 001800 2013 001800 3000 001800 3001 001800 3002 001800 3003 001800 3004 001800 3005 001800 3006

001800 3007 001800 3008 001800 3009 001800 3010 001800 3011 001800 3012 001800 3013 001800 3014 001800 3015 001800 3021 001800 3022 001800 3023 001800 3024 001800 3025 001800 3026 001800 3027 001800 3028 001800 3029 001800 3030 001800 3031 001800 3032 001800 3033 001800 3034 001800 3035 001800 3036 001800 3037 001800 3038 001800 3039 001800 3040 001800 3041 001800 3042 001800 3043 001800 3044 001800 3045 001800 3046

001800 3047 001800 3048 001800 3049 001800 3050 001800 3051 001800 3052 001800 3053 001800 3054 001800 3055 001800 3056 001800 3057 001800 3058 001800 3059 001800 3060 001800 3061 001800 3062 001800 3063 001800 3064 001800 3065 001800 3066 001800 3067 001800 3068 001800 3069 001800 3073 001800 3074 001800 3075 001800 3076 001800 3081 001800 3082 001800 3083 001800 3084 001800 3085 001800 3093

Page 743: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet
Page 744: March 5, 2013 Agenda Packet